Bacterial Toxins: Tools in Cell Biology and Pharmacology

Bacterial Toxins Edited by Klaus Aktories Bacterial Toxins Tools in Cell Biology and Pharmacology Edited by Klaus Ak...

Author: Klaus Aktories

42 downloads 765 Views 25MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

Bacterial Toxins Edited by Klaus Aktories

Bacterial Toxins Tools in Cell Biology and Pharmacology

Edited by Klaus Aktories

WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA

All books published by Wiley-VCH are carefully produced. Nevertheless, authors, editors, and publisher do not warrant the information contained in these books, including this book, to be free of errors. Readers are advised to keep in mind that statements, data, illustrations, procedural details or other items may inadvertently be inaccurate. Library of Congress Card No.: applied for British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. Bibliographic information published by the Deutsche Nationalbibliothek Die Deutsche Nationalbibliothek lists this publication in the Deutsche Nationalbibliografie; detailed bibliographic data are available in the Internet at .

 1997 Chapman & Hall GmbH, Weinheim

 2002 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim

All rights reserved (including those of translation into other languages). No part of this book may be reproduced in any form – by photoprinting, microfilm, or any other means – nor transmitted or translated into a machine language without written permission from the publishers. Registered names, trademarks, etc. used in this book, even when not specifically marked as such, are not to be considered unprotected by law.

Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany Printed on acid-free paper ISBN: 978-3-527-30881-1

Preface

Remarkable progress has been made in the field of bacterial protein toxins: the molecular mechanisms of several toxins (e.g., clostridial neurotoxins and cytotoxins) whose modes of action were obscure until recently, have been elucidated during the last years. This progress in "cellular and molecular toxinology" not only provides insights into the mode of action of important virulence factors and pathomechanisms of diseases, but also has a maior impact on the understanding of regulation and mechanisms of eukaryotic cell functions which are disturbed by the toxins. These spectacular advances mainly depend on a bidirectional approach: cell biological methods are successfully applied for elucidation of the molecular mechanisms of bacterial toxins and, on the other hand, the bacterial toxins are used as powerful, extremely valuable tools to unravel mechanisms in molecular cell biology. The reasons for using toxins as tools are evident. First, they are very potent agents, a fact which is often based on their enzymatic activity (e.g., clostridial neurotoxins, which act as endoproteases, are the most potent agents known). Second, the high selectivity and specificity of the toxins are most important for their use as tools. Cell selectivity may be due to specific receptor binding (e.g., selectivity of neurotoxins). The high specificity of action depends on the extremely specific recognition of target proteins. Finally, bacterial protein toxins seem to be maximally efficient agents. In most cases the toxins strike the eukaryotic cell at a crucial site indicating modification of "important" eukaryotic components or signaling pathways. Therefore, the toxins are excellent tools to recognize the biological importance of a cellular component, or the biological significance of a signal pathway altered by the toxins. This book is intended to establish and facilitate the use of bacterial protein toxins as tools in cell biology and pharmacology. The volume provides a review and an update of recent developments in the field of those bacterial protein toxins which are most often used as cell biological and pharmacological tools. Moreover, the volume gives detailed methodological protocols and advice for application of the toxins, and is intended to introduce these bacterial protein toxins as cell biological tools to a broad audience of scientists. Therefore, it was decided to have for each toxin or toxin family one chapter as a special review to give the general properties of the toxins, and up to three Preface

additional chapters which focus on methodological aspects of toxin usage. Seven toxins or toxin families are covered by this volume. These include the "classical" G-protein-ADP-ribosylating toxins cholera toxin and pertussis toxin, which are established tools to study signal transduction processes (chapters 1-4).Properties and application of C3-like transferases, which specifically ADP-ribosylate Rho proteins, are described in chapters 5-7. Chapters 8-11 deal with the actinADP-ribosylating toxins, which are the most effective agents to depolymerize cellular F-actin and to inhibit actin polymerization. The Rho-glucosylating C. difficile toxins, whose molecular mechanism has been elucidated only recently, are discussed in chapters 12 and 13. Reviews of recent studies on the basic properties of clostridial neurotoxins and their application in cell and neurobiology are given in chapters 14 to 16. Chapters 17 and 18 describe in detail the general properties, new developments and methodological aspects of poreforming toxins. In chapter 19, the application of bacterial protein toxins as transporting tools is discussed and application protocols are given. Finally, chapter 20 is a brief safety guide, which should help to deal with general problems in handling of biological toxins. Last not least, I would like to thank all the authors for their outstanding effort. I am convinced that their excellent contributions will inspire research in the field of protein toxins and facilitate the use of toxins as tools in biological sciences. February 1997

Preface

Klaus Aktories

A note on the layout of this book: In order to facilitate the use of this book as a methodological source for your bench work, a wide page format has been chosen. Due to the type of durable binding used, the book has the advantage of lying flat on your bench top for convenient use. In addition, a wide margin leaves room for your own notes and provides some key notes and pictograms to assist you in finding the relevant information: a pipette symbol marks the start of a step by step protocol section, a grey bar runs down the margin of the whole protocol section

this symbol draws your attention to potential hazards and safety suggestions

comments on the key steps in methodology are highlighted by a key symbol

a “good idea” symbol marks useful hints for optimization of methodology

this pictrogram indicates discussions of alternative approaches

the tool indicates troubleshooting guides that should help you in finding out what could or did go wrong and in solving and avoiding problems

suggestions for monitoring quality and reliability of the experimental procedure are highlighted by the magnifying glass

Layout Features

Contents

.

CHAPTER 1 Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development

G.-F. ZHANG. W. A . PATTON. J . MOSS and M.VAUGHAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.4

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molecular Aspects of Cholera Toxin Action . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure and Relationship to Other Toxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toxin Entry into Cells and Events Leading to Pathogenesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enzymology of Cholera Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In Vitro Stimulation of Cholera Toxin Activity by ARF . . . . . . Practical Aspects of Cholera Toxin Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vaccine and Vaccine Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cholera Toxin as a Molecular Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 2 2

3 4 5 5 5 7 8

.

CHAPTER 2 Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin: Biochemical Methods for Assessing Enzymatic Activities W. A . PATTON. G.-F. ZHANG. J . MOSS and M. VAUGHAN . . .

15

21 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 General Information on CT. LT. ARF and Reagents . . . . . . . 2.2.1 Sources. Purification. and Activation of CTA and LTA . . . . . 2.2.2 Sources and Purification of ARF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.3 Reagents and Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.4 Stock Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Assay 1 : The G, Assay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.2 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Assay 2: The Agmatine Assay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.2 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Assay 3: Auto-ADP-ribosylation Assay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51 Additional Reagents and Materials Required . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.2 Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15 16 16 17 19 19 20 20 21 22 22 23 24 24 24 Contents

2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.7 2.7.1 2.7.1.1 2.7.1.2 2.7.2 2.7.2.1 2.7.2.2 2.7.2.3 2.7.3 2.7.3.1 2.7.3.2

Assay 4: NAD Glycohydrolase Assay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Reagents and Materials Required. . . . . . . . . . Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comments and Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appropriate Controls and Analysis of Data . . . . . . . . . . . Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interfering Substances, Troubleshooting, and Assay Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interfering substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assay optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consideration for the Use of ARF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lipid/Detergent and Nucleotide Requirements . . . . . . . . Development of other Assay Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 3. Pertussis Toxin C . LOCHTand R . ANTOINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genetic Regulation of Pertussis Toxin Production . . . . . . . Biogenesis of Pertussis Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Receptor-binding and Translocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosyltransferase Activity and Enzyme Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biological Activities and Role of Pertussis Toxin in Pathogenesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 4 . Pertussis Toxin as a Cell Biology Tool B.NURNBERG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pertussis Toxin as a Tool to Modify Cellular Functions . . . Cell Culture of Bordetella pertussis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Source of Pertussis Toxin and Preparation of Solution . . . Treatment of Mammalian Cell Cultures with Pertussis Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 Pertussis Toxin as a Tool to Study Cellular Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1 Activation of Pertussis Toxin for in in vitro ADPribosylation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2 Preparation of Cell Homogenates and Fractions . . . . . . 4.3.3 ADP-ribosylation of Membrane Proteins by Pertussis Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4 ADP-ribosylation of Proteins by Pertussis Toxin . . . . . . . . . 4.3.5 Preparation of Samples for SDS-PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6 Cleavage of ADP-ribose from Ga Subunits . . . . . . . . . . . SDS-Gel Electrophoresis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Contents

25 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 26 27 27 28 28 29

33 33 34 35 36 38 41

47 47 48 48 48 49 50

50 51 51 54

55 56 57 57

CHAPTER 5. Clostridium botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 K.AKTORlES and G. KOCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5

5.6

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Family of C3-like Transferases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modification of Rho Proteins by C3-like Transferases . . . Characterization of the C. botulinum C3 ADP-Ribosyltransferase Reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factors Affecting ADP-ribosylation by C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . C3-Transferases in Cell Biology and Pharmacology . . . .

61 61 62 64 65 65

.

CHAPTER 6 Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins C. D. NOBES and A . HALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purification of Recombinant C3 Transferase from ............................... 6.2.1 Purification of Recombinant GST-C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.2 Recovery of Cleaved C3 Transferase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.3 Dialysis and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.4 Determination of Protein Concentration and Assay of Activity . . ........................ Preparation of Swiss 3T3 Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 6.4 Microinjection of C3 Transferase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixation and Staining of Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 6.6 C3 Protein Inhibits LPA-stimulated Stress Fibre Assembly and Focal Adhesion Clustering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timecourse of Focal Adhesion Breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 6.8 Alternative Delivery of C3 Transferase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610

61 6.2

71 71 72 73 74 74 74 75 76 77 80 81 81 81

.

CHAPTER 7 Preparation of Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Application of ADP-ribosylation of Rho Proteins in Biological Systems Y.SAlTO and S . NARUMIYA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 7.2 7.3

7.4

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expression and Purification of Recombinant C3 Exoenzyme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosylation Reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application of C3 Exoenzyme in Biological Systems . . . .

85 85 86 87 89

Contents

.

CHAPTER 8 Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin K.AKTORlES, f? SEHR and I . JUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other actin-ADP-ribosylatingToxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actin as the Substrate for ADP-ribosylation . . . . . . . . . . . Model for the Cytopathic Effects of ActinADP-ribosylatingToxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

93 93 93 94 95 98

.

CHAPTER 9 Purification. Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinum C2 Toxin

I.OHlSHl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

103

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assay Method for the Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purification Procedures for the Two Components of C2 Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.1 Preparation of Culture Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.2 Preparation of Inoculum and Incubation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.3 Ammonium Sulfate Fractionation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.4 Adsorption and Elution on Calcium Phosphate Gel . . . . 9.3.5 CM-Sephadex Column Chromatography; Separation of Components II from I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.6 Gel Filtration of Component II on Sephacryl S-300 . . . . . 9.3.7 DEAE-Sephadex Chromatography of Component I . . . . 9.3.8 Hydroxyapatite Chromatography of Component I . . . . . 9.3.9 Gel Filtration on Sephacryl S-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.10 Storage of the Two Purified Two Components of C2T . . . 9.4 Activation of Component II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Endocytosis of Two Nonlinked Protein Components in 9.5 Cultured Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.1 Preparation of Polyclonal Antibodies for Two Components of C2 Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.2 Purification of IgG Specific for Each of the Components I and II by Affinity Chromatography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.3 Visualization of the Two Components Bound to Cultured Cells by Indirect lmmunoflurescence Labeling . 9.5.4 Cell Culture and Indirect lmmunofluorescence Labeling of Cell-Bound Component I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6

103 103

9.1 9.2 9.3

Contents

105 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 108 108 108 109 110 111

112 112

113 115

.

CHAPTER 10 The Role of the Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin as a Research Tool to Study Eucaryotic Cell Biology I. L. SIMPSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.4.1 10.4.2 10.4.3

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identifying Potential Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Isolation and Purification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2 Toxin as a Research Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Binding Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internalization Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lntracellular Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

117 117 118 120 121 121 122 123

.

CHAPTER 11 Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringes Iota Toxin K . AKTORIES. U. PREPENS. P. SEHR. and I . JUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 11.1 11.2

11.2.1 11.2.2 11.2.2.1 11.2.2.2 11.2.3 11.2.3.1 11.2.3.2 11.2.4 11.3 11.3.1 11.3.2 11.3.3 11.3.4 11.4

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

129

Effects of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin

in Intact Cells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treatment of Intact Cells with Clostridium botulinum C2Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Effects of C2 on the Microfilament System . . . . . . . . . . . Visualization of the Microfilament System with FITC-phalloidin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quantitative Determination of F-actin Depolymerization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detection of C2-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation in Intact Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Method by Metabolical Labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . Quantification of ADP-ribosylated Actin . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controls of the in vivo Effects of C2 Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosylation of Actin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosylation of Actin in Cell Lysates . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosylation of Skeletal Muscle a-Actin to Study Actin Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADP-ribosylation of Skeletal Muscle a-Actin for Microinjection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

130 130 131 131 131 133 133 133 134 134 134 135 136 138 138

.

CHAPTER 12 Clostridium difficile Toxins M. THELESTAM. I . FLORIN and E . CHAVES-OLARTE 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.3.1 12.3.2 12.3.3

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Molecular Characteristics of the Toxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Cellular Effects of the Toxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Actin Cytoskeleton is the Toxin Target . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 The Receptor for ToxA Contains Galactose . . . . . . . . . . .144 The Toxins Act lntracellularly after Endocytosis . . . . . . . 144 Contents

12.4 12.4.1 12.4.2 12.5 12.5.1 12.5.2 12.6 12.7

Molecular Mode of Action of the Toxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. difficile Toxins Modify Rho Proteins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C. difficile Toxins are Glucosyltransferases . . . . . . . . . . . Biological Consequences of Toxin Action on Cells . . . . In Cultured Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In Animal Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relationship of the C. difficile Toxins to Other Large Clostridial Cytotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conclusions and Perspectives for the Future . . . . . . . . .

145 145 146 147 147 148 150 151

.

CHAPTER 13 Clostridium difficile Toxin B as a Probe for Rho GTPases I. JUST. J . SELZER. F. HOFMANN and K.AKTORlES . . . . . . . . . . . 159 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.3.1 13.3.2

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purification of Toxin A and Toxin B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GlucosyltransferaseActivity of Toxin B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glucosylation in Cell Lysates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glucosylation of Recombinant Rho Proteins or Membranous Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.3.3 Glucosylation of Recombinant GTPases for Microinjection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toxin B Action on Intact Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4 13.4.1 Treatment of Intact Cells with Toxin B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4.2 Assessment of the Extent of Glucosylation . . . . . . . . . . 13.4.2.1 Differential Glucosylation by Toxin B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.4.2.2 ADP-Ribosylation of Rho by Clostridiurn botulinurn Exoenzyme C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5 Toxin B a Tool in Cell Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

159 160 161 162 163 163 164 164 164 165 165 166 167

.

CHAPTER 14 Clostridial Neurotoxins G.SCHlAV0 and C.MONTECUCC0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.3.1 14.3.2 14.3.3 14.3.3.1 14.3.3.2 14.3.3.3 14.3.3.4 14.4 14.5 14.5.1 Contents

The Origin of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanism of Action of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . Cell Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internalization and Membrane Translocation. . . . . . . . . lntracellular Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VAMPISynaptobrevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SNAP-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Syntaxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Target Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clostridial Neurotoxins and the Blockade of Neurotransmitter Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biomedical Applications of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . Safety Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

169 169 170 174 174 175 176 178 179 179 180 181 182 182

14.5.2 14.5.3 14.5.3.1 14.5.3.2 14.6 14.7 14.8

Purification of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Functional Assay of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . 183 In vitro Assay of Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Use in Cell Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Therapeutic Uses of Botulinum Neurotoxins. . . . . . . . . . . 185 Concluding Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

.

CHAPTER 15 Isolated Nerve Terminals as a Model System for the Study of Botulinum and Tetanus Toxins J . BLASI. E. LINK and R . JAHN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .:. . . . . . . . . 193 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.3.1 15.3.2 15.3.3 15.3.4 15.3.5 15.3.6 15.3.7 15.4 15.4.1 15.4.2 15.4.3 15.4.4 15.4.5 15.4.6 15.5

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Clostridial Neurotoxins: How Do They Work? . . . . . . . . 193 Model Systems for the Study of Toxin Action . . . . . . . . . 196 Bioassay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... 197 Neuromuscular Junction Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Synaptic Preparations Derived from the Autonomic Nervous System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Invertebrate Neurons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Primary Cultures of CNS Neurons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Endocrine Cells in Culture and Endocrine Cell Lines . . . 199 Synaptosomes from Mammalian Brain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Practical Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Sources for Clostridial Neurotoxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Preparation of Synaptosomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Monitoring Release of Neurotransmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Poisoning of Synaptosomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Subfractionation of Synaptosomes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Relevant ChemicaIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

.

CHAPTER 16 Clostridial Toxins and Endocrine Secretion: Their Use in Insulin-Secreting Cells J . LANG. R. REGAZZI and C. .B. WOLLHEIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Exocytosis of Insulin from.the Pancreatic P-cell . . . . . . . 217 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Regulated Exocytosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 The SNARE Hypothesis of Exocytosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Application of the SNARE Hypothesis to Insulin Exocytosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Role of Ca2+and Rab3A in Insulin Exocytosis. . . . . . . . . 221 16.1.5 Permeabilization of Insulin-secreting Cells . . . . . . . . . . . 222 16.2 General Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 16.2.1 Material Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 16.2.2. . . . . . . 224 16.2.3 Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 16.2.4 Final Working Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16.1 16.1.1 16.1.2 16.1.3 16.1.4

Contents

16.2.5 16.2.5.1 16.2.5.2 16.2.5.3 16.2.6 16.2.7 16.2.7.1 16.2.7.2 16.3 16.3.1 16.3.2 16.3.3 16.3.4 16.3.5 16.3.5.1 16.3.5.2 16.4 16.4.1 16.4.2 16.4.3 16.4.4 16.4.4.1 16.4.4.2 16.4.4.3 16.4.4.4 16.4.5 16.4.5.1 16.4.5.2 16.5 16.6

Experimental Outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 General Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Determination of SLO Concentrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cell Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cell Permeabilization and Exocytosis Assay . . . . . . . . . 226 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Cell Detachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Insufficient or No Response to Ca2+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Transient Cotransfection Assay for Exocytosis . . . . . . . . 228 General Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Material Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Insufficient Gene Expression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Considerable Variability in the Expression Levels between the same of Different Plasmids . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Tetanus Toxin as a Tool for Studying the Role of VAMPs in Exocytosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 General Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Specific Considerations for the Study of Insulin-Secreting Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Practical Approach .................... 233 Material Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Solutions Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Preparation of Neurotoxins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Detailed Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 TeTx Does not Inhibit Exocytosis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 No Cleavage of VAMPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 The Use of Other Clostridial Neurotoxins for the Study of Exocytosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 237 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

CHAPTER 17 Pore-forming Toxins

S. BHAKDI. A.VALEVA, I. WALEV, U. WELLER and M. PALMER . . . 241 17.1 1z2 1Z3 17.4 17.4.1 17.4.2 17.4.3 17.5 17.5.1 17.5.1.1 17.5.1.2 Contents

Origin of Pore-formingToxins (PFTs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Evolution of the PFT Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Relationship to Other Toxins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Molecular Mechanism of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 243 Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01igomerizat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Pore formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Cell-biological Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Cell-biological Effects Resulting from Ion Fluxes . . . . . . 246 Reactions Governed by Flux of Monovalent Ions . . . . . 246 Reactions Triggered by Ca2+Influx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Reactions not Recognizably Governed by Flux of Ions through Toxin Pores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5.2.1 Short Circuiting of G- protein- de pend e nt Sig na IIing

17.5.2

17.5.2.2 17.6 17.7 17.7.1 17.72 17.8 17.9

247

247 Pathways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proteolytic Shedding of Membrane Proteins . . . . . . . . . 248 Pathogenic Aspects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Purification Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Purification of Staphylococcal Alpha-Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Purification of Streptolysin 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Application of PFTs as Tools in Research . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

CHAPTER 18. Application of Alpha-toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in Cell Biological G.AHNERT-HILGER and U. WELLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

259

Permeabilized Cells: an Approach to Study Intracellular Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in the Study 18.2 of Secretory Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 260 18.21 Biological Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.2.1.1 Assay to Compare Biological Activity of Various Pore-Forming Toxins Using Rabbit 261 Erythrocytes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assay for Exocytosis in Permeabilized Cells . . . . . . . . . . 263 18.2.2 Regulation of Vesicular Transmitter Transporters 18.3 in Permeabilized Cells and Synaptosomes . . . . . . . . . . 266 18.3.1 Catecholamine Uptake into SLO-Permeabilized PC 12 Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 18.3.2 Acidification of Small Synaptic Vesicles in SLO-Permeabilized Synaptosomes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Reagents and Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 18.4

18.1

CHAPTER 19. Toxins as Transporting Tools S . OLSNES. 0. KLINGENBERG. R . MUNOZ. f? 0. FALNES and A . WIEDLOCHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.1 19.2 19.2.1 19.2.2 19.2.3 19.2.4 19.2.5 19.3 19.4 19.5

273

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Diphtheria Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Toxin-resistant Cell Mutants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Receptor for Diphtheria Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 276 Translocation of the Toxin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Further Requirementsfor Translocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Formation of Cation Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Pseudomonas Exotoxin A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Non-cytocidal Toxins with lntracellular Sites of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Methods to Assess Translocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Contents

19.6 19.7 19.8 19.8.1 19.8.2 19.8.3 19.8.4 19.8.5 19.8.6 19.8.7 19.8.8

283 285 286 286 S DS-PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Cell Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Cell Binding and Translocation Assay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Example of Translocated Peptides and Proteins . . . . . . . Limitations and Possibilities of the System . . . . . . . . . . . Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In vitro Transcription and Translation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expression in Bacteria and Purification of Recombinant Proteins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 In vitro Farnesylation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Analysis of in vivo Farnesylation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Triton X-114 Partitioning of Farnesylated Proteins . . . . . . 290

CHAPTER 20. A Brief Guide to the Safe Handling of Biological Toxin A . B.MAKSYMOWYCH and L . L.SlMPSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 20.1 20.2 20.3 20.3.1 20.3.2 20.3.3 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.7 20.8

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preventive Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Containment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Containment Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Containment Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Containment within the Laboratory and beyond the Laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subject Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contents

295 295 296 296 296 296 298 298 299 300 300 301

Abbreviations The following is a list of the most common abbreviations used throughout the book.

5- HT

5- hyd roxytryptamine

ACh

acetylcholine

ACTSK

actin cytoskeleton

ADP

adenosine diphosphate

ARF

ADP-ribosylation factor

ATP

adenosine triphosphate

BFA

brefeldin A

BHI

brain-heart infusion

BME

2-mercaptoethanol

BoNT

botulinum neurotoxin

BSA

bovine serum albumin

C2T CB

botulinum C2 toxin

CNT

clostridial neurotoxin

CPE CROP

cytopathogenic effect

CT

cholera toxin

CTL DEPC

cytotoxic T lymphocyte diethyl pyrocarbonate

DMPC

dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine

DT

diphtheria toxin

DTT

dithiothreitol

EDlN

epidermal differentiation inhibitor

E DTA

ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid

EF-2

elongation factor

ER

endoplasmic reticulum

cellubrevin

combined repetitive oligopeptides

2 Abbreviations

Abbreviations

ETA

exotoxin A from Pseudomonas aeruginosa

EXAFS

X-ray absorption fine structure

FCS

fine calf serum

FGF

fibroblast growth factor

GABA

y-aminobutyric acid

GDI

guanine nucleotide dissociation inhibitor

GDP

guanosine diphosphate

GDS

guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator

GERL

Golgi-endoplasmic recticulum-lysosome

GPI

glycophosphoinositol

GST

glutathione S-transferase

GTP

guanosine triphosphate

GTPase

guanosine triphosphatase

HIC

hydrophobic interaction chromatography

HlyA

E. coli hemolysin

HT

hemorrhagic toxin

ICE IL

interleukin converting enzyme

IMAC

immo bilized-metal-ion -affinity chromatography

I PTG

isopropyl-fi-D-thiogalactopyranoside

LDCV

large dense core vesicles

LF

lethal factor

LPA

lysophosphatidic acid

LT

E. coli heat-labile enterotoxin

MHC NAD

maior histocompatibility class

NMJ

neuromuscula r iunction

NSF

N-ethylmaleimide-sensitive factor

PA

protective antigen

PAGE

polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis

PBS

phosphate-buffered saline

PDGF

platelet-derived growth factor

PFT

pore-forming toxins

PGE2

prostaglandin E2

interleukin

nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide

PLD

phospholipase D

PMSF

phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride

PT

pertussis toxin

RBL

rat basophilic leukemia

RTX

repeats in toxin

SDS- PAGE

sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis

SDS SLMV

sodium dodecyl sulfate

SLO SNAP-25 SNAPS

streptolysin 0

SNARE

SNAP receptor

ssv

small synaptic vesicles

t-SNARE

target SNAP receptor

TCA

trichloroacetic acid

TeNT

tetanus neurotoxin

TeTx

tetanus toxin

Tox A

toxin A

Tox B

toxin B

UDP-Glc

uridine disphosphate glucose

synaptic-like microvesicles synaptosomal-associated protein of 25 kDa soluble NSF attachment proteins

UDP-GIcNAc uridine diphosphate N-acetylglucosamine vesicle SNAP receptor V-SNARE VAMP

vesicle-associated membrane protein (= synaptobrevin)

Abbreviations

List of Contributors

Ahnert-Hilger, G., lnstitut fur Anatomie, Universitatsklinikum Charite, Humboldt-Universitatzu Berlin, Philippstr. 12, 10115 Berlin, Germany Aktories, K., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, AlbertLudwigs-Universitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Antoine, R., Laboratoire de Microbiologie Genetique et Moleculaire, INSERM CJF9109, lnstitut Pasteur de Lille, 1, rue du Professeur Calmette, 59019 Lille Cedex, France Bhakdi, S., lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes-Gutenberg-Universitat Mainz, Hochhaus am Augustusplatz, 55101 Mainz, Germany Blasi, J., Departement de Biologia Cellular i Anatomia Patologica, Facultat d'Odontologia, Universitat de Barcelona, c/Feixa Llarga s/n, 08907 L'Hospitalet del Llobregat, Spain Falnes, i? 0.,Institute of Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway Florin, I., Microbiology and Tumorbiology Center (MTC), Karolinska Institute, Box 280, 17177 Stockholm, Sweden Hall, A., CRC Oncogene and Signal Transduction Group, MRC Laboratory for Molecular Cell Biology, Department of Biochemistry, University College London, Gower Street, London WC1 E6BT, England Hofmann, F., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, AlbertLudwigs-Universitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Jahn, R., Departments of Pharmacology and Cell Biology, Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Yale University, School of Medicine, 295 Congress Avenue, New Haven, CT 06510, USA Just, I., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, Albert-LudwigsUniversitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Klingenberg, O., Institute for Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway


Koch, G., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, Albert-LudwigsUniversitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Lang, J., Division de Biochimie Clinique et Diabetologie Experimentale, Departement de Medicine Interne, Centre Medical Universitaire, Universite de Geneve, Rue Michel-Servet 1, 1211 Geneve 4, Switzerland Link, E., Departments of Pharmacology and Cell Biology, Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Yale University, School of Medicine, 295 Congress Avenue, New Haven, CT 06510, USA Locht, C., Laboratoire de Microbiologie Genetique et Moleculaire, INSERM CJF9109, lnstitut Pasteur de Lille, 1, rue du Professeur Calmette, 59019 Lille Cedex, France Maksymowych, A. B., Departments of Medicine and Pharmacology, Jefferson Medical College, Thomas Jefferson University, 1020 Locust Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107, USA Montecucco, C., Centro CNR Biomembrane, Dipartimento di Scienze Biomediche, Universita di Padova, Via Trieste, 75, 35121 Padova, Italy Moss, J., Pulmonary-Critical Care Medicine Branch, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, National Institutes of Health, 10 Center Drive, MSC 1434, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, Maryland 20892-

1434, USA Mufioz, R., Institute for Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway Narumiya, S., Department of Pharmacology, Kyoto University, Faculty of Medicine, Yoshida, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto 606, Japan Nobes, C. D., CRC Oncogene and Signal Transduction Group, MRC Laboratory for Molecular Cell Biology, Department of Biochemistry, University College London, Gower Street, London WC1 E 6BT, England Nurnberg, B., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie, Universitatsklinikum Benjamin Franklin, Freie Universitat Berlin, Thielallee 67-73, 14195 BerlinDahlem, Germany Ohishi, I., Nipping Veterinary and Animal Science University, 1-7-1, Musashino, Tokyo 180, Japan Olarte, E. C., Microbiology and Tumorbiology Center (MTC), Karolinska Institute, Box 280, 17177 Stockholm, Sweden Olsnes, S., Institute for Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway Palmer, M., lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes Gutenberg Universitat Mainz, Hochhaus am Augustusplatz, 55101 Mainz, Germany


Patton, W. A., Pulmonary-Critical Care Medicine Branch, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, National Institutes of Health, 10 Center Drive, MSC 1434, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, Maryland

20892-1434, USA Prepens, U., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, AlbertLudwigs-Universitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Rapak, A., Institute for Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway Regazzi, R., Division de Biochimie Clinique et Diabetologie Experimentale, Departement de Medicine Interne, Centre Medical Universitaire, Universite de Geneve, Rue Michel-Servet 1, 1211 Geneve 4, Switzerland Saito, Y., Department of Pharmacology, Kyoto University, Faculty of Medicine, Yoshida, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto 606, Japan Schiavo, G., Cellular Biochemistry and Biophysics Program, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, 1275 York Avenue, New York, NY

10021, USA Sehr, I?, lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, Albert-LudwigsUniversitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Selzer, J., lnstitut fur Pharmakologie und Toxikologie, Albert-LudwigsUniversitat Freiburg, Hermann-Herder-Str. 5, 79104 Freiburg, Germany Simpson, L. L., Departments of Medicine and Pharmacology, Jefferson Medical College, Thomas Jefferson University, 1020 Locust Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107, USA Thelestam, M., Microbiology and Tumorbiology Center (MTC),Karolinska Institute, Box 280, 17177 Stockholm, Sweden Valeva, A., lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes-Gutenberg-Universitat Mainz, Hochhaus am Augustusplatz, 55101 Mainz, Germany Vaughan, M., Pulmonary-Critical Care Medicine Branch, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, National Institutes of Health, 10 Center Drive, MSC 1434, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, Maryland 20892 1434, USA Walev, I., lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes-Gutenberg-Universitat Mainz, Hochhaus am Augustusplatz, 55101 Mainz, Germany Weller, U., lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes-Gutenberg-Universitat Mainz, Hochhaus am Augustusplatz, 55101 Mainz, Germany Wiedocha, A., Institutefor Cancer Research, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Montebello, 0310 Oslo, Norway List of Contributors

Wollheim, C. B., Division de Biochimie Clinique et Diabetologie Experimentale, Departement de Medecine Interne, Centre Medical Universitaire, Universite de Geneve, Rue Michel-Servet 1, 1211 Geneve 4, Switzerland Zhang, G.-F., Pulmonary-Critical Care Medicine Branch, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, National Institutes of Health, 10 Center Drive, MSC 1434, 9000 Rockville Pike, Bethesda, Maryland

20892-1434, USA


Bacterial Toxins

Klaus Aktories Copyright 0 2002 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA

CHAPTER 1

Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development G.-F. ZHANG, W. A. PATTON, J. MOSS and M. VAUGHAN

1.1 Introduction Cholera results from an intestinal infection with the pathogenic bacterium Vibrio cholerae that causes a debilitating, and even deadly, diarrhea. Successful treatment of cholera requires effective rehydration with solutions of glucose and salts (Kaper et al., 1995). Administration of antibiotics decreases the duration of disease (Kaper et a/., 1995); vaccines are only partially effective. Koch, who first described Vibrio cholerae as the causative agent of cholera, suggested that it was a toxin-mediated disease (Koch, 1884). Over a half-century later, the existence of cholera toxin (CT) was demonstrated in cell-free culture filtrates (De, 1959; Dutta et a/., 1959); a decade later, purification of the protein toxin was achieved (Finkelstein and LoSpalluto, 1969). Since then, it has been found that CT is just one member of a family of bacterial toxins that are ADP-ribosyltransferases, which catalyze transfer of the ADP-ribose portion of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD) to a nucleophilic acceptor (Moss and Vaughan, 1988a,b; Burnette, 1994; Merritt and Hol, 1995). CT specifically modifies arginine, either free or as part of a protein. In all cells, including intestinal epithelial cells, the maior substrate is the guanine nucleotide-binding subunit of the stimulatory regulator of adenylyl cyclase, G, (Moss and Vaughan, 1988b).ADP-ribosylation of arginine-201 in G, (Robishaw et a/., 1986) leads to persistently high intracellular levels of CAMP (Moss and Vaughan, 1988b), perhaps other effects on arachidonate metabolites (Peterson et al., 1994; Reitmeyer and Peterson, 1990), and the massive fluid and electrolyte flux that are characteristic of cholera (Kaper et a/., 1995). Cholera toxin and the very similar (in structure and mechanism of action) heat-labile enterotoxin from E. coli (LT-1 or LT, which is responsible for the syndrome of traveler's diarrhea) have been widely applied as molecular tools to facilitate understanding of signalling systems. Examples of molecules besides G, that were identified because of work on CT are the ADP-ribosylation factors (ARFs),now known to play a critical role in intracellular vesicular transport (Moss and Vaughan, 1995), and the mammalian ADP-ribosyltransferases (Zolkiewska et al., 1994).As more is learned about CT structure and biochemistry, modified or mutant CT and LT molecules are being gen-

action of cholera toxin

K. Aktories (Ed.),Bacterial Toxins. 0Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

erated for use as targeting molecules to direct covalently attached ligands to specific cells, or as adiuvants for use in vaccine development (Holmgren et al., 1994).This chapter is a review of recent studies on CT and LT structure, mode of cell entry, mechanism of action, and their use as tools in biochemical studies.

1.2 Molecular Aspects of Cholera Toxin Action 1.2.1 Structure and Relationship to Other Toxins related toxins

structure of cholera toxin

GUI-FENGZHANG et al

Cholera toxin and E. coli heat-labile enterotoxins, members of the AB5 family of toxins (Burnette, 1994; Merritt and Hol, 1995) consist of a single catalytic A subunit and five B subunits (Spangler, 1992).Another oligomeric toxin is pertussis toxin (PT), a secretory product of Bordetella pertussis (for review and primary references, see Moss and Vaughan, 198813; Burnette, 1994; Merritt and Hol, 1995).CT, LT, and PT are ADP-ribosyltransferases that use NAD as an ADP-ribose donor and a subunits of the heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide-binding (G) proteins as an acceptor (Moss and Vaughan, 198813). CT and LTADPribosylate an arginine (Robishaw et al., 1986) in G, causing its activation (Gill and Meren, 1978; Johnson et al., 1978; Northup et al., 1980), whereas PT ADP-ribosylates a cysteine in G,,, resulting in uncoupling from its receptors (Bokoch et al., 1983, 1984; West et al., 1985). Diphtheria toxin (DT) from Corynebacterium diphtheriae and the closely related exotoxin A (ETA) from Pseudomonas aeruginosa are also ADP-ribosylating toxins, but are monomeric proteins that ADP-ribosylate elongation factor 2 (EF-2), leading to inhibition of protein synthesis and cell death (Wilson and Collier, 1992). CT is an oligomeric protein of 84 kDa composed of one A subunit (CTA, approx. 29 kDa) and five B (CTB, approx. 11.6 kDa) subunits (Ohtomo et al., 1976). CTA is synthesized as a single protein that is later proteolytically nicked to produce two polypeptides (Mekalanos et al., 1979), CTA, and CTAp, which remain covalently linked by a single disulfide bond near the carboxyl end of CTA,. Both the proteolytic cleavage, in a short sequence between the two cysteines, and reduction of the disulfide bond are required for generation of active CTAl (Mekalanos et al., 1979, Tomasi et al., 1979). Both CT and LT holotoxins have a "doughnut-shaped" pentameric B subunit into which amino acids of the A2 subunit are anchored (Spangler, 1992). One face of the B subunit contains five binding sites for ganglioside G M 1 (Sixma et al., 1991)) the cell-surface binding site for CT and LT. Each binding site is composed (for the most part) of residues from a single individual monomer, but binding to G M 1 occurs only when CTB is in the pentameric form (Fishman, 1982). CTB anchors the holotoxin to the membrane in an orientation such that the GM1 binding sites face and interact with the membrane, whereas the portion of CTA that does not penetrate the center of the B pentamer is above the opposite face of the pentamer (Sixma et al., 1991, 1993).

Considerable information on the three-dimensional structure of both toxins has come from X-ray crystallographic analysis of LT (Merritt et al., 1994a, 1994b, 1995; Sixma et al., 1991, 1993) and of CT (Merritt et al., 1994c; Zhang et al., 1995a, 1995b). Crystals of LT holotoxin exhibit an AB5 toxin structure in which the five identical B subunits are assembled in a ring-like manner creating a highly charged central pore lined with five long amphiphilic helices (Sixma et al., 1993).The carboxy-terminal portion of LTA2serves as a link between the A and B subunits by extending into the pore of B pentamer. The N-terminus of the LTA2 subunit forms a long a-helix that is in close contact with the surface of the LTAl protein; the region close to the trypsinization site was not visualized in the structure, most likely due to its flexibility (Sixma et al., 1993).The recently published CT holotoxin structure indicated that the most striking difference between the LT and CT structures is in the A2 subunit (Zhang et al., 1995a); the portion of LTA2that extends through the B pentamer is mostly an extended chain (Sixma et al., 1993), whereas that of CTA? appears to be a continuous a-helix throughout its length (Zhang et al., 1995a).

1.2.2 Toxin Entry into Cells and Events leading to Pathogenesis To enter a cell, CT must first bind to ganglioside GM1 (Moss and Vaughan, 198813).Through an unknown mechanism, binding results in endocytosis of the holotoxin (Lencer et al., 1995).When CTB binds to GM1 in a model system, at least two events are known to occur. One is an apparent change in membrane lipid packing (Picking, 1993; Picking et al., 1995) that may be due to GM1 being forced further into or out of the plane of the membrane as well as possibly becoming distributed in the membrane less randomly. Another effect of CTB binding to cells is an increase in calcium influx (Knoop and Thomas, 1984; Maenz and Forsyth, 1986; Dixon et al., 1987). Recently, CTB-induced calcium influx in Swiss 3T3 fibroblasts was reported to stimulate DNA binding by transcription factor AP-1 (Buckley et al., 1995). It has been known for some time that CT is endocytosed into Golgi-endoplasmic reticulum-lysosome (GERL) structures (Joseph et al., 1978). More recent data from several groups are consistent with endocytosed CT being transported within the cell via a brefeldin A (BFA)-sensitivepathway (Lencer et al., 1993; Nambiar et al., 1993; Orlandi et al., 1993); one of the recognized actions of BFA, a fungal metabolite, is to inhibit vesicle formation in the Golgi apparatus and the ER (Lippincott-Schwartzet al., 1989, 1990).After endocytosis at the apical surface of the cell, and the BFA-sensitive transport step, CT is transferred to a compartment where it is reduced to generate the enzymatically active CTA, subunit (Lencer et al., 1993).Temperaturesensitive transcytosis of CTA, or ADP-ribosylated G, to the basolatera1 membrane for the activation of adenylyl cyclase then follows (Lencer et al., 1993). The primary cellular substrate for cholera toxin ADP-ribosyltransferase is G, (Gill and Meren, 1978; Johnson et al., 1978; Kaslow Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development

fluid and electrolyte loss

et al., 1980; Northup et al., 1980).G,, composed of a, P, and y subunits, is responsible for coupling cell-surface receptors to intracellular effectors, which include adenylyl cyclases and certain Ca2+channels (Casey and Gilman, 1988). G, in the GTP-bound form, activates adenylyl cyclase and Ca2+channels. The intrinsic GTPase activity of G, then hydrolyzes bound GTP to produce an inactive, GDP-bound G, (Casey and Gilman, 1988). After ADP-ribosylation by CT, GsaGTP, with its GTPase activity inhibited (Cassel and Selinger, 1977), dissociates from the Py complex (Kahn and Gilman, 1984a), and is persistently activated. In turn, it persistently activates adenylyl cyclase, leading to increased intracellular CAMP (Taussig and Gilman, 1995). Fluid and electrolyte loss in cholera patients is closely related to elevated concentrations of CAMP,which can stimulate chloride secretion in intestinal epithelial cells (Field, 1971; Moss and Vaughan, 1988a).There is also evidence for the importance of other substances, such as prostaglandin E2 (PGE2)and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), in CT-induced secretion (Kaper et al., 1995). Nilsson et al. (1983) reported that 5-HT was released from enterochromaffin cells in the cat small intestine upon CT treatment. 5-HT could then stimulate PGE2 synthesis (Beubler et al., 1989) and activate the enteric nervous system (Eklund et al., 1984). Cholera toxin also caused release of PGE2into the lumen of intestinal loops in vitro (Peterson and Ochoa, 1989), via an effect on arachidonic acid formation (Peterson et al., 1990; Reitmeyer and Peterson, 1990).The contribution of these, and perhaps other, CT effects to the pathogenesis of cholera remains to be elucidated (Peterson et al., 1994).

1.2.3 Enzymology of Cholera Toxin In addition to catalyzing ADP-ribosylation of G, (ADP-ribosyltransferase activity), CT can also ADP-ribosylate: (i) simple guanidino compounds such as arginine (Moss and Vaughan, 1977a) and agmatine (Moss and Stanley, 198l), (ii) proteins unrelated to the adenylyl cyclase system, that contain a suitable arginine (Moss and Vaughan, 1978; Abood et al., 1982; Van Dop et al., 1984), and (iii) its own CTA, subunit, in an auto-ADP-ribosylation reaction (Trepel et al., 1977; Moss etal., 1980). CTcan also catalyze the hydrolysis of NAD to ADPribose and nicotinamide (NAD-glycohydrolase activity) (Moss et al., 1976). CT and LT, like other mono-ADP-ribosyltransferases (Moss et al., 1979a), catalyze a stereospecific SN2-likereaction (Oppenheimer, 1978; Moss et al., 1979b). Using agmatine, an arginine analogue, as an ADP-ribose acceptor, the CT-catalyzed reaction proceeds by a random sequential rapid-equilibrium mechanism (Osborne et al., 1985; Larew et al., 1991).

GUI-FENG ZHANG et al

1.2.4 In Vitro Stimulation of Cholera Toxin Activity by ARF Cholera toxin-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation and/or activation of adenyIyI cyclase can be enhanced by membrane-bound and soluble protein factors from a variety of species and tissues (Enomoto and Gill, 1980; LeVine and Cuatrecasas, 1981; Pinkett and Anderson, 1982; Schleifer etal., 1982; Kahn and Gilman, 198413; Gill and Coburn, 1987; Tsai et al., 1987, 1988).GTP or GTP analogues are also required for CT activation (Moss and Vaughan, 197713; Lin et al., 1978; Enomoto and Gill, 1979, 1980; Nakaya et al., 1980). One of the cofactors, ADPribosylation factor or ARF, initially purified from rabbit liver membranes, migrated as a doublet of approx. 21.5 kDa on denaturing polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (Kahn and Gilman, 1984b). ARF was later shown to bind, with high affinity in the presence of 3 mM dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine (DMPC) and 2 mM MgCI2, guanine nucleotides (GTP,GDP, and GTPyS), but not adenine nucleotides (Kahn and Gilman, 1986). GTP, but not GDP, supported the ARF-stimulated, CTcatalyzed ADP-ribosylation of G, (Kahn and Gilman, 1986). Two soluble ARFs, sARFl and sARFll (Tsai et al., 1988), as well as a membrane-bound ARF (Tsai et al., 1987), were purified from bovine brain. sARFl and sARFll were later identified as ARFl and ARF3, respectively (Tsai et al., 1992). In the presence of cholate, ARFstimulated ADP-ribosylation of G, by cholera toxin was enhanced by DMPC (Tsai et al., 1988). However, DMPUcholate was not required for ARF-stimulated auto-ADP-ribosylation of CTA (Tsai et a/., 1988). sARFII-stimulated NAD:agmatine ADP-ribosyltransferase activity was enhanced by SDS in a concentration-dependent manner; 0.003 % produced maximal activity (Noda et al., 1990). ARFs are a family of highly conserved proteins, found in all eukaryotic species from Giardia to mammals (Moss and Vaughan, 1993). Their primary function in cells appears to be the regulation of vesicular trafficking in both secretory and endocytic pathways (Moss and Vaughan, 1995). Relatively recently, ARF was identified as an activator of a membrane-associated phospholipase D (PLD) (Brown et al., 1993; Cockcroft et al., 1994),which was subsequently demonstrated in Golgi preparations (Ktistakis et al., 1995).Taken together with the evidence for CT trafficking through the Golgi apparatus following cell entry, en route to activation of G, it is possible that CT might encounter ARF at several places within the cell. It remains to be determined, however, whether CT is activated by ARF in cells.

1.3 Practical Aspects of Cholera Toxin Use 1.3.1 Vaccine and Vaccine Development Cholera continues to be a maior problem in developing countries where poor sanitation and limited amounts of clean water cause difficulties in both treatment and prevention of the disease. An effective Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development

immunogenicity

GUI-FENG ZHANG et 01.

cholera vaccine would be an important contribution to the control of this potentially lethal diarrheal disease. Experiments in animals and humans have shown that both CT and the nontoxic CTB can induce strong intestinal IgA immune responses, when administered orally (Svennerholm, et al., 1978, 1984; Elson and Ealding, 1984; Quiding et al., 1991).The marked immunogenicity of CT and CTB may be due in part to their ability to bind to GMlganglioside on the surface of intestinal mucosal cells (Holmgren et al., 1994). It was recently suggested that the mucosal effects of CT in vivo could result from inhibition of certain mucosal T cell functions and alteration of the regulatory T cell environment in gut-associated lymphoid tissue (Elson et al., 1995). Two different types of oral vaccines are being developed (Mekalanos and Sadoff, 1994). One is a mixture of CTB and killed whole L! cholerae cells containing CT (Clemens et al., 1986).A large-scale field trial in Bangladesh proved the efficacy, immunogenicity, and safety of this combined CTB/killed whole-cell vaccine (Clemens et al., 1986, 1990). Some of its weaknesses, however, include lesser protection against strains (such as El Tor) other than that used for the vaccine, and apparently limited protection of individuals of blood group type 0 (Mekalanos and Sadoff, 1994). Another vaccine type is the group of live attenuated L! cholerae vaccines (for review see Davis and Spencer, 1995).An attenuated L! cholerae 01 vaccine strain was genetically engineered by deleting, from wild-type L! cholerae 01 Classical lnaba strain 5698, 94 % of the gene encoding the enzymatically active A subunit toxin (Levine et al., 1988; Kaper and Levine, 1990).The recent emergence of a new non-01 strain of L! cholerae, 0139 strain, which caused a massive cholera epidemic throughout and beyond the Indian subcontinent (Albert et al., 1993; Chongsa-nguan et al., 1993; Ramamurthy et al., 1993), has increased the need for new effective vaccines. Progress has been made in the development of a new live vaccine strain using recombinant DNA techniques (Waldor and Mekalanos, 1994).One maior concern with live vaccines is safety, as live attenuated strains can potentially revert to the fully virulent wildtype infectious agent (Mekalanos, 1994). Recombinant proteins, with point mutations that inactivate CT or LT ADP-ribosyltransferase activity, have been made, and have potential for use in vaccine development (e.g., Burnette et al., 1991). Nontoxic derivatives of LT, with Ser63Lys (Pizza et al., 1994) or Arg7Lys (Douce et al., 1995) mutations, were reported to be effective in inducing significant titers of anti-toxin antibodies. Recently, several nontoxic mutants of CTA were constructed by site-directed mutagenesis (Fontana et a/., 1995).The CT-K63 (Ser63Lys) mutant induced neutralizing antibodies against both the A and B subunits, suggesting its potential use for development of an effective vaccine.

1.3.2 Cholera Toxin as a Molecular Tool Some bacterial toxins have therapeutic applications, for example, as novel antigen delivery systems (Aitken and Hirst, 1995). CT, LT, and their non-toxic B subunit moieties have attracted much attention among immunologists. Of particular interest is the use of CTB as an effective carrier for oral delivery of foreign antigens (Lebens and Holmgren, 1994). Covalent coupling of horseradish peroxidase to CTB significantly enhanced gut immune responses to the enzyme after oral administration (McKenzie and Halsey, 1984). Studies by Czerkinsky et al.(1989)demonstrated that oral administration of small amounts of a CTB-linked streptococcal protein antigen stimulated both mucosal IgA and extramucosal IgG antibody responses in mice. More recently, CTB was recognized as a valuable transmucosal carrier for enhancing induction of peripheral immunological tolerance (Sun et al.,1994).CT has also been used successfully as an adjuvant when mixed with unrelated antigens to stimulate mucosal IgA immune responses (Elson and Ealding, 1984; Dertzbaugh and Elson, 1991). It seems that this adjuvant activity is closely related to the ADPribosyltransferase activity of CTA and increased formation of cyclic AMP in the affected cells (Holmgren et al., 1994). CT and CTB can also be used as targeting molecules. In one example, covalent attachment of CTB to liposomes, via the reaction of free sulfhydryl groups in CTB with maleimide on the surface of phosphatidylethanolamine liposomes, enhanced its ability (200 times compared with native CTB) to compete with RCA12,, agglutinin for binding to brush border surfaces (Uwiera et al.,1992). It was suggested that such a modification could be useful for directing liposomes to cell surfaces that contain GM, ganglioside. Recent studies confirmed and extended this finding by demonstrating that covalent coupling of CT or CTB to small unilamellar liposomes via a thioether bond could be used to target vesicles to M cells in Peyer’s patches (Harokopakis et al., 1995). In these studies, liposome-coupled CT or CTB retained its ability to interact with GMl ganglioside and its immunogenicity. The gene fusion technique provides an alternative to chemical conjugation for preparing CTB-containing vaccines (Sanchez et al., 1990). Several plasmid vectors have been developed to generate translational fusions of a protein of interest to the ctxB gene product (Dertzbaugh and Macrina, 1990; Sanchez et al., 1990). A synthetic peptide of 15 amino acids from glucosyltransferase B was attached to the amino terminus of CTB without changing the structure or the biological activity of CTB (Dertzbaugh et al., 1990). By preparing fusion proteins of CTA2 with bacterial alkaline phosphatase, maltosebinding protein, or P-lactamase, Jobling and Holmes (1992) investigated the interaction of CTA2 with CTB, as well as CTB-GMl interactions. These fusion proteins bound to membranes containing GMl, although only the alkaline phosphatase and P-lactamase constructs retained enzymatic activity (Jobling and Holmes, 1992). Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development

1.4 Summary Extensive studies on cholera toxin have led to a better understanding of cholera and have facilitated the initial development of effective treatments and therapies. Despite improvement in the vaccines for cholera, a successful vaccine has yet to be developed. CT has been applied broadly in studies of a variety of biological systems and has provided valuable insight into mechanisms of cellular signal transduction. It has been employed to probe key components of various signalling pathways such as the elucidation of functional domains of transducin and G, by labeling or modifying the activity of a specific G protein a subunit in vitro (Navon and Fung 1984; Ho et al., 1989), determination of the presence of G, and ganglioside G,,in cellular fractions, and elucidation of the effects of increased cyclic AMP on cellular events (Moss and Vaughan, 198813). Knowledge and understanding of ARF, another important component of cell signaling pathways, has also been facilitated by using CT-catalyzed ADPribosylation as a general method to define and assay ARF activity (Moss and Vaughan, 1995).The assays for assessing CT and LT activity in vitro are described in Chapter 2.

References Abood ME, Hurley JB, Pappone M-C, et a/. (1982):Functional homology between signal-coupling proteins. In J. Biol. Chern. 257: 10540-10543. Aitken R, Hirst TR (1995):Bacterial toxins as novel antigen delivery systems. In Livestock Prod. Sci. 42: 163- 172. Albert MJ, Siddique AK, Islam MS, et al. (1993):Large outbreak of clinical cholera due to Vibrio cholerae non-01 in Bangladesh. In Lancet 341 :704. Beubler E, Kollar G, Saria A, et al. (1989): Involvement of 5-hydroxytryptamine, prostaglandin EP, and cyclic adenosine monophosphate in cholera toxininduced fluid secretion in the small intestine of rat in vivo. In Gastroenter. 96:368-376. Bokoch GM, Katada T, Northup JK, et a/. (1983): Identification of the predominant substrate for ADP-ribosylation by islet activating protein. In J. Biol. Chern. 258:2072 -2075. Bokoch GM, Katada T, Northup JK, et a/. (1984): Purification and properties of the inhibitory guanine nucleotide-binding regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In J. Biol. Chern. 259:3560-3567. Brown HA, Gutowski S, Moomaw CR, etal. (1993):ADP-ribosylation factor, a small GTP-dependent regulatory protein, stimulates phosphase D activity. In Cell 75: 1137-1144. Buckley NE, Su Y, Milstein S, et a/. (1995):The role of calcium influx in cellular proliferation induced by interaction of endogenous ganglioside G ,, with the B subunit of cholera toxin. In Biochirn. Biophys. Acta 1256:275-283. Burnette WN (1994):AB5ADP-ribosylating toxins: Comparative anatomy and physiology. In Structure 2: 151- 158. Burnette WN, Mar VL, Platler BW, etal. (1991): Site-specificmutagenesis of the catalytic subunit of cholera toxin: Substituting lysine for arginine 7 causes loss of activity. In Infect. Imrnun. 59:4266-4270. Casey PJ, Gilman AG (1988):G protein involvement in receptor-effector coupling. In J. Biol. Chern. 263:2577-2580. Cassel D, Selinger Z (1977):Mechanism of adenylate cyclase activation by cholera toxin: Inhibition of GTP hydrolysis at the regulatory site. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:3307-3311. GUI-FENG ZHANG et al.

Chongsa-nguan M, Chaicumpa W, Moolasart P, et al. (1993): Vibrio cholerae 0139 Bengal in Bangkok. In Lancet 342:430-431. Clemens JD, Sack DA, Harris JR, et al. (1986): Field trial of oral cholera vaccines in Bangladesh. In Lancet 2 (8499):124-127. Clemens JD, Sack DA, Harris JR, etal. (1990): Field trial of oral cholera vaccines in Bangladesh: Results from three-year follow-up. In Lancet 335 (8684):270-273. Cockcroft S, Thomas GMH, Fensome A, et al. (1994): Phospholipase D: A downstream effector of ARF in granulocytes. In Science 263523-526. Czerkinsky C, Russell MW, Lycke N, et a/. (1989): Oral adminstration of a streptococcal antigen coupled to cholera toxin B subunit evokes strong antibody responses in salivary glands and extramucosal tissues. In Infect. Immun.

57:1072- 1077.

Live oral cholera vaccine: A preliminary review of its Davis R, Spencer C M (1995): pharmacology and clinical potential in providing protective immunity against cholera. In Clin. Immunother. 4:235-247. De SN (1959): Enterotoxicity of bacteria-free culture filtrate of Vibrio cholerae. In Nature 183:1533- 1534. Dertzbaugh MT, Elson CO, (1991)Cholera toxin as a mucosal adjuvant. In Topics in Vaccine Adjuvant Research, (Spriggs D, Koff W) CRC Press, Boca Raton, FLJ19-132. Dertzbaugh MT, Macrina FL (1989): Plasmid vectors for constructing translational fusions to the B subunit of cholera toxin. In Gene 82:335-342. Dertzbaugh MT, Peterson DL, Macrina FL (1990): Cholera toxin B-subunit gene fusion: Structural and functional analysis of the chimeric protein. In Infect. Immun.

58:70- 79.

Transmembrane signalling by the B Dixon SJ, Stewart D, Grinstein S, et al. (1987): subunit of cholera toxin: Increased cytoplasmic free calcium in rat lymphocytes. In J. Cell Biol. 1051153-1161. Douce G, Turcotte C, Cropley I, et al. (1995): Mutants of Escherichiacoli heat-labile toxin lacking ADP-ribosyltransferase activity act as nontoxic, mucosal adjuvants. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:1644- 1648. Dutta NK, Panse MW, Kulkarni DR (1959): Role of cholera toxin in experimental cholera. In J. Bacteriol. 78594-595. Eklund S, Cassuto J, Jodal M, et al. (1984): The involvement of the enteric nervous system in the intestinal secretion evoked by cyclic adenosine 3', 5'monophosphate. In Acta. Physiol. Scand. 120:311-316. Elson CO, Ealding W (1984): Generalized systemic and mucosal immunity in mice after mucosal stimulation with cholera toxin. In J. Irnmunol. 132:27-36. Elson CO, Hollard SP, Dertzbaugh MT, et a/. (1995): Morphologic and functional alterations of mucosal T cells by cholera toxin and its B subunits. In J. Irnrnunol.

154:1032- 1040.

Requirement for guanosine triphosphate in the activaEnomoto K, Gill DM (1979): tion of adenylate cyclase by cholera toxin. In J. Supramol. Struct. 1051 -60. Enomoto K, Gill DM (1980): Cholera toxin activation of adenylate cyclase. In J. Biol. Chern. 255:1252- 1258. Field M (1971): Intestinal secretion: Effect of cyclic AMP and its role in cholera. In N. Engl. J. Med. 284:1137-1144. Finkelstein RA, LoSpalluto JJ (1969): Pathogenesis of experimental cholera: Preparation and isolation of choleragen and choleragenoid. In J. Exp. Med.

130:185-202.

Fishrnan PH (1982): Role of membrane gangliosides in the binding and action of bacterial toxins. In J. Membr. Biol. 69:85-97. Fontana MR, Manetti R, Giannelli V, et a/. (1995): Construction of nontoxic derivatives of cholera toxin and characterization of the immunological response against the A subunit. In Infect. Imrnun. 63:2356-2360. Gill DM, Coburn J (1987): ADP-ribosylation by cholera toxin: Functional analysis of a cellular system that stimulates the enzymatic activity of cholera toxin fragment A,. In Biochemistry 26:6364-6371. Gill DM, Meren R (1978): ADP-ribosylation of membrane proteins catalyzed by cholera toxin: Basis of the activation of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 753050-3054. Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Developmeni

Harokopakis E, Cholders NK, Michalek SM, et a/. (1995):Conjugation of cholera toxin or its B subunit to liposomes for targeted delivery of antigens. In J. Immunolog. Meth. 18531-42. Ho Y-K, Hingorani VN, Navon SE, et a/. (1989): Transducin: A signalling switch regulated by guanine nucleotides. In Curr. Top. Cell. Regul. 30:171-202. Holmgren J, Czerkinsky C, Lycke N, et a/. (1994): Strategies for the induction of immune responses at mucosal surfaces making use of cholera toxin B subunit as immunogen, carrier, and adiuvant. In Am. J. Fop. Med. Hyg. 50:42-54. Jobling MG, Holmes RK (1992):Fusion proteins containing the A2 domain of cholera toxin assemble with B polypeptides of cholera toxin to form immunoreactive and functional holotoxin-like chimeras. In Infect. Immun. 60:4915-4924. Johnson GL, Kaslow HR, Bourne HR (1978):Genetic evidence that cholera toxin substrates are regulatory components of adenylate cyclase. In J. Biol. Chem. 253:7120- 7123. Joseph KC, Kim SU, Strieber A, et al. (1978): Endocytosis of cholera toxin into neuronal GERL. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 75:2815-2819. Kahn RA, Gilman AG (1984~): ADP-ribosylation of Gs promotes the dissociation of its a and p subunits. In J. Biol. Chem. 259:6235-6240. Kahn RA, Gilman AG (198413): Purification of a protein cofactor required for ADPribosylation of the stimulatory regulatory component of adenylate cyclase by cholera toxin. In J. Biol. Chem. 259:6228-6234. Kahn RA, Gilman AG (1986):The protein cofactor necessary for ADP-ribosylation of Gs by cholera toxin is itself a GTP-binding protein. In J. Biol. Chem. 261 :7906-7911. Kaper JB, Levine MM (1990):Recombinant attenuated Vibrio cholerae strains used as live oral vaccines. In Res. Microbiol. 141:901-906. Kaper JB, Morris JG, Levine MM (1995):Cholera. In Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 8:48-86. Kaslow HR, Johnson GL, Brothers VM, et a/. (1980):A regulatory component of adenylate cyclase from human erythrocyte membranes. In J. Biol. Chem. 25513736-3741. Knoop FC, Thomas DD (1984):Effect of cholera enterotoxin on calcium uptake and cyclic AMP accumulation in rat basophilic leukemia cells. In Int. J. Biochem. 16:275-280. Koch R (1884): An address on cholera and its bacillus. In Brit. Med. J August 30:403-407;453-459. Ktistakis NT, Brown HA, Sternweis PC, etal. (1995):Phospholipase D is present on Golgi-enriched membranes and its activation by ADP-ribosylation factor is sensitive to brefeldin A. In J. Biol. Chem. 92:4952-4956. Larew JS-A, Peterson JE, Graves DJ (1991):Determination of the kinetic mechanism of arginine-specific ADP-ribosyltransferases using a high performance liquid chromatographic assay. In J. 6/01. Chem. 266:52-57. Lebens M, Holmgren J (1994):Mucosal vaccines based on the use of cholera toxin B subunit as immunogen and antigen carrier. In Dev. Biol. Stand. 82:215-227. Lencer WI, de Almeida JB, Moe S, etal. (1993):Entry of cholera toxin into polarized human intestinal epithelial cells: Identification of an early brefeldin A-sensitive event required for A,-peptide generation. In J. Clin. Invest. 92:2941-2951. Lencer WI, Moe S, Rufo PA, et a/. (1995):Transcytosis of cholera toxin subunits across model human intestinal epithelia. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 10094- 10098. LeVine H, Cuatrecasas P (1981): Activation of pigeon erythrocyte adenylate cyclase by cholera toxin. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 672:248-261. Levine MM, Kaper JB, Herrington D, et a/. (1988):Volunteer studies of deletion mutants of Vibrio cholerae 01 prepared by recombinant techniques. In Infect. Immun. 56: 161- 167. Lin MC, Welton AF, Berman MF (1978): Essential role of GTP in the expression of adenylate cyclase activity after cholera toxin treatment. In J. Cycl. Nuc. Res. 4: 159- 168. Lippincott-Schwartz J, Donaldson JG, Schweizer A, et al. (1990): Microtubuledependent retrograde transport of proteins into the ER in the presence of brefeldin A suggests an ER recycling pathway. In Cell 60:821-836. GUI-FENGZHANG et al.

Lippincott-SchwartzJ, Yuan LC, Bonifacino JS, et al. (1989):Rapid redistribution of Golgi proteins into the ER in cells treated with brefeldin A: Evidence for membrane cycling from the Golgi to the ER. In Cell 56:801-813. Maenz DD, Forsyth GW (1986):Cholera toxin facilitates calcium transport in jeiunal brush border vesicles. In Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 64568-574. McKenzie SJ, Halsey JF (1984):Cholera toxin B subunit as a carrier protein to stimulate a mucosal immune response. In J. Immunol. 133:1818-1824. Mekalanos JJ (1994):Live bacterial vaccines: Environmental aspects. In Curr. Opin. Biotech. 5:312-319. Mekalanos JJ, Collier RJ, Romig WR (1979):Enzymatic activity of cholera toxin: II. Relationships to proteolytic processing, disulfide bond reduction, and subunit composition. In J. Biol. Chem. 2545855-5861. Mekalanos JJ, Sadoff JC (1994):Cholera vaccines: Fighting an ancient scourge. In Science 265: 1387- 1389. Merritt EA, Hol WG (1995):AB5 toxins. In Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:165-171. Merritt EA, Pronk SE, Sixma TK, et a/. 1994~): Structure of partially-activated E. coli heat-labile enterotoxin (LT) at 2.6 resolution. In FEBS let. 337:88-92. Merritt EA, Sarfaty S, Pizza M, et a/. (1995): Mutation of a buried residue causes loss of activity, but no conformational change in the heat-labile enterotoxin of Escherichia coli. In Struct. Biol. 2:269-272. Merritt EA, Sarfaty S, Van Den Akker F, et al. (1994~): Crystal structure of cholera toxin B-pentamer bound to receptor G ,, pentasaccharide. In Prot. Sci. 3:166-175. Merritt EA, Sixma TK, Kalk KH, et al. (199413):Galactose-binding site in Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin (LT) and cholera toxin (CT). In Mol. Microbiol. 13:745-753. Moss J, Garrison S, Oppenheimer NJ, et a/. (197913): NAD-dependent ADPribosylation of arginine and proteins by Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin. In J. Biol. Chem. 254:6270-6272. Moss J, Manganiello VC, Vaughan M (1976): Hydrolysis of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide by choleragen and its A protomer: Possible role in the activation of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:4424-4427. Moss J, Stanley, SJ (1981): Histone-dependent and histone-independentforms of an ADP-ribosyltransferase from human and turkey erythrocytes. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78x4809-4812. Moss J, Stanley SJ, Oppenheimer NJ (1979~): Substrate specificity and partial purification of a stereospecific NAD- and guanidine-dependent ADPribosyltransferasefrom avian erythrocytes . In J. Biol. Chem. 255:7835-783Z Moss J, Stanley SJ, Watkins PA, et al. (1980): ADP-ribosyltransferase activity of mono- and multi-(ADP-ribosylated) choleragen. In J. Biol. Chem. 255:7835- 7837. Moss J, Vaughan M (1977~): Mechanism of action of choleragen: Evidence for ADP-ribosyltransferase activity with arginine as an acceptor. In J. Biol. Chem. 252 :2455-2457. Moss J, Vaughan M (1977b):Choleragen activation of solubilized adenylate cyclase: Requirement for GTP and protein activator for demonstration of enzymatic activity. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:4396-4400. Moss J, Vaughan M (1978): Isolation of an avian erythrocyte protein possessing ADP-ribosyltransferase activity and capable of activating adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 753621 -3624. Moss J, Vaughan M, (1988~): Mechanism of action of choleragen (cholera toxin) and E. coli heat-labile enterotoxins. In BacterialToxins (Handbook of Natural Toxins), 4, (Tu AT, Hardegree MC) Dekker, New York. Moss J, Vaughan M (198813):ADP-ribosylation of guanyl nucleotide-binding regulatory proteins by bacterial toxins. In Adv. Enzym. 61 :303-379. Moss J, Vaughan M (1993): ADP-ribosylation factors, 20,000 Mr guanine nucleotide-binding protein activators of cholera toxin and components of intracellular vesicular transport systems. In Cell. Signalling 5367-379. Moss J, Vaughan M (1995): Structure and function of ARF proteins: Activators of cholera toxin and critical components of intracellular vesicular transport processes. In J. Biol. Chem. 270: 12327- 12330.

8,

Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Development

Nakaya S, Moss J, Vaughan M (1980): Effects of nucleoside triphosphates on choleragen-activated brain adenylate cyclase. In Biochemistry 19:4871-4874. Nambiar MP, Oda T, Chen C, etal. (1993): Involvement of the Golgi region in the intracellular trafficking of cholera toxin. In J. Cell. Physiol. 154:222-228. Navon SE, Fung BK (1984):Characterization of transducin from bovine retinal rod outer segments. Mechanism and effects of cholera toxin-catalyzed ADPribosylation. In J. Biol. Chem. 259:6686-6693. Nilsson 0, Cassuto J, Larsson L-I, et a/. (1983): 5-hydroxytryptamine and cholera secretion: A histochemical and physiological study in cats. In Gut 24:543-548. Noda M, Tsai S-C, Adamik R, et a/. (1990):Mechanism of cholera toxin activation by a guanine nucleotide-dependent 19-kDa protein. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1034:195- 199. Northup JK, Sternweis PC, Smigel MD, et al. (1980): Purification of the regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:6516-6520. Ohtomo N, Muraoka T, Tashiro A, et a/. (1976):Size and structure of the cholera toxin molecule and its subunits. In J. Infect. Dis. 133:S31-S40. Oppenheimer NJ (1978): Structural determination and sterospecificity of the choleragen-catalyzed reaction of NAD' with guanidines. In J. Biol. Chem. 253:4907-4910. Orlandi PA, Curran PK, Fishman PH (1993):Brefeldin A blocks the response of cultured cells to cholera toxin. In J. Biol. Chem. 268: 12010- 12016. Osborne JC Jr, Stanley SJ, Moss J (1985):Kinetic mechanisms of two NAD:arginine ADP-ribosyltransferases: The soluble, salt-stimulated transferase from turkey erythrocytes and choleragen, a toxin from Vibrio cholerae. In Biochemistry 24x523555240. Peterson JW, Jackson CA, Reitmeyer JC (1990):Synthesis of prostaglandins in cholera toxin-treated Chinese hamster ovary cells. In Microb. Pathogen. 9:345-353. Peterson JW, Lu Y, Duncan S, etal. (1994):Interactions of intestinal mediators in the mode of action of cholera toxin. In J. Med. Microbiol. 41 :3-9. Peterson JW, Ochoa LG (1989):Role of prostaglandins and CAMPin the secretory effects of cholera toxin. In Science 245:857-859. Picking WD (1993): Interaction of pyrene-labeled monosialoganglioside GM1 micelles with cholera toxin. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 195:1153-1158. Picking WL, Moon H, Wu H, et al. (1995): Fluorescence analysis of the interaction between ganglioside GMl-containing phospholipid vesicles and the B subunit of cholera toxin. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1247:65-73. Pinkett MO, Anderson WB (1982): Plasma membrane-associated component(s) that confer(s) cholera toxin sensitivity to adenylate cyclase. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 714:337-343. Pizza M, Domenighini M, Hol W, etal. (1994):Probing the structure-activity relationship of Escherichia coli LT-A by site-directed mutagenesis. In Mol. Microbiol. 14:51-60. Quiding M, Nordstrom I, Kilander A, et a/. (1991): Intestinal immune responses in humans. Oral cholera vaccination induces strong intestinal antibody responses and interferon-y production and evokes local immunological memory. In J. Clin. Invest. 88: 143- 148. Ramamurthy T, Garg S, Sharma R, et a/. (1993):Emergence of novel strain of Vibrio cholerae with epidemic potential in southern and eastern India. In lancet 341:703-704. Reitmeyer JC, Peterson JW (1990): Stimulatory effects of cholera toxin on arachidonic acid metabolism in Chinese hamster ovary cells (43022). In Proc. SOC. Exper. Biol. Med. 193:181- 184. Robishaw JD, Russell DW, Harris BA, etal. (1986):Deduced primary structure of the a subunit of the GTP-binding stimulatory protein of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 1251- 1255. Sanchez J, Johansson S, Lowenadler B, et a/. (1990):Recombinant cholera toxin B subunit and gene fusion proteins for oral vaccination. In Res. Microbiol. 141:971-979. GUI-FENG ZHANG et al.

Schleifer LS, Kahn RA, Hanski E, et a/. (1982): Requirements for cholera toxindependent ADP-ribosylation of the purified regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In J. Biol. Chem. 257:20-23. Sixma TK, Kalk KH, van Zanten BAM, et a/. (1993):Refined structure of Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin, a close relative of cholera toxin. In J. Mol. Biol.

230:890-918. Sixma TK, Pronk SE, Kalk KH, et al. (1991):Crystal structure of a cholera toxinrelated heat-labile enterotoxin from €. coli. In Nature 351 :371-377. Spangler BD (1992):Structure and function of cholera toxin and the related Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin. In Microbiol. Rev. 56:622-647. Sun J-B, Holmgren J, Czerkinsky C (1994):Cholera toxin B subunit: An efficient transmucosal carrier-delivery system for induction of peripheral immunological tolerance. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :10795- 10799. Svennerholm A-M, Jertborn M, Gothefors L, et a/. (1984):Mucosal antitoxic and antibacterial immunity after cholera disease and after immunization with a combined B subunit-whole cell vaccine. In J. Infect. Dis. 149:884-893. Svennerholm A-M, Lunge S, Holmgren J (1978):Correlation between intestinal synthesis of specific immunoglobulin A and protection against experimental cholera in mice. In Infect. Immun. 21 :1 -6. Taussig R, Gilman AG (1995):Mammalian membrane-bound adenylyl cyclases. In J. Biol. Chem. 27O:l-4. Tomasi M, Battistini A, Araco A, et al. (1979):The role of the reactive disulfide bond in the interaction of cholera-toxin functional regions. In Eur. J. Biochem.

93:621-627. Trepel JB, Chuang D-M, Neff NH (1977):Transfer of ADP-ribose from NAD to choleragen: A subunit acts as catalyst and acceptor protein. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.

USA 74:5440-5442. Tsai S-C, Adamik R, Haun RS, et a/. (1992): Differential interaction of ADPribosylation factors 1, 3, and 5 with rat brain Golgi membranes. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:9272-9276. Tsai S-C, Noda M, Adamik R, et al. (1987): Enhancement of choleragen ADPribosyltransferase activities by guanyl nucleotides and a 19-kDa membrane protein. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 8 4 5 1 3 9 4 4 2 , Tsai S-C, Noda M, Adamik R, et al. (1988):Stimulation of choleragen enzymatic activities by GTP and two soluble proteins purified from bovine brain. In J. Biol. Chem. 263: 1768- 1772. Uwiera RE, Romancyia DA, Wong JP, etal. (1992):Effect of covalent modification on the binding of cholera toxin B subunit to ileal brush border surfaces. In Anal. Biochem. 204:244-249. Van Dop C,Tsubokawa M, Bourne HR, etal. (1984):Amino acid sequence of retinal transducin at the site ADP-ribosylated by cholera toxin. In J. Biol. Chem.

259:696-698. Waldor MK, Mekalanos JJ (1994):Emergence of a new cholera pandemic: Molecular analysis of virulence determinants in Vibrio cholerae and 0139 and development of a live vaccine prototype. In J. Infect. Dis. 170:278-283. West RE Jr, Moss J, Vaughan M et al. (1985): Pertussis toxin-catalyzed ADPribosylation of transducin. Cysteine 347 is the ADP-ribose acceptor site. In J. Biol. Chem. 260: 14428- 14430. Wilson BA, Collier RJ (1992):Diphtheria toxin and Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A: Active-site structure and enzymatic mechanism. In Curr. Top. Microbiol. & Immunol. 175:27-41. Zhang R-G, Scott DL, Westbrook ML, et a/. (1995~): The three-dimensional crystal structure of cholera toxin. In J. Mol. Biol. 251 563-573. Zhang R-G, Westbrook ML, Westbrook EM, et a/. (1995b):The 2.4 8, crystal structure of cholera toxin B subunit pentamer: Choleragenoid. In J. Mol. Biol.

251 550-562. Zolkiewska A, Okasaki IJ, Moss J (1994): Vertebrate mono-ADP-ribosyltransferases. In Mol. Cell. Biochem. 138:107-112.

Cholera Toxin: Mechanism of Action and Potential Use in Vaccine Developmeni

Bacterial Toxins


Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat Ia biIe Ente rot oxin: Biochemica I Methods for Assessing Enzymatic Activities

-

W. A. PATTON, G.-F. ZHANG, J. MOSS and M. VAUGHAN

2.1 Introduction Cholera toxin (CT) and E. coli heat-labile enterotoxin (LT-1 or LT) are members of the AB5family of ADP-ribosylating toxins (Merritt and Hol, 1995).The B subunits of CT and LT (CTB and LTB, respectively) form a homo-pentameric structure that is critical for toxin-cell interaction, whereas the A subunits of both CT and LT (CTA and LTA, respectively), after cleavage near their carboxy termini with trypsin or similar proteases, followed by reduction of a single disulfide bond, yield the enzymatically active Al peptide and a smaller A2 peptide (Spangler, 1992). CTAl and LTAl catalyze the cleavage of the glycosidic bond linking ADP-ribose to nicotinamide in NAD, with transfer of ADPribose to an acceptor amino acid or water (Moss and Vaughan, 1992). The products formed in the SN2-like reaction depend on the presence of specific nucleophilic acceptors. This fact is the basis of the four biochemical assays described here that measure the amounts of ADP-ribose transferred to simple guanidino compounds (e.g., arginine, agmatine) or arginine-containing proteins (ADP-ribosyltransferase activity), the toxin itself (auto-ADP-ribosyltransferase activity), or water (NAD glycohydrolase activity). These assays, originally developed to assess the activity of native CT or LT, are used also to determine the activity of specific toxin constructs alone or in the presence of GTP-dependent activating proteins known as ADPribosylation factors or ARFs. ARFs were originally identified as activators of CT-catalyzed ADPribosylation of a heterotrimeric G-protein subunit, G, that is the stimulatory regulator of adenylyl cyclase (Kahn and Gilman, 1984), and were later recognized as allosteric activators of CT (Noda et al., 1990).They are now known to be a family of monomeric approx. 20kDa guanine nucleotide-binding proteins belonging to the Ras superfamily, found in eukaryotic organisms from Giardia (Murtagh et al., 1992) to humans (Tsuchiya et al., 1991), that stimulate toxin activity when they are in the GTP-bound (activated) state (Moss and Vaughan, 1995; Welsh et al., 1994a). Initial studies showed that in yeast, ARF was localized to the Golgi apparatus (Stearns et a/., 1990a),and ARFs have since been shown to be essential regulators of membrane vesicle dynamics (Stearns et al., 1990b) in the ER and

basis of assays for toxins

K. Aktories (Ed.),Bacterial Toxins. 0 Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

Golgi apparatus, the nucleus, and the plasma membrane (Donaldson and Klausner, 1994).The identification of ARFs as activators of an isoform of phospholipase D (Brown et al., 1993; Cockcroft et a/., 1994; Massenburg et al., 1994; Hammond et al., 1995), which appears to be present (at least in part) in the Golgi apparatus (Ktistakis et al., 1995), has helped to define further the function of ARF in cells. Investigations into the role of ARFs in these processes have employed recombinant wild-type and mutant ARF constructs. Thus, the assays discussed here have become commonly used to measure native ARFs, and to assess the integrity of recombinant proteins and the effects of mutations on their activity.

2.2 General Information on CT, LT, ARF and Reagents 2.2.1 Sources, Purification, and Activation of CTA and LTA Cholera toxin, first purified by Finkelstein and LoSpalluto (1969), can be purified by one of several more recently published methods including phosphocellulose chromatography (Mekalanos et a/., 1978), or affinity chromatography (based on the interaction of the B subunits with the carbohydrate moiety of ganglioside GM1) on IYSOGM~ bound alternative methods for purification to a Spherosil-DEAE-dextran support (Tayot and Tardy, 1980; Tayot et al., 1981). Pure CT, as iudged by isoelectric focusing, can also be obtained using Mono Q FPLC (Spangler and Westbrook, 1989). Purified CT can be purchased from several sources (see Section 2.2.3). Among the early descriptions of the purification of LT are those that utilize ammonium sulfate fractionation, gel filtration, and chromatography on hydrophobic or ion exchange matrices (e.g., Kunkel and Robertson, 1979 and references therein). Procedures have been developed (similar to that for CT) that make use of agarose A-5m (Clementsand Finkelstein, 1979) or immobilized D-galactose (Uesaka et al., 1994) as affinity resins; purified LT can be eluted from either matrix with galactose. Purified CTA or LTA is required for the assays described herein and can be generated and purified from CT or LT holotoxin using methods originally described for CT. Gel filtration in 0.1 M glycine buffer (pH 3.2) containing 6 M urea (Ohtomo etal., 1976) or 5 % formic acid (Lai etal., 1976) results in separation of the A subunit from B subunit monomers. More recently, a reverse-phase HPLC procedure has been described for cholera toxin subunit purification (Pearson et a/., 1986). Like CT, purified CTA can be purchased from several sources (see Section 2.2.3). Pure CTA and LTA are activated for use in these assays by incubation with thiol and proteolytic cleavage to produce the A, and A2 peptides. After secretion, CTA is proteolytically nicked by bacterial proteases (Mekalanos etal., 1979) and thus requires only reduction to be W. A. PATTON et al.

active. CT is reduced (activated) by incubation for 30 min at 30°C in 50 mM Tris-buffered saline (pH 8.0) containing 20 m M DTT, similar to the original description by Ohtomo et al. (1976). Purified LT is usually not nicked and must be proteolyzed with trypsin (Rappaport et al., 1976) (6pg per 30yg of LT (Moss et al., 1993)) as well as being reduced; proteolysis is terminated by the addition of 30 pg of trypsin inhibitor. Although reduced and alkylated toxin A, subunit can be separated from the A2 peptide (as described by Ohtomo et al. (1976) and Lai et al. (1976)))it is not necessary to do so; preparations of A, that contain A2 are routinely used and have enzymatic activity. Activated toxin is stored in portions sufficient for one experiment to avoid repeated freezing and thawing. Although CTA is a relatively stable protein, when reduced it may aggregate and precipitate in an inactive form.

activation of toxins

2.2.2 Sources and Purification of ARF Both native and recombinant ARFs (synthesized in E. coli or Sf9 cells) can be used to stimulate toxin activity. One advantage of using native ARFs or those expressed in Sf9 cells is that they are posttranslationally modified by the addition of an amino-terminal myristoy1 group (Kahn et al., 1988; Kunz et al., 1993), whereas recombinant ARFs synthesized in E. coli are not, unless coexpressed with a eukaryotic N-myristoyltransferase (Randazzo et al., 1992; Haun et al., 1993). Soluble, native ARFs are commonly prepared from bovine brain (Tsai et al., 1988). Briefly, proteins, precipitated between 25 % and 75 % saturation with ammonium sulfate from the supernatant fraction of bovine brain homogenized in buffer A (20mM potassium phosphate, pH 8.0, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT, 1 m M sodium azide, 0.5mM PMSF, and 10% sucrose), are suspended in and dialyzed against buffer B (20m M potassium phosphate, pH 7.0, 1 m M EDTA, 1 m M DTT, 1 mM sodium azide, 1 m M benzamidine, and 250mM sucrose) before chromatography on CM-Sepharose in the same buffer. The flow-through and wash are combined, adjusted to pH 5.35 with cold acetic acid, and chromatographed again on CMSepharose in buffer C (buffer B adjusted to pH 5.35). Elution with a linear gradient of 25 to 200 m M NaCl in buffer C yields two separate peaks of ARF protein and ARF activity as determined by SDSPAGE and stimulation of the NAD:agmatine ADP-ribosyltransferase activity of CTA (described below), respectively. Peak I (sARFI or the ARFl gene product) and peak II (sARFII or the ARF3 gene product) are further purified by hydroxylapatite chromatography in buffer D (20 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 1 m M EDTA, 1 m M DTT, 1 m M sodium azide, 5 mM magnesium chloride, and 250 m M sucrose) with a linear gradient of 0 to 5 0 m M potassium phosphate in the same buffer. Chromatography on Ultrogel AcA 54 (Section 2.2.3) in buffer D with the addition of 100mM NaCl (buffer E) can

preparation of native ARFs

Cholera Toxin and Escherichio coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

preparation of recombinant ARFs

W. A. PATTON et al.

be used to purify each protein further. The purity of ARFl or ARF3 after gel filtration chromatography is greater than 90 %. ARF proteins should be stored in portions sufficient for a single experiment as they lose activity with repeated freezing and thawing, especially at concentrations below 1 mg/ml. Recombinant ARFs, e.g., recombinant human ARFl (rARFl), are also commonly used in these assays, as it is generally faster to obtain greater quantities of high-purity protein by over-expression in E. coli (e.g. Weiss et al., 1989; Price et al., 1992; Hong et a/., 1994) than from mammalian tissue. Sources of reagents are given in Section 2.2.3. For the preparation of recombinant, myristoylated human ARFl (mARFl), using the method of Hong etal. (1994), competent BL21(DE3) E. coli are cotransformed (by the heat-shock method) with an ampicillin-resistant PET-derived plasmid containing the hARFl gene and a kanamycin-resistant plasmid containing the yeast N-myristoyltransferase gene. Transformants from ampicillin and kanamycin plates are grown in LB broth (typically 500 or 1000 ml) containing ampicillin or carbenicillin, 100 yg/ml, and kanamycin, 100 yglml, to an OD600of approx. 0.6. As protein production is often variable, several transformants are picked and screened using 6-well dishes to select a colony that has the best protein production. Myristic acid and fatty acid-free BSA are then added to 0.5 and 0.06pM, respectively, as described by Franco et al. (1995). Ten minutes later, recombinant protein production is induced with the addition of IPTG to a final concentration of 0.5 mM. Franco et al. (1995) recommended reducing the temperature from 37°C to 27°C during induction to increase the efficiency of myristoylation. After further incubation for 2 h, cells are harvested and lysed in 15 ml of TE buffer (10m M Tris, p H 8.0, 1 m M EDTA) containing lysozyme, 5 mg/ml, by sonification or nitrogen decompression (Hong et al., 1994). The supernatant (100,000 g, 30min) is applied to a column ( 2 . 5 100cm) ~ of Ultrogel AcA 54 equilibrated and eluted, with buffer E. Fractions representing an ARF peak, identified by stimulation of CT ADP-ribosyltransferase activity in the agmatine assay (Assay 2, described below) and SDS-PAGE (in Tris-Glycine 14 % gels), are pooled, concentrated to approx. 1 mg/ml, divided into portions as described for native ARFs, and stored at -20°C. Protein obtained by this method is generally more than 90 % pure (as iudged by Coomassie staining of SDS gels), and can be purified futher by chromatography on a DEAE resin using buffer D, with a linear gradient of 0 to 200 m M NaCI. To obtain recombinant ARF protein preparations that contain a high percentage of myristoyluted protein, Franco et al. (1995) utilized both DEAE and Mono S chromatography. Such enrichment is especially important when the activation of toxin by nonmyristoylated and myristoylated proteins is to be compared.

2.2.3 Reagents and Chemicals Materials AG 1-X2 resin; chloride form, 200-400 mesh Agmatine p-Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD’) Carbenicillin Cardiolipin Cholera toxin

Supplier

Cat-No.

BioRad (Hercules, CA)

140- 1251

Sigma (St. Louis, MO) A7127 Boehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, 127 965 IN) Calbiochem (Sun Diego, CA) 205805 Avanti (Alabaster, AL) 840012 100 List Biologicals (Campbell, CA); or Sigma (St. Louis, MO) 68052 102 Cholera toxin A subunit List Biologicals (Campbell, CA); or 68180 Sigma (St. Louis, MO) Cibacron blue Fluka (Ronkonkoma, NY) 27319 69450-2 Competent BL21 (DE3) E.coli Novagen (Madison, WI) Fattty acid-free BSA Fluka (Ronkonkoma, NY) 05468 Guanosine-5’-0-(2-thioBoehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, 528 536 diphosphate) (GDPBS) IN) Guanosine-5’-0-(3-thioBoehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, 220 647 triphosphate) (GTPyS) IN) I PTG Gold Biotechnology (St. Louis, MO) 12481C 15502 or Sigma (St. Louis, MO) 16-8200-19 Microtube strips PGC (Gaithersburg, MD) Myristic Acid Fluka (Ronkonkoma, NY) 70140 [”PI NAD New England Nuclear (Boston, MA) NEG-023 CFA 497 [Adenine-U-14C]NAD Amersham (Arlington Heights, IL) [Carb~nyl-’~C]NAD Amersham (Arlington Heights, IL) CFA-372 Ready Gel Beckman (Fullerton, CA) 158728 230191 Biosepra (Malboraugh, MA) Ultrogel AcA 54 X-OMAT film Kodak (Rochester, NY) 165 1579

2.2.4 Stock Solutions Solutions are prepared in water using the reagents of the highest quality available, unless otherwise stated. They are divided into portions sufficient for 50 assays and stored at -20°C until use. Precipitates in agmatine, DMPC/cholate, and cardiolipin (formed with freezing) can be dissolved by heating to 50°C and vortex mixing.

Activated CTA or LTA: 0.1 mg/ml Potassium phosphate: 0.5 M, pH 7.5 DTT: 1.0M Magnesium chloride: 1.0M SDS: 0.045 % Ovalbumin: 10 mg/ml Agmatine: 0.1 M NAD: 20 m M Guanine nucleotide: 50 mM. Although natural nucleotides can be used, non-hydrolyzable analogues are often preferable, especially when working with samples that may contain nucleotidases. Guanosine-5‘-0-(3-thiotriphosphate) (GTPyS), but not guanosine-5’0-(2-thiodiphosphate) (GDPPS),stimulates ARF activity. Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labileEnterotoxin

DMPCKholate: 30mM DMPC in 2 % sodium cholate. Two percent sodium cholate is prepared in water or 10 m M potassium phosphate buffer, pH 7.5, and DMPC is added to a final concentration of 30 mM, followed by vortex mixing and warming to 37°C until all lipid is dissolved. Cardiolipin: Cardiolipin, Z5 mg/ml, in 10 m M potassium phosphate, pH Z5. Cardiolipin, 7.5mg in a methanol or chloroform solution, is transferred to a glass tube ( 1 2 ~ 7 5 m mand ) the solvent evaporated using a vacuum centrifuge or a stream of N2,followed by the addition of 1 ml of 10 m M potassium phosphate (pH Z5) and vortex mixing until the lipid is dispersed; sonification using a tip probe is required to obtain a uniform suspension without discernible particulates. (Usually 10 to 20seconds at a medium power setting is sufficient.) The solution is stored at -20°C and requires vortex mixing after thawing to produce a uniform suspension.

2.3 Assay 1 :The G,, Assay This assay measures toxin-catalyzed transfer of ADP-ribose from NAD to a specific arginine(s) in G, the heterotrimeric GTP-binding protein subunit that is the stimulatory regulator of adenylyl cyclase. In the assay, the toxin catalyzes the transfer of [32P]ADP-ribosefrom NAD to G, or to other arginine-containing proteins. The reaction is stopped with ice-cold Z5 % TCA, and the precipitated proteins are recovered for SDS-PAGE and autoradiography. In one version of this assay (Weiss etal., 1989), labeled proteins are precipitated and collected on nitrocellulose filters for direct quantification of incorporated ADPribose. Other G,,-based assays (e.g., Schleifer et al., 1982)) which exploit the activation of adenylyl cyclase by ADP-ribosylated G, utilize the reconstitution methods described by Ross and Gilman (1977), in which the ability of ADP-ribosyl-G,, to stimulate adenylyl cyclase activity in cyc-S49 lymphoma cell membrane preparations is assessed.

2.3.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required ARF protein [32P]NAD(30Ci/mmol; 2 mCi/ml)

G, (or other arginine-containing proteins, see Section 2.7.2) Since G, is a poor substrate for ADP-ribosylation (Graziano etal., 1987, 1989; Toyoshige et al., 1994), the heterotrimeric form ( a P y ) of G, should be used. Crude, detergent-extracted G, , or purified native G,

can be prepared using the methods of Kaslow et al. (Kaslow et al.,

W. A. PATrON et al.

1980) and Northup et al. (Northup etal., 1980), respectively. Recombinant G, (Graziano et al., 1987, 1989) may also be used, but only with the addition of purified Gpy.

7.5 % TCA SDS-BME sample buffer 120 m M Tris, pH 6.8 20 % Glycerol 1 % Sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) 5 % 2-mercaptoethanol (BME) 0.05 % Bromphenol blue

2.3.2 Protocol (100pl assay volume) 1. Assays are performed in glass 12x75mm tubes; reagents are added in the order shown in Table 1. Incubate for 60min. at 30°C.

2. After incubation, tubes are placed on ice and reactions terminated by addition of 1 ml of ice-cold 7.5 % TCA and 5 pg of BSA.

the G,, assay

3. Samples are mixed by vortexing and kept on ice for 60 minutes before centrifugation (2300 g, 30 min).

4. The supernatant is aspirated and pellets are rinsed with 250 pI of ice-cold 100 % ethanol to remove residual TCA (optional). Table 1. Components of Assay 1 : NAD:G,, ADP-ribosyltransferaseActivity Component’

Volume

Assay Concentration

Phosphate buffer DMPC/cholate Water

lop1 10pl To volume 0.3 pI 0.5 pl

50 mM 3 mM/0.2 %

DTT Magnesium chloride Guanine nucleotide NAD [32P]NAD G, source ARF protein Activated toxin2 Total Volume

0.4 pI 0.1 pI 0.5 pI

x PI x

10 pl 100 pI

3 mM 5 mM 200 pM 20 pM 2 pCi

1 1 Pg 1 PS

’

Rather than adding individual components to each tube, phosphate buffer and lipid can be added as a mixture, followed by a mixture (of intermediate volume) that contains all components except G, ARF, and activated toxin, and then by successive addition of each of the other components. Addition of components in the order described prevents the precipitation of phosphate and magnesium. The reaction is started by the addition of toxin, followed by vortex mixing.

*

Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

5. Proteins are dissolved in 100 PI of SDS-BME sample buffer with heating at approx. 80°C for 10 min before electrophoresis in 12 % gels. (Samples may turn yellow during heating, especially if pellets were not rinsed, and can be made blue (basic) by the addition of several microliters of 1.0 M Tris.)

6. After electrophoresis, gels are stained with Coomassie blue, destained and equilibrated with 30 % methanol/ 2 % glycerol (to avoid cracking during drying). restoring pH

7. Dried gels are exposed to X-OMAT film (Section2.2.3) at -70°C with intensifying screens.

2.4 Assay 2: The Agmatine Assay This assay measures toxin-catalyzed transfer of ADP-ribose to agmatine, an analogue of arginine lacking the carboxyl moiety, using [14Cadenine]NAD. The reaction product, ['4C]ADP-ribosylagmatine,has a net charge of zero and is eluted from an AG 1-X2 anion-exchange column with water, while the substrate, [14C]NAD, is retained. ['4C]ADP-ribosylagmatineis quantified by liquid scintillation counting. Other simple guanidino compounds such as arginine methyl ester can also be utilized in this assay (Moss and Vaughan, 1977), provided a suitable method is used to isolate the ADP-ribosylated product.

2.4.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required [Adenine-U-14C]NAD(281mCi/mmole; 25 vCi/ml)

ARF protein AG 1-X2 resin The resin is equilibrated three times with two volumes of distilled/ deionized water. A 1 :1 resin:water slurry is used to prepare columns.

Plexiglass column rack with disposable columns We use a rack designed (in house) for 100 5Y4-inch Pasteur pipettes that fits over a l o x 10 tray of 20-ml scintillation vials such that eluate from each column is collected in a vial. Each pipette (containing a glass wool plug) is filled with AG 1-X2 slurry up to the constriction in the glass using a syringe fitted with a blunted wide-bore spinal needle or a piece of stiff tubing. The needle is used to compact the glass wool at the bottom of the pipette and the column is filled as the needle is withdrawn. Before use, each column is washed with 1 ml of distilled/ deionized water using a repeating pipet. Each column contains 1-1.5 ml of packed resin that quantitatively retains NAD while allowing greater than 99 % recovery of ADP-ribosylagmatine. W. A. PATrON et al

Gel-type scintillation mixture (e.g., Ready Gel)

A gel-type fluid that allows counting of samples with a high aqueous content is required, as 5 ml of water are used to elute each column.

2.4.2 Protocol (150 PI assay) 1. Assays are set-up in triplicate using either 12x75mm tubes (glass and polystyrene work equally well) or 1.1-ml Microtube strips (see Section 2.2.3). Components are added to each tube in the order shown in Table 2. Incubate for 60 min. at 30°C.

the agmatine assay

2. After incubation, tubes are placed in an ice-water bath to slow the reaction. Duplicate 70-pI samples from each tube are transferred to separate columns to yield duplicate measurements for each of the triplicate assays.

3. Each column is eluted five times with 1 ml of water using a repeating dispenser, followed by the addition of sufficient scintillation fluid to generate a sample suitable for counting. Table 2. Components of Assay 2: NAD:agmatine ADP-ribosyltransferase Activity Component’

Volume

Assay Concentration

15yl

50 m M 0.5 mg/ml

~~

Phosphate buffer Cardiolipin Water Agmatine Ovalbumin

10yl To volume 15yl 1.5 yI

DTT

3 CII

Magnesium chloride Guanine nucleotide NAD [adenine-I4C]NAD ARF protein Activated toxin’ Total Volume

1.5 yI

0.3 yl 0.75 yl 1 CII

x

lop1

lOmM

0.1 mg/ml 20 m M 5 mM 100 p M 100 p M 0.05 pCi 1 CLg 1 yg

150 pI

’

Rather than adding individual components to each tube, phosphate buffer and lipid can be added as a mixture, followed by a mixture (of intermediate volume) that contains all components except ARF and activated toxin, and then by successive addition of each of the other components. Addition of components in the order described prevents the precipitation of phosphate and magnesium. The reaction is started by the addition of toxin, followed by vortex mixing. When an assay contains a large number of tubes, it is prudent to stagger starting times by approx. 30sec, consistent with equal incubation times for all tubes, to allow the time needed to transfer samples to columns.

’

Cholera Toxin and Escherichio coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

2.5 Assay 3: Auto-ADP-ribosylation Assay This assay, which does not require the addition of lipids or detergent, measures the ability of CT or LT to ADP-ribosylate itself in the absence of another ADP-ribose acceptor (except water). ARF added to this assay will also be ADP-ribosylated, but the ADP-ribosylation of it or CT under these conditions does not appear to decrease CT activity or the ability of ARF to stimulate CT (Tsai et al., 1991). Reaction products are separated by SDS-PAGE and analyzed by autoradiography as described for Assay 1 (Section2.3).This assay is the most sensitive of all those listed here and can be used to verify toxin activity observed in other assays.

2.5.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required [32P]NAD(30Ci/mmol; 2 mCi/ml) ARF protein

7.5 % TCA SDS-BME sample buffer

2.5.2 Protocol (100 pl assay) 1. This assay (like Assay 1) is carried out in 12x75 mm glass tubes; reagents are added in the order shown in Table 3. Incubate for

60 min. at 30°C. auto-ADP-ribosylation assay

2. Electrophoresis and autoradiography, are carried out as described for Assay 1. Table 3. Components of Assay 3: Toxin Auto-ADP-ribosylationActivity Component’

Phosphate buffer Water

DTT Magnesium chloride Guanine nucleotide

NAD [32P]NAD ARF protein Activated toxin’ Total Volume

’

Volume

Assay Concentration

lop1

50 mM

To volume 0.3 pI 0.5 p1 0.4 pI

0.1 pI 0.5 pI

x PI

10pI 100 pl

3 mM 5 mM 200 pM 20 pM 2 pCi

1 1 Pg

Rather than adding individual components to each tube, a mixture that contains all components except ARF and activated toxin can be added, followed by the successive addition of each of the remaining components. Addition of components in the order described prevents the precipitation of phosphate and magnesium. Reaction is started by the addition of toxin, followed by vortex mixing.

’ W. A. PATTON et 01.

2.6 Assay 4: NAD Glycohydrolase Assay This assay measures the ability of CTA or LTA to act as an NADase (first described by Moss et al. (1976)),catalyzing cleavage of the glycosidic bond between the ADP-ribose and the nicotinamide moieties of NAD. Products of the reaction are separated on AG 1-X2 columns and quantified as described for Assay 2 (Section 2.4).

2.6.1 Additional Reagents and Materials Required [~arbonyI-’~C]NAD (53 mCi/mmol; 50 pCi/ml) AG 1-X2 resin, columns, and column rack ARF protein 2.6.2 Protocol (150 pl assay) 1. Assays are performed in triplicate using either 12x75 mm tubes (glass and polystyrene work equally well) or 1.1-ml Microtube strips (Section 2.2.3). Components are added to each tube in the order shown in Table 4. Incubate for 60 min. at 30°C.

NAD glycohydrolase

2. After the incubation, duplicate samples from each tube are transferred to AG 1-X2 columns and handled further as described in Assay 2. Table 4. Components of Assay 4: NAD glycohydrolase Activity Component’

Volume

Assay Concentration

Phosphate buffer Cardiolipin Water Ovalbumin DTT Magnesium chloride Guanine nucleotide NAD [~arbonyl-’~C]NAD ARF protein Activated toxin2 Total Volume

15pl 10 pl To volume 1.5 pI 3 PI 1.5 pI 0.3 pI 0.3 pl

50 m M 0.5 mg/ml

1 PI

x PI

10 pI 150 pl

0.1 mg/ml 20 m M 5 mM 100 p M 40 p M 0.025 pCi 1 Yg 1 Pg

’

Rather than adding individual components to each tube, phosphate buffer and lipid can be added as a mixture, followed by a mixture (of intermediate volume) that contains all components except ARF and activated toxin, and then by successive addition of each of the other components. Addition of components in the order described prevents the precipitation of phosphate and magnesium. The reaction is started by the addition of toxin, followed by vortex mixing. When an assay contains a large number of tubes, it is prudent to stagger starting times by approx. 30 sec, consistent with equal incubation times for all tubes, to allow the time needed to transfer samples to columns. Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

2.7 Comments and Considerations 2.7.l Appropriate Controls and Analysis of Data controls

use of different

concentrations of ARF

2.2 7.7 Controls All assays described here should include controls for each sample tested (i.e.,+/- toxin, +/- ARF, +/- buffer (for added ARF or other component), + GTPyS, and + GDPPS) to ensure that any differences are due to the presence of a specific component. When using these assays to test for ARF activity, it is important to use several concentrations of ARF to establish that the effect is concentration-dependent, as well as GTP (or GTPyS)-dependent. In the NAD glycohydrolase assay, it is especially important when testing impure samples of toxin or ARF to run a control without toxin as the sample itself may contain NADase, which is ubiquitous in animal tissues.

run control without t

2.2 7.2 Data analysis

quantification

Radiolabeled bands on autoradiographs from Assays 1 and 3 can be quantified by densitometry and the activity of each sample graphed in arbitrary units. For Assays 2 and 4, counts in ADP-ribosylagmatine or nicotinamide are quantified directly and are converted to nanomoles of AD P- rib0 sy Ia g matine or nicot ina mide formed/ ho ur/ mg protein, respectively, based on the specific activity of NAD in the assay.

2.7.2 Interfering Substances, Troubleshooting, and Assay Optimization 2.22.7 Interfering substances

minimize effects of contaminating enzymes

W. A. PAnON et al.

The presence of two groups of contaminating enzymes in these assays, due to a need to use impure toxin, G, or ARF proteins, may complicate the interpretation of data. The effects of the first group, NADases and pyrophosphatases, which decrease substrate concentrations, can be minimized by the addition of 0.5mM Cibacron blue and 0.5 m M ATP, respectively. NADases can also be inhibited by isonicotinic acid hydrazide or DTT (Gilland Coburn, 1988); other analogs of NAD (Slama and Simmons, 1989)will also inhibit contaminating NADase activity, but may also interfere with the activities of the toxin. The second group of enzymes, ADP-ribosylarginine hydrolases, may reduce the amount of ADP-ribosyl product. ADP-ribosylarginine hydrolase activity can be inhibited by the addition of ADP-ribose to the assay.

2.22.2 Troubleshooting Problems in these assays that cannot be attributed to interfering NADases or pyrophosphatases are usually attributable to a single component (i.e. inactive toxin or ARF) and can be identified using data from the controls. When wild-type CT or LT display reduced (or zero) basal activity, one of several conditions may be the cause. It is possible that the toxin was not properly activated, and a new sample of toxin should be activated, using freshly prepared DTT. It is possible that the concentration of NAD in the assay was too low and was hydrolyzed. Because NAD in solution is susceptible to hydrolysis, it should be stored in small portions at -20°C and the stock supply replaced regularly. Mutant toxins may, in fact, be inactive and it is suggested that Assays 3 and 4 be used to confirm or negate this possibility. CT activity may also be affected by salt and/or protein concentrations in the assay. Excessive salt can stimulate toxin activity; buffer controls should, therefore, be run in each assay. High protein concentrations may result in decreased or variable toxin activity; in Assay 2, the presence of ovalbumin minimizes nonspecific protein effects. ARF stimulation of toxin activity is also subject to several types of interference. When an ARF does not stimulate toxin activity in these assays, Assay 2 is used to decide whether that ARF preparation is active. It is suggested that nonhydrolyzable nucleotides be used to minimize problems due to the presence of nucleotidases or pyrophosphatases in the assay. If Assay 2 confirms inactivity, be certain that agmatine and lipid stocks were completely dispersed before use. The GTP-binding ability of the ARF can be verified using a nitrocellulose filter-binding assay (e.g., Northup et al., 1982) that measures [35S]GTPySbinding to ARF under assay conditions. It is possible that an ARF or ARF mutant may be active in Assay 2 and not Assay 1. It has been suggested that this may be due to the ability of that ARF to stimulate modification of that particular substrate (Randazzo et al., 1994). The use of alternative substrate sources or substrates for ADPribosylation in Assays 1 and 2 may result in apparently lower activity. For Assay 1, arginine-containing proteins (other than Gsa)or membrane preparations that contain G, and ARF can be substituted for G, but the amount of labeling may be greatly reduced, depending on protein concentration or the susceptibility of a particular protein to modification. It should be noted that not all arginine residues in native proteins are modified, as they must be accessible to the ADP-ribosylating enzyme (e.g., Moss et al., 1990).Thus, the arginine content of a protein may not necessarily reflect its capacity to be ADP-ribosylated.

troubleshooting

activate new toxin sample

replace NAD stock regularly

effect of concentration on activity

assay for activity of ARF

2.22.3 Assay optimization The need to modify a particular assay may arise when CT is not satisfactorily stimulated by a particular ARF protein, although the ARF is active in Assay 2 and binds nucleotide as effectively as a control ARF (e.g., rARF1). Problems center most commonly around the nucleotide Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

concentration

concentration or the use of a particular lipid. For any of the mammalian ARFs, 200 pM nucleotide is suitable. Its use should circumvent the possibility that a particular ARF is not capable of high affinity guanine nucleotide binding (e.g., Bobak et al., 1990). The lipid of choice for optimal activity in Assay 1 is DMPCkholate, and for Assays 2 and 4 is cardiolipin. SDS (0.003 %) or 3 mM DMPC in 0.2 % cholate can also be used in Assays 2 and 4. As demonstrated by Price et al. (1992),optimal lipid and nucleotide conditions differ for different ARFs. With no way to predict the optimal choice for either component, it best to determine it empirically.

choice of lipid

2.7.3 Considerations for the Use of ARF

2.X3.1

Lipid/Detergent and Nucleotide Requirements

ARF activity in any of these assays is strongly dependent on the presence of lipid and nucleotide in the assay, with the exception of mammalian ARF6 and several mutant ARF molecules with an altered or deleted amino terminus. Lipids and detergents at non-denaturing concentrations influence ARF directly by enhancing the exchange and binding of guanine nucleotides to ARF, as well as toxin and ARF, by influencing the formation of ARF-toxin complexes (Tsai et al., 1991).The addition of ARF to CT decreases the apparent K, for NAD substantially, without affecting;,V ,, the addition of 0.003 % SDS also results in a further decrease in Km and an increase in,V ,, (Noda et al., 1990). Lipids may also play a role in the action of toxin in vivo as the addition of lipid shifts the optimal temperature for the CT-catalyzed NAD:agmatine ADP-ribosyltransferase reaction towards physiological temperatures (Murayama et al., 1993). Lipids are postulated to exert their effects by facilitating the exchange of GDP for GTP (by effects on the ARF amino terminus (Randazzo et al., 1995)),which in turn, causes ARF, especially when myristoylated (Franco et al., 1995) to interact with the lipid membrane (Walker et al., 1992). The effects of certain lipids on nucleotide exchange may be due, in part, to their acidic nature (e.g., Terui et al., 1994) that favors interaction with a positively charged patch on the surface of ARF, of which residues from the amino terminus are a part (Amor et al., 1994). There have been several situations, however, in which lipid effects on ARF activity were minimal, or the addition of a standard lipid concentration significantly decreased the nucleotide requirement for that ARF. In all of these instances, there were modifications of the amino terminus, either addition of sequence (Welsh et al., 1994b), absence of sequence present in other ARFs (Price et al., 1992), replacement with sequence that was predicted to form a similar structure (Hong et al., 1994), or deletion (Hong et al., 1994, 1995). These ARFs had a lower requirement for added GTP than did most other ARFs. They were isolated in an active GTP-bound state (Welsh et al., 199413; Hong et al., 1995) or were active without bound nucleotide (Hong etal., 1994,1995). W. A. PATTON et a1

2.Z3.2 Development of other Assay Conditions It is sometimes necessary to modify the conditions of the assays described here. In one specific example, conditions of the agmatine assay were changed to allow the assay of a second enzyme, phospholipase D (PLD), under identical conditions (Massenburg et a/., 1994).With the identification of ARF as an activator of PLD (Brown et a/., 1993; Cockcroft et a/., 1994)) it was desired to determine which mammalian ARFs activated PLD, and to identify ARF domains that were involved in the activation of CT and PLD. It was first determined that each ARF sample was active in Assay 2 in the presence of cardiolipin; each ARF was then assayed for its ability to stimulate PLD in a separate assay (Massenburg et a/., 1994).To compare the activities of ARF proteins in the CT and PLD assays, we used conditions under which both enzymatic activities could be measured. With the buffer conditions and sonified lipid vesicles of the composition required for the [3H-choline]-release assay used to measure PLD activity, all reagents required for Assay 2 were added to create a dual assay system to determine the formation of ADP-ribosylagmatine determined as described above. To perform the PLD assay, radiolabeled vesicles of the same composition replaced the non-radiolabeled vesicles and choline release was determined. Although these conditions resulted in a lower ARF stimulation of CT activity than observed in Assay 2, they allowed direct comparison of ARF activation of CT and PLD. In other experiments utilizing these conditions, we took advantage of a human ARF-like protein 1 (human ARLl or ARL1) that is relatively inactive towards CT and is only slightly active towards PLD, to identify domains in human ARFl that are involved in the activation of CT and PLD. ARFl and ARLl each contain 181 amino acids and are 53% identical in sequence. Chimeric proteins were synthesized, in which the amino and carboxyl termini (amino acids 1 to 73 and 74 to 181) were switched (Zhang et a/., 1995). Using the combination assay, a domain responsible for PLD activation was demonstrated in amino acids 1 to 73 of ARF, whereas amino acids 73 to 181 of ARF were responsible for CTA activation.

assay in presence of phospholipase D

References Amor J, Harrison D, Kahn R, et al. (1994):Structure of the human ADP-ribosylation factor 1 complexed with GDP In Nature 372:704-708. Bobak DA, Bliziotes MM, Noda M, et al. (1990):Mechanism of activation of cholera toxin by ADP-ribosylation factor (ARF): Both low- and high-affinity interactions of ARF with guanine nucleotides promote toxin activation. In Biochemistry 29:855 -861. Brown HA, Gutowski S, Moomaw CR, etal. (1993):ADP-ribosylation factor, a small GTP-dependent regulatory protein, stimulates phospholipase D activity. In Cell 75: 1137- 1144. Clements JD, Finkelstein RA (1979): Isolation and characterization of homogeneous heat-labile enterotoxins with high specific activity from Escherichia coli cultures. In Infect. Immun. 24:760-769. Cholera Toxin and Escherichia coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

Cockcroft S, Thomas GMH, Fensome A, et al. (1994): Phospholipase D: A downstream effector of ARF in granulocytes. In Science 263523-526. Donaldson JG, Klausner RD (1994):ARF: A key regulatory switch in membrane traffic and organelle structure. In Curr. Op. Cell Biol. 6527-532. Finkelstein RA, LoSpalluto JJ (1969):Pathogenesis of experimental cholera: Preparation and isolation of choleragen and choleragenoid. In J. Exp. Med. 130:185-202. Franco M, Chardin P, Chabre M, et al. (1995):Myristoylation of ADP-ribosylation factor 1 facilitates nucleotide exchange at physiological Mg” levels. In J. Biol. Chern. 270: 1337- 1341. Gill DM, Coburn J (1988): ADP-ribosylation of membrane proteins by bacterial toxins in the presence of NAD glycohydrolase. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 954165-72. Graziano MP, Cosey PJ, Gilman AG (1987):Expression of cDNAs for G proteins in Escherichia coli: Two forms of G, stimulate adenylate cyclase. In J. 6iol. Chem. 262~11375-11381. Graziano MP, Freissmuth M, Gilman AG (1989): Expression of G, in Escherichia coli. In J. Biol. Chern. 264:409-418. Hammond SM, Altshuller YM, Sung T-C, et al. (1995): Human ADP-ribosylation factor-activated phosphatidylcholine-specific phospholipase D defines a new and highly conserved gene family. In J. 6i0l. Chem. 270:29640-29643. Haun R, Tsai S-C, Adamik R, et al. (1993): Effect of myristoylation on GTPdependent binding of ADP-ribosylation factor to Golgi. In J. Biol. Chern. 268:7064-7068. Hong J-X, Haun RS, Tsai S-C, et al. (1994):Effect of ADP-ribosylation factor aminoterminal deletions on its GTP-dependent stimulation of cholera toxin activity. In J. Biol. Chern. 269:9743-9745. Hong J-X, Zhang X, Moss J, et al. (1995): Isolation of an amino-terminal deleted recombinant ADP-ribosylation factor 1 in an activated nucleotide-free state. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92:3056-3059. Kahn RA, Gilman AG (1984): Purification of a protein cofactor required for ADPribosylation of the stimulatory regulatory component of adenylate cyclase by cholera toxin. In J. 6iol. Chern. 259:6228-6234. Kahn RA, Goddard C, Newkirk M (1988):Chemical and immunological characterization of the 21-kDa ADP-ribosylation factor of adenylate cyclase. In J. 6i0l. Chem. 263:8282-8287. Kaslow HR, Johnson GL, Brothers VM, et al. (1980):A regulatory component of adenylate cyclase from human erythrocyte membranes. In J. Biol. Chern. 25513736-3741. Ktistakis NT, Brown HA, Sternweis PC, et al. (1995):Phospholipase D is present on Golgi-enriched membranes and its activation by ADP-ribosylation factor is sensitive to brefeldin A. In J. 6i0l. Chern. 92:4952-4956. Kunkel SL, Robertson DC (1979):Purification and chemical characterization of the heat-labile enterotoxin produced by enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli. In Infect. Irnrn un. 25 :586 -596. Kunz BC, Muczynski KA, Welsh CF, et al. (1993):Characterization of recombinant and endogenous ADP-ribosylation factors synthesized in Sf9 insect cells. In 6iochemistry 32:6643-6648. Lai CY, Mendez E, Chang D (1976):Chemistry of cholera toxin: The subunit structure. In J. Infect. Dis. 133:S23-S30. Massenburg D, Hun J-S, Liyanage M, etal. (1994):Activation of rat brain phospholipase D by ADP-ribosylation factors 1,5, and 6: Separation of ADP-ribosylation factor-dependent and oleate-dependent enzymes. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :11718-11722. Mekalanos JJ, Collier RJ, Romig WR (1978): Purificationof cholera toxin and its subunits: New methods of preparation and the use of hypertoxinogenic mutants. In Infect. Irnmun. 20:552-558. Mekalanos JJ, Collier RJ, Romig WR (1979): Enzymatic activity of cholera toxin: II. Relationships to proteolytic processing, disulfide bond reduction, and subunit composition. In J. Biol. Chem. 2545855-5861. W. A. PATTON et al.

Merritt EA, Hol WG (1995):AB5toxins. In Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:165-171. Moss J, Manganiello VC, Vaughan M (1976): Hydrolysis of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide by chaleragen and its A protomer: Possible role in the activation of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73:4424-4427. Moss J, Stanley SJ, Levine RL (1990):Inactivation of bacterial glutamine synthetase by ADP-ribosylation. In J. Biol. Chem. 265:21056-21060. Moss J, Stanley SJ, Vaughan M, etal. (1993):Interaction of ADP-ribosylation factor with Escherichia coli enterotoxin that contains an inactivating lysine-112 substitution. In J. Biol. Chem. 268:6383-6387. Moss J, Vaughan M (1977):Mechanism of action of choleragen: Evidence for ADPribosyltransferase activity with arginine as an acceptor. In J. EGO/. Chem. 252:2455-2457. Moss J, Vaughan M, (1992)Activation of cholera toxin by ADP-ribosylation factors. In Natural Toxins: Toxicology, Chemistry and Safety (Keeler RF, Mandava NB, Tu AT eds) pp 266-282, Fort Collins, CO: Alaken, Inc. Moss J, Vaughan M (1995):Structure and function of ARF proteins: Activators of cholera toxin and critical components of intracellular vesicular transport processes. In J. Biol. Chem. 270: 12327-12330. Murayama T, Tsai S-C, Adamik R, et a/. (1993): Effects of temperature on ADPribosylation factor stimulation of cholera toxin activity. In Biochemistry 32561-566. Murtagh J, Mowatt M, Lee C-M, etal. (1992):Guanine nucleotide-binding proteins in the intestinal parasite Giardia lamblia. In J. Biol. Chem. 267:9654-9662. Noda M, Tsai S-C, Adamik R, et a/. (1990):Mechanism of cholera toxin activation by a guanine nucleotide-dependent 19-kDa protein. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1034:195- 199. Northup JK, Smigel MD, Gilman AG (1982):The guanine nucleotide activating site of the regulatory component of adenylate cyclase: Identification by ligand binding. In J. Biol. Chem. 257:11416-11423. Northup JK, Sternweis PC, Smigel MD, et al. (1980):Purification of the regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:6516-6520. Ohtomo N, Muraoka T, Tashiro A, et a/. (1976):Size and structure of the cholera toxin molecule and its subunits. In J. Infect. Dis. 133:S31-S40. Pearson SD, Dixon JD, Nothwehr SF, et al. (1986):Isolation of high-specific activity subunits of cholera toxin by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography. In J. Chrom. 359:413-421. Price SR, Welsh CF, Haun RS, et al. (1992): Effects of phospholipid and GTP on recombinant ADP-ribosylation factors (ARFs): Molecular basis for differences in requirements for activity of mammalian ARFs. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 17766-17772. Randazzo PA, Terui T, Sturch S, et al. (1994):The amino terminus of ADP-ribosylation factor (ARF) 1 is essential for the interaction of G, and ARF GTPase-activating protein. In J. Biol. Chem. 269:29490-29494. Randazzo PA, Terui T, Sturch S, et a/. (1995):The myristoylated amino terminus of ADP-ribosylation factor 1 is a phospholipid- and GTP-sensitive switch. In J. Biol. Chem. 270: 14809- 14815. Randazzo PA, Weiss 0, Kahn RA (1992): Preparation of recombinant ADPribosylation factor. In Meth. Enzym. 219:362-369. Rappaport RS, Sagin J F, Pierzchala WA, et al. (1976): Activation of heat-labile Escherichia coli enterotoxin by trypsin. In J. Infect. Dis. 133:S41-S54. Ross EM, Gilman AG (1977): Reconstitution of catecholamine-sensitive adenylate cyclase activity: interaction of solubilized components with receptor replete membranes. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 74:3715-3719. Schleifer LS, Kahn RA, Hanski E, et al. (1982): Requirements for cholera toxindependent ADP-ribosylation of the purified regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In J. Biol. Chem. 257:20-23. Slama JT, Simmons AM (1989):Inhibition of NAD glycohydrolase and ADP-ribosyl transferases by carbocyclic analogues of oxidized nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide. In Biochemistry 28:7688-7693. Spangler BD (1992):Structure and function of cholera toxin and the related Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin. In Microbiol. Rev. 56:622-647. Cholera Toxin and Escherichia

coli Heat-labile Enterotoxin

Spangler BD, Westbrook EM (1989):Crystallizationof isoelectrically homogeneous cholera toxin. In Biochemistry 28:1333-1340. Stearns T, Willingham MC, Botstein D, et al. (1990~):ADP-ribosylation factor is functionally and physically associated with the Golgi complex. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1238- 1242. Stearns T, Kahn RA, Botstein D, et al. (1990b):ADP-ribosylation factor is an essential protein in Saccharomyces cerevisiae and is encoded by two genes. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:6690-6699. Tayot J-L, Holmgren J, Svennerholm L, et al. (1981): Receptor-specific large-scale gangliopurification of cholera toxin on silica beads derivatized with IYSOGM, side. In Eur. J. Biochem. 113:249-258. Tayot J-L, Tardy M (1980): Isolation of cholera toxin by affinity chromatography on porous silica beads with covalently coupled ganglioside GM1. In Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 125~471-478. Terui T, Kahn R, Randazzo P (1994): Effects of acid phospholipids on nucleotide exchange properties of ADP-ribosylation factor 1. In J. Biol. Chem. 269:28130-28135. Toyoshige M, Okuya S, Rebois RV (1994):Choleragen catalyzes ADP-ribosylation of the stimulatory G protein heterotrimer, but not its free a-subunit. In Biochemistry 33:4865-4871. Tsai S-C, Adamik R, Moss J, et al. (1991):Guanine nucleotide-dependent formation of a complex between choleragen (cholera toxin) A subunit and bovine brain ADP-ribosylation factor. In Biochemistry 30:3697-3703. Tsai S-C, Noda M, Adamik R, et al. (1988):Stimulation of choleragen enzymatic activities by GTP and two soluble proteins purified from bovine brain. In J. Biol. Chem. 263: 1768- 1772. Tsuchiya M, Price SR, Tsai S-C, et al. (1991): Molecular identification of ADPribosylation factor mRNAs and their expression in mammalian cells. In J. Biol. Chem. 266:2772-2777. Uesaka V, Otsuka Y, Lin Z, et al. (1994):Simple method of purification of Escherichia coli heat-labile enterotoxin and cholera toxin using immobilized galactose. In Microb. Pathogen. 16:71-76. Walker MW, Bobak DA, Tsai S-C, et al. (1992):GTP but not GDP analogues promote association of ADP-ribosylation factors, 20-kDa protein activators of cholera toxin, with phospholipids and PC-12 cell membranes. In J. Biol. Chem. 267:3230- 3235. Weiss 0, Holden J, Rulka C, et al. (1989): Nucleotide binding and cofactor activities of purified bovine brain and bacterially expressed ADP-ribosylation factor. In J. Biol. Chem. 264:21066-21072. Welsh CF, Moss J, Vaughan M (1994~):ADP-ribosylation factors: a family of approx. 20-kDa guanine nucleotide-binding proteins that activate cholera toxin. In Mol. Cell. Biochem. 138:157- 166. Welsh CF, Moss J, Vaughan M (1994b): Isolation of recombinant ADP-ribosylation factor 6, an approx. 20-kDa guanine nucleotide-binding protein, in an activated GTP-bound state. In J. Biol. Chem. 269:15583-15587. Zhang G-F, Patton WA, Lee F-JS, et al. (1995):Different ARF domains are required for the activation of cholera toxin and phospholipase D. In J. Biol. Chem. 270:21-24.

W. A. PATTON et a1

Bacterial Toxins


Pertussis Toxin C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

3.1 Introduction Among the various bacterial toxins, pertussis toxin (PT) has the most complex structure known so far. It is composed of five dissimilar subunits, named S 1 - S . PT is a member of the A-B toxins, in which the A moiety, composed here of the S1 subunit, is an enzyme, and the B moiety, composed of subunits S2-S5, constitutes the target-cell receptor-binding portion. The B oligomer of PT can in turn be divided into two dimers, named D1 and D2, composed of subunits S2-S4 and subunit S3-S4, respectively (Tamura et a/., 1982).The molecular steps of PT action include: (i) binding of the toxin to the target-cell receptors via the B oligomer, with specific involvement of D1 or D2; (ii) membrane translocation of the enzymatically active S1 subunit; and (iii) expression of the ADP-ribosyltransferase activity catalyzed by the internalized S1 subunit. All three steps are required for the full expression of most - but not all - biological activities of PT. Depending on the target cell, the physiological effects of PT may vary tremendously. These effects are responsible for most of the systemic features of whooping cough, the disease caused by Bordetella pertussis, the micro-organism that produces PT (Pittman, 1984). Accordingly, the existence of PT was first predicted by the expression of its numerous biological activities detected after infection with 6. pertussis or administration of whole cell pertussis vaccines. These activities include histamine sensitization, islet activation, induction of leukocytosis, immunopotentiation and many others (Munoz, 1985). Some of the pharmacological effects of whole cell pertussis vaccines were recognized as early as the 1940s (Parfentiev and Goodline, 1948). However, considering the wide diversity of biological activities of pertussis vaccines, they were initially believed to be caused by distinct 6. pertussis products. Many workers therefore attempted to separate the different activities, but without success (Munoz and Bergman, 1977). In the late 1970s several independent groups managed to purify to a high degree what is now known as pertussis toxin. Today the most widely used purification procedure is that developed by Sekura et al. (1983).The purification of this substance in a crystalline form allowed one to conclude that the diverse biological activities are all caused by a single protein (Munoz et al., 1981).This

structure of pertussis toxin

biological activities of pertussis toxin


toxin is distinct, however, from other toxic molecules produced by B. pertussis, such as endotoxin, dermonecrotic toxin, adenylate cyclase toxin and tracheal cytotoxin. The oligomeric nature of PT was then soon recognized, and the toxin was included in the growing family of A-B toxins (Tamura et al., 1982). It was also found that the A moiety of PT expresses an ADP-ribosyltransferase activity, using NAD' and the a subunits of a class of G proteins as donor and acceptor substrates, respectively (Katada and Ui, 1982). The cloning (Locht et al., 1986, Nicosia et al., 1986) and sequencing (Locht and Keith, 1986; Nicosia et al., 1986) of the genes encoding the PT subunits, and especially the recent determination of the crystal structure of the toxin (Stein et al., 1994a), confirmed and firmly established the quaternary structure of the protein. The homology to other toxins, such as cholera toxin, also confirmed that PT may be included in the family of ADP-ribosylating toxins.

3.2 Genetic Regulation of Pertussis Toxin Production

transactivating factors

C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

The genes encoding all five PT subunits are arranged in a polycistronic operon on the Bordetella chromosome (Locht and Keith, 1986; Nicosia et al., 1986). Interestingly, other members of the Bordetella genus, such as Bordetella parapertussis and Bordetella bronchiseptica, also contain the full set of ptx genes (Marchitto et al., 1987). However, only 6. pertussis expresses these genes. The other two species have accumulated several inactivating mutations in the ptx promoter region (Arico et al., 1987))raising the questions of a possible negative selective pressure of PT, and of the origin of the ptx genes. The expression of the ptx genes requires a transactivating factor, named BvgA. This transactivator is part of a two-component system composed of the sensor BvgS and the activator BvgA (for review, see Uhl and Miller, 1995). PTX is coordinately produced together with other 6. pertussis virulence factors. All known virulence factors are under the control of the same BvgA/S two-component system. BvgS is an inner-membrane protein with two transmembrane domains, a large periplasmic domain and a large cytoplasmic domain. Genetic studies have suggested that BvgS functions as a dimer in the active configuration. Although the signals that are sensed by BvgS in vivo are not known, it can be reversibly inactivated by low temperature, or by the addition of modulators to the culture medium, a phenomenon known as phenotypic modulation (Lacey, 1960).In the active form, the cytoplasmic portion of BvgS autophosphorylates itself, and then serves as a phosphate donor for the phosphorylation of BvgA. Frameshift mutations in BvgS result in PT- B. pertussis strains. Such mutations may occur at relatively high frequencies by insertion or deletion of a C in a run of six C residues (Stibitz et al., 1989), and are known as phase variations. BvgA is a cytoplasmic protein with an N-terminal receiver domain and a C-terminal DNA-binding domain. In the active form, this pro-

tein also functions as a dimer (Scarlato et al., 1990; Boucher et al., 1994).Phosphorylation of BvgA by phosphorylated BvgS or by acetylphosphate increases the affinity of the protein for target DNA in the promoter regions of the Bordetella virulence genes (Boucher et al., 1994).Although so far all the identified virulence genes are regulated by BvgA, the requirement of BvgA phosphorylation.for DNA binding is stronger for some virulence genes than for others (Boucher and Stibitz, 1995). This initially led people to believe that expression of some virulence genes, such as the ptx genes, might require accessory factors in addition to BvgA. However, very recent evidence indicated that the BvgAS activity is sufficient for activation of the pfx genes (Uhl and Miller, 1995)and that, unlike for certain other virulence genes, phosphorylation of BvgA is an absolute requirement for binding of the activator synergistically with RNA polymerase to the ptx promoter (Boucher and Stibitz, 1995).However, this does not exclude possible additional help by other factors for optimal transactivation of the ptx genes (DeShazer et al., 1995).Finally, the DNA topology may also play an enhancing role in ptx gene expression (Scarlato et al., 1993).

3.3 Biogenesis of Pertussis Toxin The individual PT subunits are produced as pre-proteins containing typical signal peptides at their N-terminal extremities (Locht and Keith, 1986; Nicosia et al., 1986).Although the B. pertussis sec genes have not yet been identified, it is likely, considering the similarities of the PT signal peptides to standard signal peptides, that the individual subunits are translocated through the inner membrane by a Sec-dependent mechanism. The different subunits are assembled into the holotoxin molecule in the periplasm of the organism. This assembly produces a B oligomer composed of two copies of S4 and one copy each of S2,S3 and S5, arranged as a ring in the following order : S2-S4-S3-S4-S5 (Stein et al., 1994~). Although S2 and S3 share about 70 % amino acid identity, the wild type holotoxin always appears to incorporate the S2 and S3 subunits at their correct positions. The association of the S1 subunit with the B oligomer requires the intramolecular disulfide bond of S1 and its C-terminal domain (Antoine and Locht, 1990).However, the secretion of the toxin does not require the presence of S1. S1 alone cannot be secreted by B. pertussis, but the assembled B oligomer is secreted even in the absence of S1, indicating that the secretion determinants are located in the B oligomer. Nevertheless, even in the unsecreted form, the assembled toxin in the periplasm is fully active. The expression of maximal virulence of B. pertussis in animal models, however, requires not only the production, but also the secretion of PT (Weiss and Goodwin, 1989). PT secretion through the outer membrane depends on the expression of accessory genes located directly downstream from the five structural genes (Weiss et al., 1993).These genes, named ptl genes

assembly of the holotoxin

secretion of pertussis toxin

Pertussis Toxin

(for pertussis toxin liberation) are under the control of the ptx promoter and probably constitute, with the ptx genes, a single polycistronic operon, composed of the five ptx genes followed by eight ptl genes (Kotob et al., 1995; Baker et al., 1995; Antoine et al., 1995). Interestingly, replacement of the non-functional ptx promoter in B. bronchiseptica by the functional 6. pertussis ptx promoter results not only in the production of PT, but also in its proper secretion by this organism. This observation indicates that B. bronchiseptica also contains the full array of functional ptx and ptl genes (Kotob et al., 1995), which might provide a useful application. Indeed, 5. bronchiseptica may be an interesting alternative source for PT, since this organism grows significantly faster than 6. pertussis and is biologically less hazardous (Lee et al., 1989). The ptl gene products are homologous to some of the gene products of the Agrobacterium tumefaciens virB operon. The VirB proteins of this organism are responsible for the transport of its virulence plasmid Ti into the plant host cell (Ward et al., 1991). Some of the Ptl proteins have been detected by immunoblot analysis, and their subcellular location has been determined (Johnson and Burns, 1994). Like its homologue in A. tumefaciens, PtlE is most likely an inner-membrane protein that may be associated with outer-membrane components. PtlF may be an outer-membrane protein or may, like its VirB9 homologue, be associated with both the outer and the inner membranes. PtlG cofractionates with the membranes and is insoluble in Triton X100, suggesting an inner-membrane location. However, like VirB10, it may also interact tightly with components of the outer membrane. As has been proposed for the VirB proteins of A. tumefaciens, the Ptl proteins might form a gate to transport PT through the membranes, in particular through the outer membrane. The precise architecture of this structure relevant to its function, however, is not yet known. Interestingly, two of the Ptl proteins, PtlC and PtlH, contain putative ATPbinding sites in the predicted cytoplasmic locations, and might therefore perhaps provide the energy necessary for membrane translocation. The ptlC gene has also been suggested to be involved in the translation of ptx mRNA in B. pertussis (Baker et a/., 1995).

3.4 Receptor-binding and Translocation The first step in PT action is its binding, via the B oligomer, to the receptor on the target cells. Virtually all cells that have been studied so far contain PT receptors on their surface. PT receptors on red blood cells can conveniently be used to follow the presence of PT by hemagglutination. However, none of the receptors has as yet been characterized, although it is believed that they are all sialoglycoproteins (Armstrong et al., 1988). Unlike most of the other bacterial toxins, it appears that different cell types contain different PT receptors which may vary in size from 70 kDa to more than 165 kDa (Clark and Armstrong, 1990; Brennan et al., 1988). Several glycoproteins have been C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

used as model systems to study the PT-receptor interactions. These proteins include fetuin, haptoglobin, and transferrin. The complex structure of the PT B oligomer may reflect its ability to interact with such a wide variety of receptors.The B oligomer contains at least two binding domains with distinct specificities. For example, Dimer 1 (S2 and S4) is able to bind to haptoglobin, whereas dimer 2 (S3 and S4) binds to PT receptors on the surface of Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells. The recently determined crystal structure of PT complexed with an undecasaccharide from transferrin showed that the carbohydrate-binding domain includes residues 101 to 105 in subunits S2 and S3 (Stein et al., 199413). Interestingly, deletion of Asn-105 of S2 abolishes haptoglobin binding of PT, and deletion of the analogous Lys-105 in S3 abolishes interaction of PT with CHO cells (Lobet et al., 1993). However, both subunits bind to the sugar moieties in essentially the same manner, and hydrogen-bond contacts with the sialic acid involve amino acid residues that are common to S2 and S3 (Stein et al., 199413). This suggests that the specificities involve determinants that are outside the sialic acid sugar ring-binding site. Indeed, other regions, in particular the N-terminal domain, may also be involved in receptor recognition (Saukkonen et al., 1992). The receptor-binding site, determined by site-directed mutagenesis and the crystal structure of the PT-carbohydrate complex, is located close to the S1 subunit. This suggests that PT may bind to the cell surface in such a manner that S1 is positioned in close proximity to the target cell membrane, which would be ideal for its translocation. This is in contrast to cholera toxin, where the receptor-binding portion of the B oligomer is on the opposite side from the enzymatically active A subunit (Merritt et al., 1994). It remains to be determined, however, whether the two toxins translocate their enzymatic subunits by different mechanisms. Unlike diphtheria toxin, little is known about the structures required for the translocation of the enzymatic subunit of PT. In diphtheria toxin and Pseudornonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, the B moiety can be clearly subdivided into two distinct domains, one responsible for receptor binding, composed essentially of fi sheets, and one responsible for translocation of the A subunits, essentially composed of a helices (Allured et al., 1986; Choe et al., 1992).There is no clear translocation domain in PT, and much less is known about the internalization step of PT, compared to diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A. Recently, Xu and Barbieri (1995) showed that NH4CItransiently inhibits in vivo ADP-ribosylation of target proteins in CHO cells. It is therefore likely that intoxication of C H O cells by PT involves acidification of endosomes. This is in contrast to earlier studies that showed that NH4CIdid not inhibit PT-mediatedCHO cell clustering (Hausman et al., 1992).Together these observations suggest that acidic pH may help to translocate S1 but is not absolutely essential, unlike the situation with diphtheria toxin. Brefeldin A also blocked in vivo ADPribosylation (Xu and Barbieri, 1995), suggesting the involvement of Golgi-mediated intracellular trafficking beyond the endosome. This is again unlike diphtheria toxin, but it is similar to cholera toxin and exoPertussis Toxin

toxin A, as well as to a number of other A-B toxins. No endoplasmic reticulum retention sequence is apparent in PT, suggesting that PT intoxication may perhaps not involve the endoplasmic reticulum. In vivo, PT ADP-ribosylates membrane-bound G proteins at the cytoplasmic site of the membrane, including G proteins that are associated with the Golgi apparatus (Stow et al., 1991). However, cytosolic proteins are not ADP-ribosylated in vivo, although they may constitute PT substrates in vitro (Xu and Barbieri, 1995), suggesting that S1 probably remains membrane-associated after its translocation.

3.5 AD P-ribosyIt ra nsferase Activity and Enzyme Mechanism

G proteins as substrates for pertussis toxin

NAD+-glycohydrolysis

C.LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

The expression of S1-catalyzed ADP-ribosyltransferase activity requires the dissociation of S1 from the B oligomer and the reduction of the intramolecular disulfide bond (Moss et al., 1983). It is not known whether this dissociation takes place within the endosome, in the membrane, or at the cytoplasmic side of the membrane. In the presence of ATP, the concentration of glutathione in the cell may be sufficient for reduction of the disulfide bond and dissociation of S1 (Kaslow et al., 1987), suggesting that this activation step may occur at the cytoplasmic side of the membrane. After intracellular activation of PT, the dissociated S1 subunit catalyses ADP-ribosylation of signaltransducing G proteins of the Gi/o class. The subunit of these heterotrimeric G proteins that serves as the PT-acceptor substrate is the a subunit, in particular the cysteine residue located near the C-terminal end of this subunit. Cholera toxin ADP-ribosylates an arginine residue of the a subunit of the Gs type of G proteins. The G proteins are efficient PT substrates only in their trimeric forms, whereas isolated Ga monomers are much less well ADPribosylated (Katada et al., 1986). However, peptides composed of only the C-terminal residues of Ga may also be efficiently ADPribosylated by PT (Graf et al., 1992), suggesting that the C-terminal region of the full-length Ga may be relatively unavailable in the monomeric form. One of the regions of the S1 subunit found to be involved in the interaction with the G protein acceptor substrates is the C-terminal portion of the enzyme. Deletion of this region results in a dramatic decrease of ADP-ribosylation efficiency, whereas binding to the donor substrate NAD' and the catalytic rate are not affected (Locht et al., 1990; Cortina et al., 1991). In the absence of the G protein, PT is able to catalyze the transfer of the ADP-ribose moiety of NAD' to a water molecule in a reaction known as NAD+-glycohydrolysis (for review, see Locht and Antoine, 1995). This property is also shared with cholera toxin. In contrast, the NAD+-glycohydrolase activities of diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A are much less efficient. The affinity of PT for NAD' is in the micromolar range, as evidenced by fluorescent quenching and K, determina-

tions. In contrast, the affinity of cholera toxin for NAD' is in the millimolar range. The higher affinity of PT for NAD' may be in part attributed to the presence of a tryptophan residue located in the NAD+binding site (Trp-26).This residue is not present in cholera toxin, and site-directed alteration of the PT Trp-26 results in a significant decrease in NAD+-affinity of S1. So far, only two catalytic residues have been identified in S1: Glu129 (Antoine et al., 1993) and His-35 (Antoine and Locht, 1994).The first residue is conserved in all known ADP-ribosylating toxins, whereas His-35 is only conserved in cholera toxin and a recently identified mosquitocidal toxin produced by Bacillus sphaericus. This residue is not present in diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A (Fig. 1). The absence of this catalytic residue in the latter two toxins may explain their inefficiency in carrying out the NAD+-glycohydrolysis reaction, compared to PT and cholera toxin. The acceptor substrate of diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A is diphthamide, a modified histidine residue in EF2. Perhaps this residue may take on some of the functions of the catalytic His residue in the other toxins. We have recently proposed a model for the PT-catalyzed ADPribosyltransferase activity (Locht and Antoine, 1995). This model is based on the catalytic role of Glu-129 in the NAD+-glycohydrolase reaction, the difference in catalytic rates between NAD+-

DTX

LTX H21

f j

132

Fig. 1. The active sites of PT S1 and of the A subunits of diphtheria toxin and Escherichia coli heat labile toxin. The thin lines represent the carbon backbones. Only those strands and a helices that are relevant for the active-site geometry are shown. The side chains of residues involved in the enzyme activity, especially those of the catalytic Glu and His residues, are represented by the thick lines. The a2 helix present in PT (top) and E. coli heat labile toxin (LT, right) is completely missing in diphtheria toxin (DT, left) Pertussis Toxin

glycohydrolysis and ADP-ribosylation, the differences in catalytic NAD+-glycohydrolase properties of PT and cholera toxin compared to diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A, the complete conservation of the catalytic Glu residues among ADP-ribosylating toxins and active site geometry (Fig. l), the less well conserved catalytic His residues, the differences in acceptor substrate specificities of the various toxins, the stereochemistry of the products of some of the reactions, and the proposed mechanism of hydroxide-catalyzed NAD+-glycohydrolysis.The model predicts that Glu-129 weakens the N-glycosidic bond linking ADP-ribose to the nicotinamide ring by stabilizing or promoting the formation of an oxocarbonium-like intermediate. This may occur through ionization of the nicotinamide ribose diol, which would result in intramolecular electrostatic stabilization of the intermediate (see Fig. 2). However, this transition-state intermediate is probably not a stable oxocarbonium, since the existence of such an intermediate would result in a SN1-type reaction, whereas ADP-ribosylating toxins probably catalyze their reaction by a SN2-type mechanism. This part of the reaction may be conserved among all ADP-ribosylating toxins, as well as possibly among eukaryotic ADP-ribosyltransferases.

oc-NH 0

II

ry"

His 35

w

ADP

0- 6+;

H

N

s".,,S / H..,'. 6- 0,".~ \ CH2 H., \ cys -Cia "O\;?/,

0.. '.__ ...

lL

-------...,-, '.....

--------

__/

C

I Glu 129 Fig. 2. The proposed transition-state intermediate of the ADP-ribosyltransferase reaction catalyzed by PT. The carboxylate group of Glu-129 is proposed to interact with the hydrogen of the ribose 2'-hydroxyl group, thereby promoting the ionization of the diol which weakens the N-glycosidic band by intramolecular stabilization of an oxocarbonium-like intermediate. The His-35-activated cysteine of the Gia protein may simultaneously exert its nucleophilic attack on the weakened Nglycosidic bond to cleave completely the pyridine-ribosyl bond C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

His-35 is proposed to act on the acceptor substrate by increasing its nucleophilicity via hydrogen-bonding (Fig. 2). The activated nucleophile can then attack the weakened N-glycosidic bond, which would result in the transfer of the ADP-ribose moiety of NAD' to the acceptor substrate cysteine of the Gia or water through a SN2-type mechanism. This part of the reaction may differ among the various ADP-ribosyltransferases. Given the conservation of the catalytic His residue in PT, cholera toxin and mosquitocidal toxin, its role in increasing the nucleophilicity of the acceptor substrate may be conserved in this subgroup of toxins. However, given the absence of this residue in diphtheria toxin and exotoxin A, this part of the reaction may perhaps be fulfilled directly by their acceptor substrate diphthamide.

3.6 Biological Activities and Role of Pertussis Toxin in Pathogenesis PT-mediated ADP-ribosylation of the Ga subunits of the Gi/o class of proteins results in uncoupling of the G proteins from their cognate receptors. The initial observations were made by Ui and coworkers who studied the effect of PT on insulin secretion by pancreatic B cells. Secretion of insulin by these cells was inhibited via a2-adrenergic receptors, and this inhibition was lost upon ADP-ribosylation of Gia by PT (Murayama and Ui, 1983). In the resting state, the receptor is linked to its corresponding G protein in the trimeric inactive form containing GDP bound to the a subunit. Recognition of the receptor by the cognate extracellular signal results in the dissociation of the trimeric G protein from the signalreceptor complex, and in the displacement of GDP by GTP This activates the G protein which can dissociate into G a G T p and GPy. G a G T p may then interact productively with the effector protein. Depending on the type of G protein, this may result in activation or inhibition of the effector. The intrinsic GTP-hydrolase activity of the G protein cleaves GTP to yield GDP and phosphate, thereby inactivating the Ga protein again, promoting its dissociation from the effector and its reassociation with the P and y subunits (Fig. 3). The first effector recognized in this signal transduction cascade was the membrane-bound adenylate cyclase. However, other effectors have now been identified, and include ion channels, phosphodiesterases, and enzymes that produce diacylglycerol and inositol phosphates (Ui, 1988). The extracellular signals may also be very diverse and range from neurotransmitters and hormones to light. The vast diversity of the biological activities of PT can thus easily be accounted for by its enzymatic ADP-ribosyltransferase activity. However, some biological activities of PT, such as its mitogenicity and its ability to agglutinate erythrocytes, are independent of the enzymatic activity. Biological effects that have been related to the action of PT in tissue cultures include suppression of cell proliferation, morphological Pertussis Toxin

S -R

S -R

GBTp+ Gpy+ 1"

+K

11

Fig. 3. The G-protein dependent signal transduction cycle. The signal transduction unit is represented by R (receptor), G (G protein), and E (effector). G is composed of Ga with bound GTP or GDP and of Gpy. The active and inactive complexes or proteins are shown in black and grey, respectively. S represents the stimulus that triggers the cycle. Proteins interacting in a complex are linked by hyphens

changes, exocrine secretion, inhibition of histamine secretion, stimulation of lipolysis and many others. In vivo, the biological effects are recognized as islet activation, lymphocyte promoting activity, histamine sensitization, and increase of vascular permeability (Munoz, 1985), some of which are the hallmarks of systemic pertussis in patients (Pittman, 1984). It is therefore not surprising that PTis a valuable tool for dissecting the involvement of G-proteins in signal transduction (Ui, 1990) on the one hand, and as a potent protective antigen in vaccines against whooping cough (Ad hoc group, 1988) on the other hand.

Acknowledgements We gratefully acknowledge all the workers in the PT field for the many exciting experiments and the excellent work that has been done over the years. The work in our laboratory was supported by the lnstitut Pasteur de Lille, Region Nord-Pas-deCalais, INSERM, Ministere de la Recherche.

References Ad hoc group for the study of pertussis vaccines (1988): Placebo-controlled trial of two acellular pertussis vaccines in Sweden - protective efficacy and adverse events. In Lancet ii: 955-960. Allured VS, Collier RJ, Carroll SF, et al. (1986):Structure of exotoxin A of Pseudomonas aeruginosa at 3.0-Angstrom resolution. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 1320-1324. C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

Antoine R, Locht C (1990): Roles of the disulfide bond and the carboxy-terminal region of the S1 subunit in the assembly and biosynthesis of pertussis toxin. In Infect. Irnmun. 58: 1518- 1526. Antoine R, Locht C (1994):The NAD-glycohydrolase activity of the pertussis toxin S1 subunit : involvement of the catalytic His-35 residue. In J. Biol. Chem. 269: 6450-6457. Antoine R, Raze D, Locht C. (1995): Genetic organization of the pertussis toxin locus. In Zbl. Bakteriol. Suppl. 28: 44-45. Antoine R, Tallett A, van Heyningen S, et al. (1993):Evidence for a catalytic role of glutamic acid 129 in the NAD-glycohydrolase activity of the pertussis toxin S1 subunit. In J. Biol. Chern. 268: 24149-24155. Arico B, Rappuoli R (1987):Bordetella paraperfussis and Bordetella bronchiseptica contain transcriptionnally silent pertussis toxin genes. In J. Bacteriol. 169: 2847-2853. Armstrong GD, Howard LA, Peppler MS (1988): Use of glycosyltransferases to restore pertussis toxin receptor activity to asialogalactofetuin. In J. Biol. Chern. 263: 8677-8684. Baker SM, Masi A, Liu D-F, et al. (1995): Pertussis toxin export genes are regulated by the ptx promoter and may be required for efficient translation of ptx mRNA in Bordetella pertussis. In Infect. Immun. 63: 3920-3926. Boucher PE, Menozzi FD, Locht C (1994):The modular architecture of bacterial response regulators : insights into the activation mechanism of the BvgA transactivator of Bordetella pertussis. In J. Mol. Biol. 241 : 363-377. Boucher PE, Stibitz S (1995): Synergistic binding of RNA polymerase and BvgA phosphate to the pertussis toxin promoter of Bordetella pertussis. In J. Bacteriol. 177: 6486-6491. Brennan MJ, David JL, Kenimer JG, etal. (1988):Binding of pertussis toxin to a 165kilodalton Chinese hamster ovary cell glycoprotein. In J. Biol. Chem. 263: 4895-4899. Choe S, Bennett MJ, Fujii G, etal. (1992):The crystal structure of diphtheria toxin. In Nature 357: 216-222. Clark CG, Armstrong GD (1990):Lymphocyte receptors for pertussis toxin. In Infect Irnrnun. 58: 3840-3846. Cortina G, Krueger KM, Barbieri JT (1991):The carboxyl terminus of the S1 subunit of pertussis toxin confers high affinity binding to transducin. In J. Biol. Chem. 266: 23810-23814. DeShazer D, Wood GE, Friedman RL (1995):Identification of a Bordetella pertussis regulatory factor required for transcription of the pertussis toxin operon in Escherichia coli. In J. Bacteriol. 177: 3801 -3807. Graf R, Codina J, Birnbaurner L (1992): Peptide inhibitors of ADP-ribosylation by pertussis toxin are substrates with affinities comparable to those of the trimeric GTP-binding proteins. In Mol. Pharmacol. 42: 760-764. Hausman SZ, Burns DL (1992): Interaction of pertussis toxin with cells and model membranes. In J. Biol. Chern. 267: 13735-13739. Johnson FD, Burns DL (1994): Detection and subcellular localization of three Ptl proteins involved in the secretion of pertussis toxin from Bordetellapertussis. In J. Bacteriol. 176: 5350-5356. Kaslow Hi?, Lirn LK, Moss J, et al. (1987):Structure-activity analysis of the activation of pertussis toxin. In Biochemistry 26: 123-127. Katada T, Oinuma M, Ui M (1986):Two guanine nucleotide-binding proteins in rat brain serving as the specific substrate of islet-activating protein, pertussis toxin. Interaction of the a-subunits with &-subunits in development of their biological activities. In J. Biol. Chem. 261 : 8182-8191. Katada T, Ui M (1982):Direct modification of the membrane adenylate cyclase system by islet-activating protein due to ADP-ribosylation of a membrane protein. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 79: 3129-3133. Kotob SI, Hausman SZ, Burns DL (1995): Localization of the promoter for the ptl genes in Bordetella pertussis, which encode proteins essential for secretion of pertussis toxin. In Infect. Irnrnun. 63: 3227-3230. Lacey BW (1960): Antigenic modulation of Bordetella pertussis. In J. Hyg. 58: 57-93. Pertussis Toxin

Lee CK, Roberts A, Perrin S (1989):Expression of pertussis toxin in Bordetella bronchiseptica and Bordetella parapertussis carrying recombinant plasmids. In Infect. Immun. 57: 1413- 1418. Lobet V, Feron C, Dequesne G, et al. (1993): Site-specific alterations in the Boligomer that affect receptor-binding activities and mitogenicity of pertussis toxin. In J. Exp. Med. 177: 79-87. Locht C, Antoine R (1995):A proposed mechanism of ADP-ribosylation catalyzed by the pertussis toxin S1 subunit. In Biochimie 77: 333-340. Locht C, Barstad PA, Coligan JE, et al. (1986):Molecular cloning of pertussis toxin genes. In Nucl. Acids Res. 14: 3251 -3261. Locht C, Keith JM (1986): Pertussis toxin gene : nucleotide sequence and genetic organization. In Science 232: 1258- 1264. Locht C, Lobet Y, Feron C, etal. (1990):The role of cysteine 41 in the enzymatic activities of the pertussis toxin S1 subunit as investigated by site-directed mutagenesis. In J. Biol. Chem. 265: 4552-4559. Marchitto KS, Smith SG, Locht C, et al. (1987):Nucleotide sequence homology to pertussis toxin gene in 6. bronchiseptica and 6. parapertussis. In Infect. Immun. 55: 497-501. Merritt EA, Sarfaty S, van den Akker F., et al. (1994):Crystal structure of cholera toxin B-pentamer bound to receptor G ,, pentasaccharide. In Prot. Sci. 3: 166-175. Moss J, Stanley SJ, Burns DL, et al. (1983):Activation by thiol of the latent NAD glycohydrolase and ADP-ribosyltransferase activities of Bordetella pertussis toxin (Islet activating protein). In J. Biol. Chem. 258: 11879-11882. Munoz JJ (1985): Biological activities of pertussigen (pertussis toxin). In Pertussis toxin (Sekura RD, Moss J, Vaughn M, eds) pp 1-18, Orlando, FL: Academic Press. Munoz JJ, Arai H, Bergman RK, et al. (1981): Biological activities of crystalline pertussigen from Bordetella pertussis. In Infect. Immun. 33: 820-826. Munoz JJ, Bergman RK (1977): Bordetella pertussis : immunological and other biological activities. Immunological Series, Vol. 4, pp 1-235, New York: Marcel Dekker. Murayama T, Ui M (1983): Loss of the inhibitory function of the guanine nucleotide regulatory component of adenylate cyclase due to its ADP-ribosylation by isletactivating protein, pertussis toxin, in adipocyte membrane. In J. Biol. Chem. 258: 381 -390. Nicosia A, Perugini M, Franzini C, et al. (1986):Cloning and sequencing of the pertussis toxin gene : operon structure and gene duplication. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83: 4631 -4635. Parfentjev IA, Goodline M A (1948):Histamine shock in mice sensitized with Hemophilus pertussis vaccine. In J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 92: 411 -413. Pittman M (1984):The concept of pertussis as a toxin mediated disease. In Pediatr. Infect. Dis. 3: 467-486. Saukkonen K, Burnette WN, Mar VL, etal. (1992):Pertussis toxin has eukaryotic-like carbohydrate recognition domains. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 118-122. Scarlato V, Arico B, Rappuoli R (1993):DNA topology affects transcriptional regulation of the pertussis toxin gene of Bordetellapertussis in Escherichia coli in vitro. In J. Bacteriol. 175: 4764-4771. Scarlato V, Prugnola A, Arico B., et al. (1990): Positive transcriptional feedback at the bvg locus controls expression of virulence factors in Bordetella pertussis. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 6753-6757. Sekura RD, Fish F, Manclark CR, et al. (1983):Pertussis toxin, affinity purification of a new ADP-ribosyltransferase.In J. Biol. Chem. 258: 14647- 14651. Stein PE, Boodhoo A, Armstrong GD, et al. (1994~): The crystal structure of pertussis toxin. In Structure 2: 45-57. Stein PE, Boodhoo A, Armstrong GD, et al. (199413):Structure of a pertussis toxin sugar complex as a model for receptor binding. In Structural Biology 1 : 591 -596. Stibitz S, Aaronson W, Monack D, et al. (1989):Phase variation in Bordetella pertussis by frameshift mutation in a gene for a novel two-component system. In Nature 338: 266-269. C. LOCHT and R. ANTOINE

Stow JL, de Almeida JB, Narula N, etal. (1991):A heterotrimericG protein GQ, on Golgi membranes regulates the secretion of a heparan sulfate proteoglycan in LLC-PK, epithelial cells. In J. Cell Biol. 114: 1113-1124. Tamura M, Nogimori K, Murai S, et al. (1982):Subunit structure of islet-activating protein, pertussis toxin, in conformity with the A-B model. In Biochemistry 21 : 5516-5522. Uhl MA, Miller JF (1995): Bordetella pertussis BvgAS virulence control system. In two-component signal transduction. (Hoch J, Silhavy T, eds) pp 333-349, Washington DC: American Society for Microbiology. Uhl MA, Miller JF (1995): BvgAS is sufficient for activation of the Bordetellapertussis pfx locus in Escherichia coli. In J. Bacteriol. 177: 6477-6485. Ui M (1988):The multiple biological activities of pertussis toxin. In Pathogenesis and Immunity in Pertussis (Wardlaw AC, Parton R, eds) pp 121-145, Chichester: John Wiley and Sons. Ui M (1990):Pertussis toxin as a valuable probe for G-protein involvement in signal transduction. In ADP-ribosylating toxins and G proteins. Insights into signal transduction (Moss J, Vaughan M, eds) pp 45-77. Ward JE, Dale EM, Binns AN (1991):Activity of the Agrobacteriurn T-DNA transfer machinery is affected by virB gene products. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88: 9350-9354. Weiss AA, Goodwin M (1989):Lethal infection by Bordetella pertussis mutants in the infant mouse model. In Infect. Immun. 57: 3757-3764. Weiss AA, Johnson FD, Burns DL (1993):Molecular characterization of an operon required for pertussis toxin secretion. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 2970-2974. Xu V, Barbieri JT (1995):Pertussis toxin-mediated ADP-ribosylation of target proteins in Chinese hamster ovary cells involves a vesicle trafficking mechanism. In Infect. Immun. 63:825-832.

Pertussis Toxin

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 4

Pertussis Toxin as a Cell Biology Tool B. NURNBERG

4.1 Introduction Use of bacterial toxins such as pertussis toxin (PT) and cholera toxin (CT) permitted crucial studies allowing one to detect, identify and understand the structure and function of heterotrimeric regulatory guanine nucleotide binding proteins (Gproteins) (Ui, 1984; Gilman, 1995; Nurnberg etal., 1995).Today, both toxins are still appreciated as important tools for elucidating the physiological roles of G proteins and for identifying G-protein coupled pathways (for review see Chapter 5 and references Milligan, 1988; Gierschik and Jakobs, 1993). Pertussis toxin (or islet-activating protein) is a 105 kDa hexameric enzyme catalyzing ADP-ribosylation of most Ga isoforms belonging to the Gi subfamily, but not members of the G,, G, and GI2 subfamilies. PT catalyzes both hydrolysis of NAD' and the transfer of the resulting ADP moiety to a cysteine residue near the carboxy terminus of the a subunit of Gi, Goand transducin,, in the presence of Gpy. PT-resistantGi proteins lacking a carboxy terminal cysteine include G, and a splice variant of Gi2(Gi2(L1). The amino acid motif required for PT-mediated ADP-ribosylation is similar to the consensus site for isoprenylation of Gy subunits or some monomeric GTPases, except for the C-terminal aromatic amino acid, which obviously determines the enzyme's specificity. Since the modified cysteine is located four residues upstream from the carboxy terminus, PT-catalyzed ADPribosylation prevents interaction of the transmembrane receptor with the G protein, which is anchored to the cytoplasmic surface of the membrane. This results in a functional receptor-G-proteinuncoupling. Nevertheless, PT-modified G proteins are capable of interacting with effectors, although the time required to observe the maximal effect produced by GTPyS can be markedly increased (Jakobs et a/., 1984; Ahnert-Hilger et a/., submitted). Pertussis toxin consists of two components, the enzymatically active A protomer consisting of a single polypeptide, and the pentameric B oligomer (Tamura et al., 1982).The B component is involved in binding to the surface of eukaryotic target cells, and presumably in translocation of the toxin across the plasma membrane. Once inside the cell, the enzymatically active A component needs to undergo activation that depends on reduced gluthathione; this effect can be

action of pertussis toxin

structure of pertussis toxin

K. Aktories (Ed.), Bacterial Toxins. 0 Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

mimicked in a cell-free system with the sulfhydryl reducing agents dithiothreitol (DTT)or 2-mercaptoethanol (6-ME). Use of holoenzyme is therefore mandatory for treating whole cells, whereas the preactivated A protomer is able to modify cellular proteins when injected or infused into cells, or in cell homogenates, or in protein preparations that have been purified further. This overview of methods will first concentrate on sources of pertussis toxin and its application to whole cells (section 4.2). Section 4.3 describes preactivation of the holotoxin and treatment of cellular components, including purified proteins, while high resolution SDS-PAGE techniques to separate modified proteins are described in Section 4.4.

4.2 Pertussis Toxin as a Tool to Modify Cellular Functions 4.2.1 Cell Culture of Bordetella pertussis Pertussis toxin is produced by certain Bordetella pertussis strains, which are pathogenic organisms (Yaiima et al., 1978a,b). Since the toxin is commercially available in adequate quality we do not purify PT from cultured B. pertussis. Those who are interested in culturing B. pertussis and purifying PT are referred to detailed laboratory protocols published previously (Sekura, 1985).

4.2.2 Source of Pertussis Toxin and Preparation of Solutions We obtain pertussis toxin from List Biological Laboratories (Campbell, CA, USA; European distributor: Quadratech, Epsom, Surrey, UK); it is

A

avoid inhalation or contamination

B. NURNBERG

supplied in 50pg quantities as a lyophilized powder in glass bottles. The preparation also contains sodium chloride (25 pmol) and phosphate buffer, pH 7.0 (5pmol).Since we usually order at least 10 ampoules we keep them at +4"C until use. For adding pertussis toxin to mammalian cell cultures we reconstitute 50pg of the toxin (one bottle) in 500 to 1OOOpl of a solution containing 2 M urea and 100mM K,HPO,/ KH2P04buffer, pH 7.0, in the glass bottle, as originally suggested by Dr. M. Yajima. Make sure that inhalation of the toxin or contamination of open wounds is avoided. The final concentration is 50 to 100 pg/ml of pertussis toxin. The solution is also stored at +4 "C; no significant loss of function is observed for at least 2 months. For studies employing preactivated toxin (see section 4.31) we prepare pertussis toxin stock solutions in essentially the same way, but at a final concentration of 1 mg toxin per mI (50pg/50pI). In contrast to our practice List Laboratories recommends reconstitution of the toxin in sterile water. Storage of aliquots should be well tolerated at -70°C as reported elsewhere (Carty, 1994). Pertussis toxin is also available from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO, USA), supplied as lyophilized powder or solution.

4.2.3 Treatment of Mammalian Cell Cultures with Pertussis Toxin For ADP-ribosylation of G proteins in cultured mammalian cells, we supplement the medium with pertussis toxin to a final concentration of at least 25 ng/ml, and not more than 200 ng/ml. The optimal concentration has to be found empirically. For pertussis toxin to be fully effective, we incubate at least overnight (24 h) although a few hours of treatment have been reported to be sufficient in most cases; higher PT concentrations are required with a shorter time. It appeared to be very helpful to aliquot the batch of cells and treat one portion with the vehicle alone, omitting toxin, to allow comparison and quantification of the effect of pertussis toxin on cells. Under these conditions the toxin works well, e.g. G, proteins of HL-60 cells are more than 9 8 % modified (25 ng/ml, 24 h) (Hageluken et al., 1995). However, other cells may respond differently to the toxin. In particular, platelets are able to resist the entry of pertussis toxin, either because they lack surface binding sites for the toxin B oligomer or because they are unable to internalize the bound toxin (Brass et al., 1990). PT-sensitive G proteins expressed in insect Sf9 cells (ovary cells from the insect Spodoptera frugiperda; Sf9 cells are employed as an overexpression system for G proteins and other signal transduction components by infection with recombinant baculovirus) are also not modified by the toxin (Mulheron et al., 1994). Therefore, for functional studies, it is mandatory to ensure quantitative modification of G, proteins after pertussis toxin treatment. This can be done by functional tests, i.e., recording the degree of inhibition of a cellular signal after stimulation by a certain receptor agonist. Cellular responses of a known signal transduction pathway that is exclusively pertussis toxin-sensitive in a particular cell type should be selected. Different possibilities for signal read-outs are possible. For instance, in HL-60 cells, rise of intracellular free calcium or GTPase activity can be measured after exposure of cells to the chemotactic formyl peptide fMLP (Hageluken et al., 1995).As an alternative, measurement of ADP-ribosylation of cellular G proteins by radiolabeled NAD' may be performed (see below and Figure 1).Whereas the former assay strategy is usually more rapid than the latter, it has to be kept in mind that it is indirect and gives less precise measurement of ADP-ribosylation due to variable endpoints, whereas the latter is more time consuming but allows exact and direct measurement of the degree of ADP-ribosylation of proteins. Nevertheless, either measurement should be done in comparison with controls treated only with the vehicle (see above).

cells resistant to pertussis toxin

Pertussis Toxin as a Cell Biology Tool

Fig. 1. Pertussis toxin-mediated ADP ribosylation of membrane G proteins. Isolated cell membranes (50 pg of protein) from N1E 115 cells (mouse neuroblastoma cell line), N2A cells (mouse neuroblastoma cell line), S49-1 cyc' cells (S49(-);mutated mouse lymphoma cell line deficient in Ga,), S49 wt cells (wild-type mouse lymphoma cell line), RBL (RBL 2H3; rat basophilic leukemia cell line), GH3 cells (GH,; rat hypophyseal tumor cell line), PC-12 (rat pheochromocytoma cell line), HIT-T15 cells (hamster insulinoma cell line), Y-1 cells (mouse adrenal cortex tumor cell line), 108cc 15 cells (mouse/rat neuroblastoma x glioma hybrid cell line), HL-60 cells (DMSO-differentiated human leukemia cell line), HL-60 (+PT) cells (HL-60cells pretreated with 25 ng/ml of pertussis toxin for 24 h prior to preparation of membranes), RINm5F cells (rat insulinoma cell line), and C6-2 cells (rat glioma cell line) were subjected to 32P-ADP-ribosylation as described in section 4.3.3. Samples were precipitated as outlined in section 4.3.5 and subjected to SDS-PAGE with separating gels containing 8 % acrylamide (w/v). An autoradiogram of the dried gel is shown. Molecular masses of marker proteins ore indicated (kDa). Modified Ga proteins migrate at approximately 40 kDa. Radioactivity running in front of the 30 kDa marker protein comigrates with the dye front

4.3 Pertussis Toxin as a Tool to Study Cellular Components 4.3.1 Activation of Pertussis Toxin for in vitro ADP-ribosylation Dissociation of A protomer and B oligomer, reduction, and activation of the enzymatically active A component prior to incubation with the substrate are not absolutely required but generally result in more extensive ADP-ribosylation of G proteins when studying cell-free systems.

6. NURNBERG

We preactivate the enzymes routinely by incubating 5pI of PT holoenzyme (1 mg/ml PT; see section 4.2.2) together with 5 pI of 10 mM ATP, 25 pI of 40 mM DTT, and 15 pI of water in an Eppendorf tube at 37 "C for 30 min. Thereafter, the mixture is diluted with 450pl of a buffer made of 125 pI of 1 % of bovine serum albumin (BSA) in water (w/v), 50 yl of 0.5 M DTT, 31 pI of 40mM EDTA, 31 yl of 1 M Tris-CI, pH 7.5, and 1013 pl of water.

@

enzyme activation

Alternative protocols are described elsewhere (Ribeiro-Net0 et al.,

1985; Kopf and Woolkalis, 1991; Carty, 1994).ATP, phospholipids and small amounts of certain ionic and nonionic detergents (i.e. SDS, CHAPS, Lubrol PX) promote dissociation of the A and B protomers (Moss et al., 1986).We do not use SDS since it denatures solubilized G proteins very easily. DTT or b-ME are necessary to break the disulfide bonds of the A protomer. Supplementation with BSA (final concentration: approx. 0.9 mg/ml) helps prevent loss of enzyme through adsorption to the walls of the tube, and ensures recovery of proteins following precipitation with sodium chloride/acetone, trichloroacetic acid (TCA), or chloroform/methanol. Furthermore, when samples are subjected to SDS-PAGE, intensities of the stained 67 kDa BSA protein bands allow rough estimation of incomplete recovery of the precipitated sample (see section 4.5). Preactivated PT should be used immediately, and enzyme left over from an experiment should be discarded, since reduced toxin has been shown to lose activity rapidly (Kaslow et al., 1989).

alternative procedures

4.3.2 Preparation of Cell Homogenates and Fractions G proteins are located in different compartments within the cell (Nurnberg and Ahnert-Hilger, 1996). Although most G proteins are found attached to the plasma membrane and intracellular membranes, some are also located within the cytoplasm (Rudolph et al., 1989). Therefore, G proteins in preparations of disrupted cells, or in cell and tissue extracts are also subject to pertussis toxin-mediated ADP-ribosylation. In this case, precautions have to be taken to prevent proteolysis, and protease inhibitors should be included in the buffer (aprotonin, p-aminobenzamidine, leupeptin, phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, or soybean or lima bean trypsin inhibitors) (Carty,

1994).

use protease inhibitors

4.3.3 ADP-ribosylation of Membrane Proteins by Pertussis Toxin Membranes exhibit the highest concentration of G proteins in the cell although there is great variation among different cells (see Fig. 1). Usually, brain cell membranes contain the largest amount of subPertussis Toxin as a Cell Biology Tool

strates for pertussis toxin. We routinely use cell membranes which are stored in aliquots of 250 and 500 pg/tube at -70 "C. Membranes are thawed on ice. Just before the experiment a washing step is performed using a microcentrifuge (13 OOOg, 4"C, 10min). The membrane pellet is resuspended in a buffer containing 25 mM Tris-CI, pH 7.5, and 1 mM EDTA. The volume of the membrane suspension is adjusted to 20 pl per sample and kept at 0 "C to 4 "C. The amount of membrane proteins per sample should be estimated from preliminary experiments. In general, a range of 10 to 1OOpg of total protein per sample is employed. The reaction buffer is freshly made from stock solutions stored at -20°C. As a standard procedure we prepare the reaction buffer as detailed below (volume per assay tube); all steps are carried out at 0 "C to 4 "C: Reaction buffer: 1.5 pI of 40 mM of EDTA, 3 pl of 100 mM ATP, 0.6 pl of 100 mM GTP, 1.8 pI of 10 % Lubrol PX, 6 PI of 100 mM thymidine, 0.6 PI of DNAase (2 mg/ml), 5 PI of 1 M Tris-CI, pH 7.5, and 0.3 pI of 200 p M unlabeled NAD'; 32P-NAD+is added to give 500 000 to 1 000 000 c.p.m per tube (approx. 0.25 to 0.5pCi). The buffer is diluted with water to give a final volume of 30 pl per tube. Note that any NAD' containing solutions must be protected from light, which is easily done by wrapping containers with aluminum foil. Radiolabelled 32P-NAD+is either synthesized from [a-32P]ATPby the method of Cassel and Pfeuffer (1978)or purchased and stored frozen. Although the half-life of the radioactive phosphate is approximately two weeks, we do not use 32P-NAD+longer than three to four weeks after preparation because of radiolysis. For detection of ADP-ribosylated G proteins we have also used an affinity-purified polyclonal rabbit antibody (T2B3) directed against + adenosine 5'-[methylene]diphosphate (ADP[CH2]) which was developed by Meyer and Hilz (1986) (Fig. 2). This antibody detects ADP-ribosylated G proteins, and it may be employed to avoid using radioactivity [Nurnberg et al., 19941. The non-ionic detergent Lubrol PX at a final concentration of 0.3 % significantly increases the extent of ADP-ribosylation. Since Lubrol PX is no longer commercially available, other non-ionic detergents have to be used. Polyoxyethylene 10 lauryl ether (Sigma, Cat. No. P9769), which is chemically related to Lubrol PX, may be an effective substitute (Pang et al., 1994). GTP is included to protect G proteins from degradation. Since considerable amounts of GTP are hydrolyzed, GDP shifts the equilibrium of dissociated G protein a and by subunits towards the heterotrimeric state, thereby facilitating the enzymatic reaction. In order to reduce ADP-ribosylation by glycohydrolases other than pertussis toxin, thymidine is included in the reaction mixture as an inhibitor of poly(ADP-ribose)synthase (NAD' ADP-ribosyltransferase, EC 2.4.2.30) (Moss et al., 1980). Ten mM or inhibition of unwanted less of isonicotinic acid hydrazide (INN: isoniazid) may be added to enzyme activities inhibit NAD hydrolases present in membranes (Sternweis and Pang, 1990).The optimal concentration has to be found empirically, since isoniazid inhibits pertussis toxin at high concentrations. 6. NURNBERG

Fig. 2. Detection of ADP-ribosylated Ga by specific antibodies. Purified bovine brain Gaol (500 ng) was treated with pertussis toxin in the presence of 32P-NADand brain GPy complexes (1250ng) as outlined in section 4.3.4. Precipitated proteins (see section 4.3.5) were subsequently resolved on gels (6 M urea, 9 % acrylamide, 13cm length, 4 mm width of slots). After blotting, nitrocellulosefilters were exposed to X-ray films, or detected by incubating nitrocellulose filters with antibody AS 6 (anti-a OCOmmOn serum diluted 1 :300 (Spicher et al., 1992) or antibody T2B3 (antiADP-ribose antibody, affinity purified). The molecular mass (kDa) of a marker protein is indicated. An enhanced chemoluminescence (ECL) system was used to detect filter-bound antibodies. Please note an apparent higher molecular weight (gel-mobility shift) of the modified Gaol (for details see section 4.5)

ADP-ribosylation of the samples is carried out in glass tubes (approximate volume 5 ml) in case the reaction has to be followed by precipitation with organic solvents. Therefore, the markings on the tubes should withstand solvents. Each tube contains 10 PI of preactivated toxin (100ng PT/tube) and 20 pI of membrane suspension. The reaction is readily started by addition of 30pl of the 32P-NAD+containing buffer, resulting in a total volume of 60pl per tube. ADPribosylation of the thoroughly vortexed sample is conducted for 30 min at 30°C or for 20 min at 37°C while the tubes are agitated contino usly. The assay should be validated. Appropriate controls for specificity and sensitivity are at least one sample known to contain PT-sensitive G proteins, e.g. mammalian brain membranes, and samples treated without the toxin as negative controls. Addition of stable guaninetrinucleotides, e.g. GTPyS and GppNHp, or ligand-bound G-proteincoupled-receptors, activate G proteins, resulting in decreased labeling of PT-substrates. Therefore, the latter experimental approach can be used to identify receptors activating PT-sensitive G proteins (Watkins et a/., 1985; Korner et a/., 1995). We stop the reaction after not more than 45 min. If desired, isoform identification of labeled proteins may be done by immunoprecipitation employing specific antisera. First, the membranes are pelleted in

ADP-ribosylation procedure

validation of assay


Fig. 3. lmmunoprecipitation of ADP-ribosylated Ga,-proteins. Bovine brain membranes were ADP-ribosylated in the presence of pertussis toxin and 32P-NADas detailed in section 4.3.3. Proteins were resolved on 8 YO acrylamide gels supplemented with 4.3 M urea, length 9 cm, width of slots 4 mm. An autoradiogram is shown (lanes 1 -4), after 32P-ADP-ribosylation of bovine brain membrane proteins (lane 1) and after immunoprecipitation with antiserum AS6 (anti-ao,,,,,,; lane 2), separating Gaol (upper band) and Ga02(lower band). For immunoprecipitation sedimented (10min at 13 OOOg, 4°C) brain membranes (200pg of protein) were solubilized in 40 pl of a solution containing SDS (4 YO)and phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride (PMSF; 0.2 pM) at room temperature. After 30 min, 280 pl of precipitation buffer was added (150mM NaCI, 10 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.4, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM dithiotreitol, 1 YO (w/v) sodium deoxycholate, 0.3 pM aprotinine, 0.2 pM PMSF, and 1 % (v/v) Nonidet P-40) followed by addition of 1Opl with 1.25yg of Protein A bound to Sepharose beads. Following incubation (30min at room temperature) and centrifugation (30min at 13 OOOg, 4"C), the clear supernatant was removed and supplemented with 30 yl of AS 6 serum or non-immune serum and 50 pI of 10 % (w/v) Protein A Sepharose beads. The mixture was gently shaken for 16 h at 4°C. Protein A Sepharose beads were pelleted and washed twice with precipitation buffer and once with precipitation buffer containing 300 mM NaCI. Bound proteins were eluted by adding Laemmli's sample buffer, and loaded onto polyacrylamide gels. Lane 3: Autoradiography of 32PADP-ribosylated purified bovine brain Gaol supplemented with purified By-dimers. Lane 4: Autoradiography of 32P-NADand pertussis toxin treated purified brain Gpy-dimers. Lane 5: lmmunostaining of bovine brain Gaol (lower band) and another as yet unknown Ga,-isoform (upper band); proteins were detected by incubating nitrocellulose-filterswith antiserum AS 248 (antiaOl serum diluted 1:300 (Spicher et al., 1992)),and the ECL system was used for detection of filter-bound antibodies

a microcentrifuge (13 OOOg) for 10min at 4°C. This removes the vast majority of non-incorporated radioactivity. Afterwards membranes are subjected to routine immunoprecipitation procedures (Fig. 3) (Laugwitz etal., 1994; Nurnberg etal., 1994).At this stage, it has to be borne in mind that recognition of ADP-ribosylated proteins by antibodies directed against the carboxy terminus of Ga may be impaired.

4.3.4 ADP-ribosylation of Proteins by Pertussis Toxin Extraction of G proteins from membranes usually enhances ADPribosylation. In addition, small amounts of detergents like SDS, CHAPS or Lubrol PX facilitate the toxin's enzymatic activity (see above). For detection and identification of G proteins during G protein purification procedures, aliquots are also subjected to PTcatalyzed ADP-ribosylation for detection and identification (Rosenthal 6. NURNBERG

et al., 1986). The protocol for preparation of the reaction buffer outlined in this section is slightly different from the one used for membrane treatment (see section 4.3.3). Again, volumes are given per assay tube, and all steps are carried out at 0°C to 4°C.

Reaction buffer: 0.75 pl of 40 mM of EDTA, 1.5 pI of 100 mM ATP, 0.3 pI of 100 mM GTP, 0.9 p1 of 10 % Lubrol PX, 0.75 pI of 1 M Tris-CI, pH 7.5, and 0.15 pI 200 pM of unlabeled NAD'; 32P-NAD+ is added to reach a activity of 1 000 000 c.p.m per tube. The buffer is diluted with water to give a final volume of 10 pI per tube. Ten pl of G-protein-containing samples is mixed with 10 pl of preactivated toxin (see section 4.3.1; 100 ng PT/tube) and started by addition of another 10 pl of reaction buffer (total volume: 30pl). The assay is conducted as outlined in section 4.3.3. After termination of the reaction samples may be quantified by filtration assay as described by Sternweis and Pang (1990). For efficient PT-mediated ADP-ribosylation of G proteins precautions are required (Moss et al., 1986). Final concentrations of detergents should be low. For instance, the concentration of cholate (a commonly used detergent for purification of G proteins) should be less than 0.1 % under optimal conditions. To enhance ADPribosylation, addition of dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine (1 mg/ml final concentration) to purified preparations may be useful. The stock sohtion contains 8 mg/ml of dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine, which is sonicated to clarity. Since only the Gapy holoprotein is sensitive to PT, G proteins activators such as GTPyS, GppNHp or AIF4-/Mg2+ decrease ADP-ribosylation and should be removed. AIF4- may be inactivated by addition of at least 1 mM EDTA in excess of the concentration of Mg2+contributed by the sample. Samples containing large amounts of non-hydrolyzable GTP-analogues may be dialyzed against non-activating buffers. Purified Ga proteins must be supplemented with Gpy prior to PT-treatment. GBy increases ADPribosylation in a concentration-dependent manner. In fact, PTmediated 32P-ADP-ribosylationof a known amount of purified Ga, in the presence of unkown concentrations of Gpy can be used to quantitate the amount of functional active GBy (Iniguez-Lluhi et al., 1992).

optimization of ADPribosylation

4.3.5 Preparation of Samples for SDS-PAGE Samples subjected to analysis of labeled proteins by SDS-PAGE should be devoid of detergents. In addition, non-incorporated radioactivity should be extracted before loading gels, for safety reasons. Therefore, the reaction is terminated by adding 10 pI of 1.5 M NaCl (4°C) and 600 pI of ice cold acetone, followed by centrifugation at 3000g for 30 min at 4°C. Additionally, samples may be stored overnight at -20°C after precipitation. This may produce higher recovery of proteins. Following sedimentation, supernatants are carefully and completely removed by aspiration. Pellets are carefully dissolved in 1 ml of ice cold trichloroacetic acid (TCA, 20 % (v/v))with gentle shak-

A

remove non-incorporated radioactivity


ing of the tube (not vortexing!). This step removes the NaCl which otherwise affects SDS-PAGE. Exposure of the sample to TCA should be short. Therefore, centrifugation (20 to 25 min, 3000g, 4°C) and aspiration of the supernatant is completed as quickly as possible to avoid degradation of proteins. Afterwards, TCA and lipids are removed by adding 1 ml of ice cold chloroform/methanol (l:l,v/v) to the pellet. Alternatively, diethylether may be used, but has the disadvantage of being explosive due to generation of peroxides when stored incorrectly. After centrifugation and careful aspiration as before, the samples are completely dried. Pellets are dissolved in sample buffer (25 to 75~1, room temperature), thoroughly vortexed and subjected to SDS-PAGE (see section 4.5.). Samples should not be boiled before loading onto gels because G proteins sometimes tend to aggregate under these conditions and will not enter separating gels (Codina et a/., 1991).

4.3.6 Cleavage of ADP-ribose from G a Subunits

A

disposal of mercury compounds

ADP-ribosylation of the carboxyterminal cysteine by thioether-linkage is irreversible and chemically stable (Krantz and Lee, 1976). However, PT-catalyzed modifications are susceptible to treatment with mercury (11) ions, allowing removal of ADP-ribose without degrading the remaining Ga subunit (Fig. 4) (Meyer et a/., 1988; Nurnberg et a/., 1994). Solutions containing biological material, e.g. cell membranes, crude or purified proteins supplemented with 1 mg/ml of BSA, should be buffered at pH 7.5. Samples are kept in a glass tubes and treated in parallel with 1 mM HgCI2(final concentration) or water for 60 min at 37°C. The reaction is followed by precipitation with acetone/NaCl, TCA and chloroform/methanol (see section 4.3.5). Analysis is usually done by SDS-PAGE. 32P-ADP-ribosylatedmembranes or other G protein preparations should serve as positive controls. Please note legal rules for disposal of mercury-containing material.

Fig. 4. Cleavage of ADP-ribose from Ga subunits. A mixture of purified heterotrimeric G,/G, proteins (2.2 pg/tube) were 32P-ADP-ribosylatedby pertussis toxin (PT; for details see section 4.3.4). Thereafter, the sample was split and incubated with buffer alone or with buffer supplemented with mercury (11) ions (Hg2+)(for details see section 4.4). The reaction was stopped by triple precipitation as described in section 4.3.5. Proteins dissolved in sample buffer (Laemmli, 1970) were resolved on gels (6 M urea, 9 YO acrylamide, 13 cm length, 4 mm slot width), blotted on nitrocellulose-filters and exposed to X-ray films (32P). Subsequently, identical filters were incubated with antibodies, affinityantiserum AS 6 (anti-aocommon purified) for detection of Ga, proteins. The ECL system was used to visualize filter-bound antibodies. AS 6-stained unmodified Ga, proteins served as controls (left lane) B. NURNBERG

4.4 SDS-Gel Electrophoresis ADP-ribosylated proteins are visualized by SDS-PAGE according to the method of Laemmli (Laemmli, 1970) followed by autoradiography. Usually, discontinuous SDS-polyacrylamide gels are used. For separating gels (9 cm length), 8 to 12 % (w/v) polyacrylamide is employed. The ratio of bisacrylamide to acrylamide is 1 :37.5. For better resolution we add to separating gels either 4.3M urea in the presence of 8 % acrylamide, or 6 M urea in the presence of 9 % acrylamide (Schmidtetal., 1991; Spicher etal., 1992).In the latter case, separating gels should be 13 cm in length. The advantage is better resolution of mixtures of ADP-ribosylated proteins. Using urea-supplemented gels a higher apparent molecular weight, (i.e. a reduced electrophoretic mobility) of the modified proteins in comparison to the untreated counterpart is visible (see Figs 2-4). This phenomenon is the result of a shift in electrophoretic mobility of the modified protein. This can be exploited to check and quantify ADP-ribosylation by immunoblot analysis, comparing the intensities of the faster migrating unmodified protein band with the PT-modified protein band. The BSA band should be inspected to ensure uniform recovery of the proteins after precipitations of samples. Alternatively, resolution is improved by alkylating proteins with N-ethylmaleimide prior to electrophoresis. For details see Sternweis and Pang (1990).

improving resolution

Acknowledgements The continous support of Gunter Schultz is greatly appreciated. Many thanks to my colleagues for valuable discussions. The author’s own research reported here was supported by Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, Sonderforschungsbereich 366, and Fonds der Chemischen Industrie.

4.5 Reagents and Chemicals Material

Supplier

Cat-No.

!-ME

Sigma

M-6250 NEG-023X 236624

2

~

aprotinin ATP BSA CHAPS DNAase DTT

EDTA GDP

-

~

~

~

NEN Boehringer Mannheim Boehringer Mannheim Serva Sigma Boehringer Mannheim Biomol Serva Boehringer Mann heim

519 979 11926 C-3023 104159

04010 11278 106208 Pertussis Toxin as a Cell Biology Tool

Material

Supplier

Cat-No.

GPPNHP

Boehringer Mannheim Boehringer Mannheim Boehringer Mannheim E. Merck E. Merck Serva Boehringer Mannheim Sigma Quadratech, Epsom, Surrey (UK) Sigma Sigma Sigma E. Merck Serva Sigma Gibco

106402

GTP GTPyS K2HP04 KH2P04 Leupeptin NAD p-aminobenzamidine pertussis toxin phenylmethylsulfonylfluoride polyoxyethylene 10 lauryl ether SDS thymidine tris trypsin inhibitor urea

106364 220647 5104 4873 51867 127981 8-6506

180 P-7626 P-9769 L-4509 8206 37190 T-9003 540-5505UV

References Ahnert-Hilger G, Nurnberg B, Exner T et al.: The heterotrimeric G-protein Ga,? inhibits catecholamine uptake into secretory granules. In revision Brass LF, Manning DR, Shattil DR (1990):GTP-binding proteins and platelet activation. In Progr. Hemostasis Thrornb. 10: 127-174 Carty DJ (1994): Pertussis toxin-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation of G-proteins. In Methods Enzymol. 237: 63-70 Cassel D, Pfeuffer T (1978): Mechanism of cholera toxin action: covalent modification of the guanyl nucleotide-binding protein of the adenylate cyclase system. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA)75: 2669-2673 Codina J, Carty DJ, Birnbaumer L et al. (1991):Purification of G proteins. In: Methods Enzymol. 195: 177-188 Gierschik P, Jakobs KH (1993): ADP-ribosylation of signal-transducing guanine nucleotide binding proteins by cholera and pertussis toxin. In Selective neurotoxicity (Herken H, Hucho F, eds), Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, Vol. 102 pp0.807-839, Springer Verlag: Heidelberg Gilman, A.G. (1995) G proteins and regulation of adenylyl cyclase. In Bioscience Reports 15,65-97 Hageluken A, Nurnberg B, Harhammer R et al. (1995):The class Ill antiarrhythmic drug amiodarone directly activates pertussis toxin-sensitive G proteins. In Mol. Pharmacol. 47: 234-240 Iniguez-LluhiJA, Simon MI, Robishaw JD et al. (1992):G protein By subunits synthesized in Sf9 cells. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 23409-23417 Jakobs KH, Aktories K, Schultz G (1984): Mechanism of pertussis toxin action on the adenylate system: inhibition of the turn-on reaction of the inhibitory regulatory site. In Eur. J. Biochem. 140: 177-181 Kaslow HR, Schlotterbeck JD, MarVL etal. (1989):Alkylation of cysteine 41, but not cysteine 200, decreases the ADP-ribosyltransferaseactivity of the S1 subunit of pertussis toxin. In J . Biol. Chem. 264: 6386-6390 Kopf GS, Woolkalis MJ (1991): ADP-ribosylation of G proteins with pertussis toxin. In Methods Enzymol. 195: 257-266 Korner C, Nurnberg B, Uhde M et al. (1995):Mannose 6-phosphate/insulin-like growth factor II receptor fails to interact with G-proteins. In J. Biol. Chem. 270: 287-295 B. NURNBERG

Krantz MJ, Lee YC (1976): Quantitative hydrolysis of thioglycosides. In Anal. Biochemistry 71 : 318-321 Laemmli UK (1970): Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. In Nature (London) 340: 680-685 Laugwitz KL, Spicher K, Schultz G et a/. (1994): Identification of receptor-activated G proteins: selective immunoprecipitation of photolabeled G-protein a subunits. In Methods Enzymol. 237: 283-294 Meyer T, Hilz H (1986): Production of anti-(ADP-ribose)antibodies with the aid of a dinucleotide-pyrophosphatase-resistent hapten and their application for the detection of mono(ADP-ribosyl)ated polypeptides. In Eur. J. Biochem. 155: 157- 165 Meyer T, Koch R, Fanick W et al. (1988):ADP-ribosyl proteins formed by pertussis toxin are specifically cleaved by mercury ions. In Biol. Chem. Hoppe Seyler 369: 579-583 Milligan G (1988):Techniques used in the identification and analysis of function of pertussis toxin-sensitive guanine nucleotide binding proteins. In Biochem. J. 255: 1-13 Moss J, Stanley SJ, Watkins PA (1980): Isolation and properties of an NAD- and guanidine-dependentADP-ribosyltransferasefrom turkey erythrocytes. In J. Biol. Chem. 255: 5838-5840 Moss J, Stanley SJ, Watkins PA et a/. (1986): Stimulation of the thiol-dependent ADP-ribasyltransferase and NAD glycohydrolase activities of Bordetella pertussis toxin by adenine nucleotides, phospholipids, and detergents. In Biochemistry 25: 2720-2725 Mulheron JG, Casanas SJ, Arthur JM et a/. (1994): Human 5-HTIA receptor expressed in insect cells activates endogenous Go-like G protein(s). In J. Biol. Chem. 269: 12954- 12962 Nurnberg B, Ahnert-Hilger G (1996):Trimeric G proteins of the endomembrane system. In FEBS Lett 389: 61 -65 Nurnberg B, Gudermann T, Schultz G (1995):Receptors and G proteins as primary components of transmembrane signal transduction. Part 2. G proteins: structure and function. In J. Mol. Med. 73: 123-132; corrections: 73: 379 Nurnberg B, Spicher K, Harhammer R etal. (1994):Purification of a novel G-protein a,-subtype from mammalian brain. In Biochem. J. 300: 387-394 Pang IH, Smrcka AV, Sternweis PC (1994):Synthesis and application of affinity matrix containing immobilized By subunits of G proteins. In Methods Enzymol. 237: 164- 174 Ribeiro-Net0 FAP, Mattera R, Hildebrandt JD et al. (1985): ADP-ribosylation of membrane components by pertussis and cholera toxin. In Methods Enzymol. 109: 566-572 Rosenthal W, Koesling D, Rudolph U et al. (1986): Identification and characterization of the 35-kDa fisubunit of guanine nucleotide-binding proteins by an antiserum raised against transducin. In Eur. J. Biochem. 158: 255-263 Rudolph U, Koesling D, Hinsch KD et al. (1989):G-protein a-subunits in cytosolic and membranous fractions of human neutrophils. In Mol. Cell. Endocrinol. 63: 143- 153 Schmidt A, Hescheler J, Offermanns S et a/. (1991) Involvement of pertussis toxinsensitive Ca2' currents in an insulin-secretingcell line (RINmSF).In J. €301. Chem. 266: 18025-18033 Sekura RD (1985): Pertussis toxin: a tool for studying the regulation of adenylate cyclase. In Methods Enzymol. 109: 558-566 Spicher K, Nurnberg B, Jager B et a/. (1992):Heterogeneity of three electrophoretically distinct Goa-subunits in mammalian brain. In FEBS Lett. 307: 215-218 Sternweis PC, Pang IH (1990): Preparation of G-proteins and their subunits. In Receptor-effector coupling. A practical approach (Hulme EJ, ed) pp 1-30, Oxford: University Press Tamura M, Nogimori K, Murai S et a/. (1982):Subunit structure of islet-activating protein, pertussis toxin, in conformity with the A-B model. In Biochemistry 21: 5516-5522


Ui, M (1984): Islet-activating protein, pertussis toxin: a probe for functions of the inhibitory guanine nucleotide regulatory component of adenylate cyclase. In Trends Pharrnacol Sci 5: 277-279 Watkins PA, Burns DL, Kanaho Y et a/. (1985): ADP-ribosylation of transducin by pertussis toxin. In J. Biol. Chern. 260: 13478-13482 Yaiima M, Hosoda K, Kanbayashi Yet a/. (1978~): Islets-activating protein (IAP) in Bordetella pertussis that potentiates insulin secretory responses of rats. In J Biochern (Tokyo) 83: 295-303 Yaiima M, Hosoda K, Kanbayashi Y et a/. (1978b): Biological properties of isletsactivating protein (IAP) purified from the culture medium of Bordetella pertussis. In J Biochem (Tokyo) 83: 305-312

B. NURNBERG

Bacterial Toxins


Clostridium botulinum AD P-ribosyltransferase C3 K. AKTORIES and G. KOCH

5.1 Introduction ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 is an exoenzyme produced by several strains of Clostridium botulinum. It was serendipitously detected during screening for high producer strains of C. botulinum C2 toxin (Aktories et al., 1987; Aktories et al., 1988b). The novel ADPribosyltransferase was termed C. botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3, because it proved to be distinct from C. botulinum neurotoxin C1 and the actin ADP-ribosylating C. botulinum C2 toxin. C3 ADPribosylates members of the Rho protein family at asparagine-41 thereby inactivating the GTP-binding protein. Therefore, C3 ADPribosyltransferase has become a molecular tool to study the function of Rho proteins.

5.2 The Family of C3-like Transferases The C3 ADP-ribosyltransferase gene was shown to be located on a DNA bacteriophage together with neurotoxin C1 and D (Popoff et al., 1991; Hauser et al., 1993).Various isoforms of the C3 transferase have been described (Popoff et al., 1990; Nemoto et al., 1991; Popoff et al., 1991; Moriishi et al., 1991; Moriishi et al., 1993).Whereas the gene for C3 from C. botulinum strain C468 encodes a protein of 211 amino acids (without signal peptide) with a molecular mass of 23546 Da (Popoff et al., 1990; Popoff et al., 1991), C3 from C. botulinum strain C 003-9 encodes a protein of 204 amino acids with a molecular mass of 23119 Da (Nemoto etal., 1991) showing about 65 % identity with the other C3 isoform. Moreover, C3-related transferases are produced by Clostridium limosum (C. limosum exoenzyme) (Just et al., 1992a), Staphylococcus aureus (EDIN: epidermal differentiation inhibitor) (Inoue et al., 1991), and Bacillus cereus (B. cereus exoenzyme) (Just et al., 199213; Just etal., 1995).Amino acid sequences of the transferases from C. limosum and S. aureus (EDIN)are about 63 % and 30 % identical with those from C. botulinum strains, respectively. So far, the transferase from B. cereus has not been cloned. Partial amino acid analysis indicates that this transferase is rather distantly related to

C3 isoforms


other C3-like toxins. All C3-like tranferases are 23-28 kDa proteins with a high content of basic amino acids (pl 9-10). C3 transferase is rather heat stable (1 min, 95°C) and is resistant to short-term trypsin treatment (Aktories et al., 1987). Recently, the active site of C3-like transferases has been identified. It was shown that Glu174 of C. botulium C3 transferase (strain C468; Glu173 in strain 0003-9) is a catalytic important glutamic acid residue, which is strictly conserved in all bacterial ADP-ribosyltransferases studied so far (Jung et al., 1993; Aktories et al., 1995; Bohmer et al., 1996; Saito et al., 1995). Interestingly, it was found that C3 like transferases show a significant degree of sequence similarity (especially in the region around the catalytic site) with various eukaryotic ADPribosyltransferases like rabbit muscle AD P-ribosyltransferase (Okazaki etal., 1994) and the family of RT6-like transferases (Koch-Nolte et al., 1996).

5.3 Modification of Rho Proteins by C3-like Transferases

functions of

Rho proteins

K. AKTORIES and G. KOCH

Rho proteins belong to a subfamily of low molecular mass GTPases that include RhoA,B,C, Racl,2, Cdc42 (G25K), RhoG and TClO (for review see references: Nobes and Hall, 1994; Hall, 1994; Takai et al., 1995; Machesky and Hall, 1996). At the amino acid level, Rho subfamily proteins are about 55% identical to each other and about 30 % identical to Ras proteins. Like other regulatory GTPases (Bourne et al., 1990; Bourne et al., 1991), Rho subfamily proteins are inactive in the GDP bound form and active with GTP bound (Fig. 1). Activation is induced by nucleotide exchange factors (GEF),also called guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulators (GDS) (Feig, 1994; Quilliam et al., 1995; Overbeck et al., 1995; Quilliam et al., 1995). In the active state, Rho subfamily proteins interact with their specific effectors (more than ten potential effectors have been identified and their number is still growing) which appear to be involved in various regulatory processes (see below). The active state of Rho proteins is terminated by hydrolysis of GTP catalyzed by their endogenous GTPase activity. The basal GTPase activity is very low, but is dramatically increased by GAP proteins (GTPase-stimulatingproteins) (Lamarcheand Hall, 1994). Finally, Rho subfamily proteins are regulated by guanine nucleotide dissociation inhibitors (GDI), which inhibit nucleotide exchange. GDI proteins are able to prevent binding of Rho subfamily proteins to membranes where, it is suggested, they act (Isomura et al., 1991). Rho proteins are involved in regulation of the actin cytoskeleton and induce formation of stress fibers and focal adhesions (Paterson et al., 1990; Ridley and Hall, 1992; Tominaga et al., 1993; Laudanna et al., 1996). Most probably independently of their role in actin regulation, Rho proteins have been proposed to participate as molecular switches in the control of phosphoinositide-3-kinase (Zhang et al., 1993)) phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate-5-kinase (Chong et al.,

Fig. 1. ADP-ribosylation of Rho by C3 transferases. Rho proteins are regulated by a GTPose cycle. The GTP-binding proteins are inactive with GDP bound, and active in the GTP-bound form. GDP/GTP exchange is facilitated by guanine nucleotide dissociation stimulator(s) (GDS) and inhibited by guanine nucleotide dissociation inhibitor(s) (GDI).In the active form, Rho protein interacts with its effector(s) and induces several cellular responses, one of which is polymerization of actin. Rho is ADP-ribosylatedby C3 transferases at asparagine-41. Most likely, the modification inhibits the interaction of Rho with its effector(s) which results in inhibition of Rho dependent processes (e.g. F-actin depolymerization)

1994))phospholipase D (Malcolm et al., 1994), myosin phosphatase (Kimura et al., 1996) and smooth muscle contraction (Hirata et al., 1992), cell-cell contact (Tominaga et al., 1993) and endocytosis (Schmalzing et al., 1995).Furthermore, Rho subtype proteins may play a role in transcriptional activation (Olson et al., 1995; Hill et al., 1995)) and in the transformation of cells induced by the oncogene product Ras (Khosravi-Faret al., 1995; Qiu et al., 1995). Rac proteins (Racl,2), which are also members of the Rho subfamily, are involved in membrane ruff ling and lamellipodia formation induced by growth factors (Ridley et al., 1992; Hall, 1994),and it has also been suggested that they are important for Ras-induced transformation (Qiu et al., 1995). Moreover, Rac proteins control NADPH oxidase (Abo et al., 1991; Bokoch, 1994), and may have a role in phospholipase A2 regulation (Peppelenbosch et al., 1995). Cdc42, another member of the Rho family, which occurs in at least two iso-

functions of Rac and Cdc42 proteins

Clostridium botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3

substrate specificity of C3

forms, participates in receptor-induced formation of microspikes and filopodia (Nobes and Hall, 1995; Kozma et al., 1995). C3 shows a remarkable substrate specificity and modifies RhoA, B, C (Hall, 1994; Paterson et al., 1990; Chardin et al., 1989; Wiegers et al., 1991;Aktories et al., 1989; Braun et al., 1989), while other members of the Rho subfamily are poorly modified (e.g. 5-10% ADPribosylation of Rac in the presence of 0.01 % SDS), or not at all (Cdc42) (Just et al., 1992~). Other low molecular mass GTP-binding proteins or heterotrimeric G-proteins are not substrates for C3. The other C3-like transferases appear to share the same substrate specificity. C3-like transferases ADP-ribosylate Rho proteins at asparagine41 (Sekine et al., 1989).Asparagine-41 is located in the effector region of the small GTP-binding proteins and attachment of the bulky ADPribose group by ADP-ribosylation may inhibit the interaction of Rho with its effectors. Alternatively, ADP-ribosylation may affect the activation of the Rho protein by guanine nucleotide exchange factors.

5.4 Characterization of the C. botulinum C3 ADP-Ribosyltransferase Reaction Like other bacterial ADP-ribosylating toxins (e.g. diphtheria toxin, Pseudornonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, cholera toxin, pertussis toxin, and C. botulinurn C2 toxin (Aktories and Just, 1993)),C3 is a monoADP-ribosyltransferase (Aktories et al., 198813). Treatment of ADPribosylated Rho with phosphodiesterase releases 5'-AMP and not phosphoribosyl-AMP, a cleavage product of poly(ADP-ribose) (Aktories et al., 198813; Rubin et al., 1988).Accordingly, thymidine, an inhibitor of poly(ADP-ribose)polymerase, does not block C3-like ADPribosyltransferases, and can be included in C3 ADP-ribosylation assays to block poly-ADP-ribosylation reactions. Asparagine is unique as an acceptor amino acid for ADPribosylation by C3-like transferases (Sekine et al., 1989). In contrast, pertussis toxin modifies cysteine residues, and cholera toxin and C. botulinurn C2 toxin specifically ADP-ribosylate arginine residues (for details see the relevant chapters). The ADP-ribose-asparagine bond formed by C3-like transferases is stable towards neutral hydroxylamine (OSM, 2h) and mercury ions (2mM, 1 h), whereas cysteine and arginine-specific ADP-ribosylation, respectively, are sensitive towards these agents (Aktories et al., 1988~). ADP-ribosylation by C3 and its isoenzymes is a reversible reaction, i.e. in the presence of high concentrations of nicotinamide (10mM) and at low pH (pH 0.03 %) impair ADP-ribosylation (Just et al., 1992a; Just et al., 1993; Maehama et al., 1990).

5.6 C3-Transferases in Cell Biology and Pharmacology In intact animals, toxicity of C3 is low compared with other toxins that affect Rho proteins. lntraperitoneal injection of 100 pg of C3 into mice is apparently without obvious consequences. (Note that the minimum lethal dose of C. difficile toxins A and B, which also modify Rho proteins, is about 50 ng per mouse). C3-like transferases appear to lack any specific cell-binding or transport subunits, a fact that calls into question the designation of these exoenzymes as toxins. However, when these bacterial exoenzymes reach the eukaryotic cytosol (e.g. by unspecific uptake or microinjection, see below) they are potent cytotoxins (Wiegers et al., 1991; Didsbury et al., 1989; Chardin et al., 1989; Paterson et al., 1990). Thus, the use of C3 toxin as a cell biological tool is hampered by the fact that C3 is not able to enter cells readily. The problem of cell accessibility was first by-passed by using

low toxicity of C3

Clostridium botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3

osmotic shock to introduce C3 into cells (Rubin et al., 1988). Many excellent studies from the laboratory of Alan Hall have been performed using the microinjection technique (Paterson et al., 1990; Ridley and Hall, 1992) (see Chapter 6). Other approaches to study the effects of C3 in eukaryotic cells used expression of transfected C3 DNA (Hill et al., 1995), a C3 fusion toxin consisting of C3 and the receptor and translocation domain of diphtheria toxin (Aullo et al., 1993), and permeabilization of cells before C3 treatment (Koch et al., 1994). However, most studies exploited the property of C3 of entering most cells when applied at rather high concentrations (30-150 pg/ml) (Wiegers et al., 1991; Nishiki et al., 1990).Additionally, it appears that some C3 isoforms are somewhat more capable of entering culture cells. In some studies, effects of C3 were even observed at low concentrations (0.5 to 1 pg/ml) of the transferase (Sugai et al., 1992).So far, it is not clear whether these effects are caused by different C3 isoforms or by specific conditions of cell culture (serum-free treatment).

References Abo A, Pick E, Hall A et al. (1991):Activation of the NADPH oxidase involves the small GTP-binding protein p21rac. In Nature 353: 668-70 Aktories K, Weller U, Chhatwal GS (1987):Clostridium botulinum type C produces a novel ADP-ribosyltransferasedistinct from botulinum C2 toxin. In FEBS Lett. 212: 109- 13 Aktories K, Just I, Rosenthal W (1988a):Different types of ADP-ribose protein bonds formed by botulinum C2 toxin, botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 and pertussis toxin. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 156: 361 -7 Aktories K, Rosener S, Blaschke U et a/. (198813):Botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3. Purification of the enzyme and characterization of the ADP-ribosylation reaction in platelet membranes. In Eur. J. Biochem. 172: 445-50 Aktories K, Braun U, Rosener S et a/. (1989):The rho gene product expressed in E. coli is a substrate of botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 158: 209-13 Aktories K, Jung M, Bohmer J et al. (1995):Studies on the active site structure of C3-like exoenzymes: Involvement of glutamic acid in catalysis of ADPribosylation. In Biochimie 77: 326-32 Aktories K, Just I (1993): GTPases and actin as targets for bacterial toxins. In GTPases in biology I, (Dickey BF, Birnbaumer L., eds) pp. 87-112 BerlinHeidelberg: Springer-Verlag Aktories K, Just I (1995): In vitro ADP-ribosylation of Rho by bacterial ADPribosyltransferases. In Methods Enzymol. 256: 184-95 Aullo P, Giry M, Olsnes S et al. (1993): A chimeric toxin to study the role of the 21 kDa GTP binding protein rho in the control of actin microfilament assembly. In EMBO J. 12: 921 -31 Bokoch G M (1994): Regulation of the human neutrophil NADPH oxidase by the Rac GTP-binding proteins. In Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 6: 212-8 Bourmeyster N, Stasia M-J, Garin J et al. (1992):Copurification of rho protein and the rho-GDP dissociation inhibitor from bovine neutrophil cytosol. Effect of phosphoinositides on rho ADP-ribosylation by the C3 exoenzyme of Clostridium botulinum. In Biochemistry 31 : 12863-9 Bourne HR, Sanders DA, McCormick F (1990):The GTPase superfamily: a conserved switch for diverse cell functions. In Nature 348: 125-32 Bourne HR, Sanders DA, McCormick F (1991):The GTPase superfamily: conserved structure and molecular mechanism. In Nature 349: 117-27 K. AKTORIES and G. KOCH

Bohmer J, Jung M, Sehr P et a/. (1996): Active site mutation of the C3-like ADPribosyltransferase from Clostridium limosum - Analysis of glutamic acid 174. In Biochemistry35: 282-9 Braun U, Habermann B, Just I et a/. (1989): Purification of the 22 kDa protein substrate of botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 from porcine brain cytosol and its characterization as a GTP-binding protein highly homologous to the rho gene product. In FEBS Lett. 243: 70-6 Chardin P, Boquet P, Madaule P et al. (1989): The mammalian G protein rhoC is ADP-ribosylated by Clostridium botulinum exoenzyme C3 and affects actin microfilaments in Vero cells. In EM60 J. 8: 1087-92 Chong LD,Traynor-Kaplan A, Bokoch GM etal. (1994):The small GTP-binding protein Rho regulates a phosphatidylinositol 4-phosphate 5-kinase in mammalian cells. In Cell 79: 507-13 Didsbury J, Weber RF, Bokoch GM et al. (1989): Rac, a novel ras-related family of proteins that are botulinum toxin substrates. In J. Biol. Chem. 264: 16378-82 Feig LA (1994): Guanine-nucleotide exchange factors: A family of positive regulators of Ras and related GTPases. In Curr. Opin. Cell Biol. 6 : 204-11 Habermann B, Mohr C, Just I et a/. (1991): ADP-ribosylation and de-ADPribosylation of the rho protein by Clostridium botulinum exoenzyme C3. Regulation by EDTA, guanine nucleotides and pH. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1077: 253-8 Hall A (1994):Small GTP-binding proteins and the regulation of the actin cytoskeleton. In Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10: 31 -54 Hauser D, Gibert M, Eklund M W et a/. (1993): Comparative analysis of C3 and botulinal neurotoxin genes and their environment in Clostridium botulinum types C and D. In J. Bacteriol. 175: 7260-8 Hill CS, Wynne J, Treisman R (1995): The Rho family GTPases RhoA, Racl, and CDC42Hs regulate transcriptional activation by SRF. In Cell 81: 1159-70 Hirata K, Kikuchi A, Sasaki T et al. (1992): Involvement of rho p21 in the GTPenhanced calcium ion sensitivity of smooth muscle contraction. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 8719-22 lnoue S, Sugai M, Murooka Y etal. (1991):Molecular cloning and sequencing of the epidermal cell differentiation inhibitor gene from Staphylococcus aureus. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Cornmun. 174: 459-64 lsomura M, Kikuchi A, Ohga N et a/. (1991): Regulation of binding of rhoB p20 to membranes by its specific regulatory protein GDP dissociation inhibitor. In Oncogene 6: 119-24 Jung M, Just I, van Damme J et al. (1993): NAD-binding site of the C3-like ADPribosyltransferase from Clostridium limosum. In J. Biol. Chem. 268: 23215-8 Just I, Mohr C, Schallehn G et a/. (1992~): Purification and characterization of an ADP-ribosyltransferase produced by Clostridium limosum. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 10274-80 Just I, Schallehn G, Aktories K (1992b):ADP-ribosylation of small GTP-binding proteins by Bacillus cereus. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 183: 931 -6 Just I, Mohr C, Habermann B etal. (1993): Enhancement of Clostridium botulinum C3-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation of recombinant rhoA by sodium dodecyl sulfate. In Biochem. Pharmacol. 45: 1409- 16 Just I, Selzer J, Jung M et a/. (1995):Rho-ADP-ribosylating exoenzyme from Bacillus cereus -purification, characterization and identification of the NAD-binding site. In Biochemistry34: 334-40 Khosravi-Far R, Solski PA, Clark GJ et a/. (1995): Activation of Racl, RhoA, and mitogen-activated protein kinases is required for Ras transformation. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 15: 6443-53 Kikuchi A, Kuroda S, Sasaki T et a/. (1992): Functional interactions of stimulatory and inhibitory GDP/GTP exchange proteins and their common substrate small GTP-binding protein. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 14611-5 Kimura K, Ito M, Amano M etal. (1996):Regulation of myosin phosphatase by Rho and Rho-associated kinase (Rho-kinase). In Science 273: 245-8 Koch G, Norgauer J, Aktories K (1994): ADP-ribosylation of Rho by Clostridium limosum exoenzyme affects basal but not N-formyl-peptide-stimulated actin Clostridium botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase C3

polymerization in human myeloid leukaemic (HL60) cells. In Biochem. J. 299: 775-9 Koch-Nolte F, Petersen D, Balasubramanian S etal. (1996):MouseTcell membrane proteins Rt6- 1 and Rt6-2 are arginine protein mono(ADPribosy1)transferases and share secondary structure motifs with ADP-ribosylating bacterial toxins. In J. Biol. Chem. 271 : 7686-93 Kozma R, Ahmed S, Best A et al. (1995):The Ras-relatedprotein Cdc42Hs and bradykinin promote formation of peripheral actin microspikes and filopodia in Swiss 3T3 fibroblasts. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 15: 1942-52 Lamarche N, Hall A (1994): GAPS for rho-related GTPases. In Trends Genet. 10: 436-40 Laudanna C, Campbell JJ, Butcher EC (1996): Role of Rho in chemoattractantactivated leukocyte adhesion through integrins. In Science 271 : 981 -3 Machesky LM, Hall A (1996): Rho: a connection between membrane receptor signalling and the cytoskeleton. In Trends Cell Biol. 6: 304-10 Maehama T, Ohoka Y,Ohtsuka T et al. (1990): Botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase activity as affected by detergents and phospholipids. In FEBS Lett. 263: 376-80 Malcolm KC, Ross AH, Qiu R-G et al. (1994):Activation of rat liver phospholipase D by the small GTP-binding protein RhoA. In J. Biol. Chem. 269: 25951 -4 Moriishi K, Syuto B, Yokosawa N et al. (1991): Purification and characterization of ADP-ribosyltransferases (ExoenzymeC3) of Clostridium botulinum type C and D strains. In J. Bacteriol. 173: 6025-9 Moriishi K, Syuto B, Saito M et al. (1993): Two different types of ADPribosyltransferaseC3 from Clostridium botulinum type D lysogenized organisms. In Infect. Immun. 61 : 5309- 14 Nemoto Y, Namba T, Kozaki S et al. (1991): Clostridium botulinum C3 ADPribosyltransferase gene. In J. Biol. Chem. 266: 19312-9 NishikiT, Narumiya S, Morii N etal. (1990):ADP-ribosylation of the rho/rac proteins induces growth inhibition, neurite outgrowth and acetylcholine esterase in cultured PC-12 cells. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 167: 265-72 Nobes C, Hall A (1994): Regulation and function of the Rho subfamily of small GTPases. In Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4: 77-81 Nobes CD, Hall A (1995):Rho, Rac, and Cdc42 GTPases regulate the assembly of multimolecular focal complexes associated with actin stress fibers, lamellipodia, and filopodia. In Cell 81 : 53-62 Okazaki IJ, Zolkiewska A, Nightingale MS et al. (1994): Immunological and structural conservation of mammalian skeletal muscle glycosylphosphatidylinositollinked ADP-ribosyltransferases. In Biochemistry 33: 12828-36 Olson MF, Ashworth A, Hall A (1995):An essential role for Rho, Rac, and Cdc42 GTPases in cell cycle progression through GI. In Science 269: 1270-2 Overbeck AF, Brtva TR, Cox AD et al. (1995):Guanine nucleotide exchange factors: Activators of Ras superfamily proteins. In Mol. Reprod. Dev. 42: 468-76 Paterson HF, Self AJ, Garrett M D etal. (1990):Microinjection of recombinant p21rh0 induces rapid changes in cell morphology. In J. Cell Biol. 111: 1001-7 Peppelenbosch MP, Qiu R-G, De Vries-Smits AMM et al. (1995): Rac mediates growth factor-induced arachidonic acid release. In Cell 81 : 849-56 Popoff MR, Boquet P, Gill D M et al. (1990): DNA sequence of exoenzyme C3, an ADP-ribosyltransferase encoded by Clostridium botulinum C and D phages. In Nucl. Acids Res. 18: 1291 Popoff MR, Hauser D, Boquet P et al. (1991): Characterization of the C3 gene of Clostridium botulinum types C and D and its expression in Escherichia coli. In Infect. Immun. 59: 3673-9 Qiu R-G, Chen J, Kirn D et al. (1995): An essential role for Rac in Ras transformation. In Nature 374: 457-9 Qiu RG, Chen J, McCormick F et al. (1995):A role for Rho in Ras transformation. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 11781-5 Quilliam LA, Khosravi-Far R, Huff SY et al. (1995):Guanine nucleotide exchange factors: Activators of the Ras superfamily of proteins. In Bioessays 17: 395-404

K. AKTORIES and G. KOCH

Regazzi R, Kikuchi A, Takai Y et al. (1992):The small GTP-binding proteins in the cytosol of insulin-secreting cells are complexed to GDP dissociation inhibitor proteins. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 17512-9 Ridley AJ, Paterson HF, Johnston CL etal. (1992):The small GTP-binding protein rac regulates growth factor-induced membrane ruffling. In Cell 70: 401 -10 Ridley AJ, Hall A (1992):The small GTP-binding protein rho regulates the assembly of focal adhesions and actin stress fibers in response to growth factors. In Cell 70: 389-99 Rubin EJ, Gill DM, Boquet P et al. (1988):Functional modification of a 21-kilodalton G protein when ADP-ribosylated by exoenzyme C3 of Clostridium botulinum. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 8: 418-26 Saito Y, Nemoto Y, lshizaki T etal. (1995):Identificationof GIu”~ as the critical amino acid residue for the ADP-ribosyltransferase activity of Clostridium botulinum C3 exoenzyme. In FEBS Lett. 371 : 105-9 Schmalzing G, Richter HP, Hansen A etal. (1995):Involvement of the GTP binding protein Rho in constitutive endocytosis in Xenopus laevis oocytes. In J. Cell Biol. 130: 1319-32 Sekine A, Fujiwara M, Narumiya S (1989): Asparagine residue in the rho gene product is the modification site for botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase.In J. Biol. Chem. 264: 8602-5 Sugai M, Hashimoto K, Kikuchi A etal. (1992):Epidermal cell differentiation inhibitor ADP-ribosylates small GTP-binding proteins and induces hyperplasia of epidermis. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 2600-4 Takai V, Sasaki T, Tanaka K et a/. (1995):Rho as a regulator of the cytoskeleton. In Trends Biochem. Sci. 20: 227-31 Tominaga T, Sugie K, Hirata M et a/. (1993): Inhibition of PMA-induced, LFA-1dependent lymphocyte aggregation by ADP-ribosylation of the small molecular weight GTP binding protein, rho. In J. Cell Biol. 120: 1529-37 Wiegers W, Just I, Muller H etal. (1991):Alteration of the cytoskeleton of mammalian cells cultured in vitro by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and C3 ADPribosyltransferase.In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 54: 237-45 Williamson KC, Smith LA, Moss J et al. (1990): Guanine nucleotide-dependent ADP-ribosylation of soluble rho catalyzed by Clostridium botulinum C3 ADPribosyltransferase.In J. Biol. Chem. 265: 20807- 12 Zhang J, King WG, Dillon S et al. (1993):Activation of platelet phosphatidylinositide 3-kinase requires the small GTP-binding protein Rho. In J. Biol. Chem. 268: 22251-4

Clostridiurnbotulinurn ADP-ribosyltransferose C3

Bacterial Toxins


Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

6.1 Introduction The Rho family of small GTP-binding proteins functions to regulate the assembly of distinct actin structures in cells; Rho regulates stress fiber assembly, Rac regulates lamellipodia protrusion and Cdc42 stimulates protrusion of the plasma membrane to form filopodia (Ridley and Hall, 1992; Ridley et al., 1992; Nobes and Hall, 1995; Kozma et al., 1995). All three regulate attachment of cells to the extracellular matrix via adhesive integrin structures (Nobes and Hall, 1995). We and others have used the bacterial exoenzyme C3 ADPribosyltransferase from Clostridium botulinum to analyze the signaling pathways controlled by the Rho GTPase. The introduction of C3 transferase into a variety of cell types causes them to lose their actin stress fibers, round up, and eventually detach from the underlying substrate (Rubin et al., 1988; Chardin et al., 1989; Paterson et al., 1990).The targets of C3 in cells are the three isoforms of the Rho protein, RhoA, RhoB and RhoC (Narumiya et al., 1988); the enzyme catalyzes the transfer of an ADP-ribose group from NAD' to an asparagine residue at codon 41 of Rho (Aktories et al., 1989; Sekine et al., 1989) and renders the protein inactive (Paterson et al., 1990). Other Rho family members such as Rac and Cdc42 are essentially not substrates for C3 in vitro (Ridley et al., 1992; Just et al., 1992), and microinjection of C3 into cells does not affect the activity of either Rac or Cdc42 (Ridley et al., 1992; Nobes and Hall, 1995).The introduction of C3 transferase into cells has, therefore, been a valuable tool for assessing the specific cellular roles of the Rho GTPase.

6.2 Purification of Recombinant C3 Transferase from Escherichia coli High levels of recombinant C3 transferase have been expressed in E. coli using the glutathione S-transferase (GST) gene fusion vector, pGEX-2T (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Inc).The GST-C3 expression vector was constructed in the laboratory of Dr. Larry Feig (Tufts UniverK. Aktories (Ed.),Bacterial Toxins. 0 Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

sity School of Medicine, Boston, USA) as described in (Dillon and Feig, 1995), and introduced into the E. coli strain JM101 and stored as a glycerol stock at -70 "C. During cloning, additional amino acids were introduced at the amino terminus of the protein; consequently, after cleavage of the GSTfusion protein, the recombinant C3 is 26 amino acids longer than the enzyme purified from Clostridia. The N-terminal extension comprises 19 amino acids from the pUC19 polylinker and the last 7 amino acids of the signal peptide sequence of C3 in C. botulinurn (Dillon and Feig, 1995).We have never compared directly, in the same microinjection experiments, the relative activities of recombinant C3 and that purified from C. botulinurn. However, both preparations have been microinjected separately in this laboratory and we are unaware of any significant differences between them.

6.2.1 Purification of Recombinant GST-C3 We routinely grow 1 litre of E. coli containing the GST-C3 protein expression plasmid, and this yields approximately 2-3 mg of recombinant C3 protein. 1. L-broth (100ml) containing 50 pg/ml ampicillin is inoculated with bacteria containing the GST-C3 construct and incubated overnight at 37 "C in a bacterial shaker. 2. The following morning the culture is diluted 1 :10 into fresh Lbroth/ampicillin (room temperature) and incubated further with shaking in two 2-litre flasks (500ml culture/flask) at 37 "C for 1 h.

3. GST-C3 fusion protein expression is induced by adding isopropyl-(3-D-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG; Calbiochem) to 0.2 m M (1 ml of 0.1 M stock made in water and stored at -20 "C), and the culture is incubated with shaking for a further 3 h. 4. The cells are pelleted by centrifugation (4000 r.p.m for 10 min at 4 "C) and resuspended (on ice) in 3 ml cold lysis buffer (50 mM Tris-HCI, pH Z6, 50 m M NaCI, 5 m M MgC12, 1 m M dithiothreitol [DTT], and 1 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride [PMSF]).

5. Resuspended bacteria are lysed by sonication on ice using a small probe on an MSE Soniprep 150 sonicator at an amplitude of 12pm (six bursts for 10s each), and the bacterial debris removed by centrifugation (10 000 r.p.m for 10 min at 4 "C). 6. Glutathione-agarose beads (1 ml of a 1 : l suspension, Sigma G4510) are first washed with three changes of lysis buffer (5 ml), and the bacterial supernatant (about 4 ml) is added to the beads. The slurry is incubated for 30 min on a rotating wheel at 4 "C.

7. The beads, with bound GST-C3 fusion protein, are pelleted in a bench top centrifuge at 4000 r.p.m for 1 min and the supernatant C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

removed and discarded. The beads are washed with 10ml of cold lysis buffer (with 1 m M DTT but without PMSF) three times to remove unbound proteins.

6.2.2 Recovery of Cleaved C3 Transferase 1. The washed beads are transferred to a 1.5ml microcentrifuge tube, resuspended in 0.5 ml of thrombin digestion buffer (50 m M Tris-HCI, pH 8.0, 150mM NaCI, 2.5mM CaCI2, 2 m M MgCI2, 1 mM DTT) containing 5 units of bovine thrombin (SigmaT6634), and incubated on a rotating wheel overnight at 4 "C. 2. After thrombin digestion, the beads are pelleted in a microcentrifuge (1 min at 4000 r.p.m) and the supernatant is removed. 3. Any remaining protein associated with the beads is recovered with 0.5 ml of high salt buffer (50m M Tris-HCI, pH Z6, 150 m M NaCI, 5 mM MgCI2, 1 mM DTT) for a further 2 min at 4 "C, and the two supernatants combined. The efficiency of thrombin cleavage of GST-C3 approaches 90 % (Fig. 1).

4. Thrombin is removed by adding 20 pl of a 1 : 1 suspension of paminobenzamidine-agarose beads (Sigma A7155) to the supernatant and incubating for a further 30 min at 4 "C on a rotating wheel.

5. Finally, the beads with bound thrombin are pelleted in a microcentrifuge for 1 min at 4000 r.p.m.

Fig. 1. Purification of thrombin-cleaved C3 transferase. Samples loaded: GST-C3 protein bound to beads before thrombin cleavage (lane 1); protein remaining on beads after thrombin cleavage (mainly GST) (lane 2); C3 protein eluted from beads (lane 3)

Clostridiurn botulinurn C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

6.2.3 Dialysis and Storage 1. The supernatant (1 ml) containing C3 protein is first dialyzed against two changes of buffer (15 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 150 mM NaCI, 5 mM MgC12and 0.1 m M DTT) at 4 "C for 1 h each. The protein is concentrated to approximately 5OOp.I in an Amicon Centricon filter unit by centrifugation in a fixed angle rotor at 7000 r.p.m.

do not over-concentrate C3

It is important not to over-concentrate C3, since it tends to precipitate at high concentration (>5mg/ml). Solutions of recombinant C3 prepared in this way generally contain 3-5 mg/ml, and are suitable for microinjection. Small aliquots (201.11) of the C3 transferase are stored at -20 "C. A working stock, of approximately 0.7-1 mg/ml in dialysis buffer, can be stored at 4 "C and dilutions made from this working stock at the time of microinjection.

6.2.4 Determination of Protein Concentration and Assay of Activity The concentration of each C3 protein preparation is determined with a Biorad protein assay kit, using BSA as a standard. The relative activities of C3 transferase preparations can be determined by ADPribosylation of recombinant Rho protein or by microinjection. For the ribosylation assay, 10 ng of recombinant RhoA protein are incubated for 1 h at 37 "C in 50 pl of ADP-ribosylation buffer (50 m M Tris-HCI, pH 7.4, 50mM NaCI, 5 m M MgCI2, 0.3mM GTP, 1 m M DTT, 1 pCi [32P]NAD)with varying amounts of C3 protein, ranging from 1 to 200 ng. Gel electrophoresis sample buffer is added, the samples are boiled, and proteins resolved by SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (13.5 70). Protein is first visualized with Coomassie blue, and then the gel is destained with many washes to remove any unincorporated [32P]NAD.ADP-ribosylated rho is visualized by autoradiography. Each new preparation of C3 protein is also assayed by microinjection into quiescent serum-starved Swiss 3T3 cells, followed by treatment with lysophosphatidic acid, LPA (100ng/ml for 15 or 30min; Sigma L7260) to stimulate Rho and stress fibre assembly (see Section 6.6). The lowest concentration of C3 that still blocks the LPA effect provides a measure of the relative activity of different batches of C3.

6.3 Preparation of Swiss 3T3 Cells Swiss 3T3 cells are maintained in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% fetal calf serum (FCS), 0.11 g/l sodium pyruvate, 4.5 g/l glucose, 100 U/ml penicillin and 100 pg/ml streptomycin at 37 "C with 10 % C 0 2 . Cells are grown to 90 % confluence in 80cm2 flasks and passaged (1 :7) twice a week. We culture Swiss 3T3 cells up to passage 13 (our stock cells are described as C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

passage 5)after which we discard and thaw a new stock of low passage (passage 5)cells. We find that when Swiss 3T3 cells are cultured for longer than passage 13 they show an increasing tendency not to become contact inhibited and quiescent; such populations retain polymerized actin structures (mainly stress fibres) on serum starvation (see Section 6.6). We inject Swiss 3T3 cells in three different states: confluent, quiescent; subconfluent with serum; and subconfluent without serum.

use low passage cells

Confluent, quiescent: The cells are prepared by seeding at high density (5xlo4 cells) onto 13mm acid washed, baked glass coverslips in 15 mm diameter tissue culture wells (Nunc) containing 1 ml DMEM/10% FCS. Prior to washing, glass coverslips are marked at their approximate midpoint with a cross, using a diamond pen, to facilitate localization of injected cells after staining. After 6-10 days, when the cells are quiescent, the medium is removed and replaced (without washing) with 1 ml DMEM (from powder stock; Gibco cat. no. 52100-021) supplemented with 2 g/l N a H C 0 3for 16 h. 2. Subconfluent, with serum: Cells are plated onto coverslips at a density of 6 x lo3 cells in DMEM/10 % FCS and allowed to attach for 2-3 h before microinjection.

3. Serum-starved, subconfluent cells: Cells are seeded at a density of 3 x lo5 cells into 80 cm2 flasks and grown to confluence. The cells are left without medium change to become quiescent (normally 7-10 days after seeding) before serum starving overnight in DMEM with 2g/l NaHC03. After washing with PBS, cells are trypsinized briefly, resuspended in serum-free medium containing 0.5mg/ml soybean trypsin inhibitor (SigmaT9003) pelleted, and resuspended in serum-free medium. Cells are plated on coverslips coated with fibronectin (50pg/ml, [Bio Products Laboratory]) in serum-free medium. These cells contain few polymerized actin structures, and few if any clusters of vinculin in focal adhesions. Coverslips for microinjection are transferred to 60 mm dishes containing 4 ml DMEM (with or without 10 % FCS as appropriate) and are replaced in their original tissue culture wells after microinjection.

6.4 Microinjection of C3 Transferase Routinely, 10 x stock solutions of recombinant C3 protein (0.7-1 mg/ ml) are stored at 4 "C. Long term storage of more concentrated stocks (4-5mg/ml) is at -20 "C. Appropriate dilutions of C3 transferase for microinjection are made up fresh on the day of injection in 150mM NaCI, 50mM Tris pH 7.5,5 m M MgCI2, on ice. So as to be able to identify injected cells later, C3 protein is co-iniected with either rat immunoglobulin (final concentration 0.5mg/ml [Pierce cat. no. 318851) or FITC- or Texas Red-lysinated dextrans (final concentration 2 mg/ml [Molecular Probes D1820 and D18631).This mixture is centriClostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

fuged for 5 min at 15, 000 g at 4 "C to spin down any large particles which may block the microinjection needle. Micropipettes for injection are pulled from glass capillaries (Clarke Electromedical Instruments GC120F-10) with a programmable pipette puller (Campden Instruments Model no. 773). The coil temperature, pull force and the time and distance of pull are optimized to obtain optimization of micropipettesmicropipettes of approximately 0.5 pm tip diameter. We microinject cells using a Zeiss/Eppendorf microinjection workstation. With this set-up, the cells are maintained at 37 "C with an atmosphere of 10 % C 0 2 during microinjection. Cells are injected in the manual mode using an Eppendorf micromanipulator (model 5170) and an Eppendorf microinjector (model 5242), and the injection pressure is adjusted to give a constant flow rate of injection material. C3 protein is injected into the cytoplasm of cells. It has been estimated that between 1 and 2 x lo-'' ml is injected per fibroblast cell (Graessmann and Graessmann, 1983). With practice it is possible to inject routinely between 100 and 200 cells per coverslip in a 10-15 minute period. The cells on the coverslips are then returned to the incubator for varying lengths of time as appropriate.

6.5 Fixation and Staining of Cells 1. Cells injected with C3 transferase are rinsed in PBS before being fixed for 10 min at room temperature in a freshly prepared solution of 4 % paraformaldehyde in PBS.

A

use in fume cupboard

2. Cells are permeabilized with 0.2% Triton X-lOO/PBS at room temperature for 5 min.

3. After reducing free aldehyde groups by treatment with sodium borohydride (1 mg/ml in PBS for 10 min), cells are stained for filamentous actin by incubating for 30 min with 0.1 pg/ml tetramethylrhodamine isothiocyanate (TRITC)-phalloidin (Sigma P1951) in PBS. 4. In the case of co-injection with rat IgG, the cells are incubated at the same time with a 1 :300 dilution of fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC)-conjugated goat anti-rat immunoglobulin antibody (Sigma F7631).

5. Cells can also be labeled for components of focal adhesions using antibodies against, for example, vinculin (Sigma V4505), paxillin (Zymed cat. no. 03-6100), FAK (2A7 clone, a kind gift of Tom Parsons) or talin (a kind gift of Keith Burridge). Incubation in the presence of appropriate primary antibodies is for 60 min at room temperature. Antibody incubations are carried out by placing coverslips face up on inverted tube caps attached to 10cm petri dishes by double sided adhesive tape. C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

6. The coverslips are rinsed by sequential dipping into beakers containing PBS. 7. The coverslips are transferred to the appropriate second antibody mixture containing FITC-conjugated goat anti-mouse (in the case of vinculin, paxillin and FAK staining [Pierce cat. no. 31544]), or goat anti-rabbit (for talin staining [Pierce cat. no. 316701) and rhodamine-labeled rabbit anti-rat IgG (for detection of injected cells [Sigma T57781).To visualise both actin and vinculin, along with the injection marker, three color immunofluorescence is used. In this case a Cascade Blue-conjugated anti-rat IgG (Molecular Probes C2794) is used to detect the injected cells.

8. After the final wash, the coverslips are drained of excess liquid and are mounted by inverting onto 5 p1 Mowiol mountant (Calbiochem) containing p-phenylenediamine (1 mg/ml) as an antifading agent.

9. The coverslips are observed with a Zeiss Axiophot microscope using Zeiss x 40 (NA 1.3), x 63 (NA 1.4) and x 100 (NA 1.3) oil immersion objectives. Fluorescence images are recorded on Kodak T-MAX 400 ASA film.

6.6 C3 Protein Inhibits LPA-stimulated Stress Fibre Assembly and Focal Adhesion Clustering Serum-starved confluent quiescent Swiss 3T3 cells display few polymerized actin structures. TRITC-phalloidin staining reveals only a thin ring of polymerized actin at the periphery of the cells (Fig. 2). In addition, unlike growing cells, vinculin and other focal adhesion components are not clustered into focal adhesion structures. The addition to these cells of serum (the major active constituent of which is lysophosphatidic acid, LPA) induces the rapid assembly of actin stress fibres and the clustering of vinculin and talin to form new focal adhesions (Fig. 2; Ridley and Hall, 1992). This response to LPA is blocked completely if cells are first microinjected with C3 transferase (Fig. 3; Ridley and Hall, 1992). Normally we microinject C3 protein at a concentration between 75 and 125 pg/ml 10-20 min prior to stimulation of the cells with LPA (100ng/ml [Sigma L72601) or 1 % FCS. Each new preparation of C3 protein is titrated by microinjecting serially diluted samples of the C3 protein, for example 200, 100, 75, 50 and 20pglml before stimulating cells with LPA for 15-30 min. The cells are then fixed and stained for filamentous actin with TRITC-labeled phalloidin, or for focal adhesion components as described above (Fig. 3). Since focal adhesions are generally located at the periphery of the cell, it is often difficult to determine whether or not a C3 injected cell has focal adhesions in a confluent monolayer where cells are in close apposition to each other. In this case we sometimes stain for vinculin in serumstarved subconfluent cells prepared as described earlier.

test each new c3 preparation

Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

Fig. 2. LPA-induced actin reorganization. Filamentous actin in untreated control Swiss 3T3 cells serum-starved for 16h (a)or stimulated with LPA (lOOng/ml) for 30min (b)

It should be noted that microinjection of C3 into quiescent serumstarved Swiss 3T3 cells is not without effect. Despite the cells having few if any actin stress fibres, or visible vinculin staining in focal adhesions, C3 causes cells to round up and to become detached from the underlying substrate. This indicates that there is, even in serum-free conditions, a low basal activity of Rho, perhaps maintained by a tyrosine kinase/phosphotyrosine phosphatase cycle upstream of Rho (Nobes et a/., 1995). Interestingly, the cell rounding and detachment induced by injection of C3 into quiescent cells is inhibited by coinjection of activated Rac or by addition of PDGF (5ng/ml), which C. D.NOBES and A. HALL

Fig. 3. C3 transferase inhibits LPA-induced stress fiber assembly. C3 was injected into confluent serum-starved Swiss 3T3 cells at concentrations of 200yglml (a,b), 100yg/ml (c, d) and 20yglml (e, f). Cells were stimulated after 15min with LPA (100ng/ml), fixed 30min later and stained for filamentous actin with TRITCconjugated phalloidin (a,c, e). FITC-conjugated dextran was co-injected with C3 transferase as a marker of injected cells (b, d, f). Note injection of C3 transferase at 200 yg/ml caused rapid rounding and detachment of the cells, and stress fibre assembly was not completely inhibited in cells injected with 20 yg/ml C3

activates endogenous Rac, to the culture medium. This is due to the formation of focal complexes induced by Rac (Nobes and Hall, 1995; Hotchin and Hall, 1995).

Clostn'dium botulinurn C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

Fig. 4. Active Rho is required for the maintanence of focal adhesion plaques. C3

(100pg/ml) was injected into Swiss 3T3 cells growing in the presence of 10 % FCS. Cells were fixed after 5 min (b),10 min (c) and 20 min (d) and labeled to show vinculin distribution. (a)Vinculin labeling in a control uninjected cell

6.7 Timecourse of Focal Adhesion Breakdown Rho Is Also Required for Maintenance of Focal Adhesions In addition to being required for the formation of focal adhesions, Rho is required for their maintenance. Swiss 3T3 cells newly attached and spread on glass coverslips in the presence of serum contain large focal adhesions (Fig. 4). Injection of C3 protein into such cells results in loss of staining for vinculin and other focal adhesion components. If cells are fixed at different times after microinjection of C3, and then stained for vinculin, it is possible to estimate how rapidly focal adhesions are broken down after inhibition of Rho. Within 15-20 min of C3 injection, vinculin is no longer clustered to focal adhesions suggesting a half life of around 10 min in the absence of rho (Fig. 4). This indicates that focal adhesions are dynamic structures and are likely to be turning over rapidly under normal conditions.

C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

6.8 Alternative Delivery of C3 Transferase C3 transferase can also be introduced into cells simply by adding it to the external culture medium, and it appears to enter cells by pinocytosis (Weigers et al., 1991; Morii and Narumiya, 1995).A range of C3 concentrations are used depending on cell type, but generally pg/ml concentrations of C3 are required. It is recommended that cells should be incubated with 1, 3, 10, 30, and 100 pg/ml for 24 to 48 h (Morii and Narumiya, 1995). Once Rho in cells has been ADPribosylated, it is no longer a substrate for C3, and the extent of ADPribosylation can be estimated by incubation of cell homogenates with C3 and [32P]NADin vitro (Morii and Narumiya, 1995). More effective uptake of C3 has been achieved by making a fusion protein of C3 transferase with the subunit of diphtheria toxin involved in binding and transport across membranes (Aullo eta/., 1993).Unfortunately this delivery system does not work for all cell types since mouse and rat cells do not bind diphtheria toxin. Vero cells appear to be the cells most sensitive to this construct (Aullo et a/., 1993; Boquet et al.I 1995). lntracellular C3 transferase expression has also been used to test whether endogenous Rho is required for regulation of transcriptional activation by SRF (Hill et a/.! 1995). Cells can be transfected with expression vectors containing C3.

6.9 Conclusion C3 transferase is a specific inhibitor of the Rho GTPase and has been used in lymphocytes, neutrophils, neuronal cells, epithelial cells and platelets as well as fibroblasts. Although all members of the Rho family of GTPases contain an asparagine residue at codon 41, only Rho seems to be a substrate for C3 transferase. However, many members of the Rho family have yet to be characterized, and it is possible therefore that other substrates for C3 transferase will be identified.

6.10 Reagents and Chemicals Materials

Supplier

Cat-No.

FlTC goat anti-rabbit IgG ampicillin anti-paxillin anti-vinculin Biorad protein assay kit BSA Cascade blue anti-rat IgG

Pierce Sigma Zymed Sigma Biorad Sigma Molecular probes Gibco

31670 A9518 03-6100

DMEM (powder)

V4505 500-0006 A2153 C2794 52100-021

Clostridiurn botulinurn C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

Materials

Supplier

Cat-No.

DMEM DTT fetal calf serum (FCS) FlTC goat anti-mouse IgG FlTC goat anti-rabbit IgG FlTC goat anti-rat IgG FlTC lysinated dextran Glutathione-agarose beads IPTG lysophosphatidic acid Mowiol mountant p-aminobenzamidine agarose beads p-phenylenediamine (anti-fade) paraformaldehyde penicillin/streptomycin PMSF rat IgG Rhodamine rabbit anti-rat IgG sodium borohydride sodium pyruvate Soybean trypsin inhibitor Texas red lysinated dextran thrombin (bovine) TRITC-phalloidin Triton X-100 [32P]NAD

Gibco Sigma Sigma Pierce Pierce Sigma Molecular probes Sigma Calbiochem Sigma Calbiochem Sigma Sigma Sigma Gibco Sigma Pierce Sigma Sigma Gibco Sigma Molecular probes Sigma Sigma Sigma NEN/Dupont

41966-029 D9779 F7524 31544 31670 F7631 D 1820 G4510 420322 L7260 475804 A7155 P6001 P6148 15140-106 P7626 31885 T5778 S9125 11360-039 T9003 D 1863 T6634 P1951 x-100 023x10055

References Aktories, K, Braun, S, Rosener, S et al. (1989):The rho gene product expressed in E. coli is a substrate for botulinum ADP-ribosyl transferase C3. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 158:209-13. Aullo, P, Giry, M, Olsnes, S et al. (1993):A chimeric toxin to study the role of the 21 kDa GTP-binding protein rho in the control of actin microfilament assembly. In EM60 J. 12:921-31. Boquet, P, Popoff, MR, Giry, M etal. (1995):Inhibition of p21 rho in intact cells by C3 diptheria toxin chimera proteins. In Methods in Enzymology (Balch WE, Der CJ and Hall A eds) Vol 256, pp297-306, Sun Diego, Academic Press. Chardin, P, Boquet, P, Maduale, P et a/. (1989):The mammalian protein rhoC is ADP-ribosylated by Clostridium botulinum exoenzyme C3 and affects actin microfilaments in vero cells. In EM60 J. 8:1087-92. Dillon, ST and Feig, LA (1995): Purification and assay of recombinant C3 transferase. In Methods in Enzymology (Balch, WE, Der, CJ, Hall, A eds) Vol 256, pp174-84, Sun Diego, Academic Press. Graessmann, M and Graessmann, A (1983):Microinjection of tissue culture cells. In Methods in Enzymology (R. Wu, 1. Grossman and K. Moldave eds) Vol 101, pp482- 92, Sun Diego, Academic Press. Hill, CS, Wynne, J and Treisman, R (1995):The rho family GTPases, rhoA, racl and cdc42Hs regulate transcriptional activation by SRF. In Cell 8:1159-70. Hotchin, NA and Hall, A (1995): The assembly of integrin adhesion complexes requires both extracellular matrix and intracellular rho/rac GTPases. In J. Cell Biol. 131:1857-65. Just, I. Mohr, C. Schallehn, G. et a/. (1992):Purification and characterisation of an ADP-ribosyltransferase produced by Clostridium limosum. In J. 6i0l. Chem. 267: 10274-80.

C. D. NOBES and A. HALL

Kozma, R, Ahmed, S, Best, A etal. (1995):The ras-related protein cdc42Hs and bradykinin promote formation of peripheral active microspikes and filopodia in Swiss 3T3 fibroblasts. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 151942-52. Morii, N and Narumiya, S (1995): Preparation of native and recombinant Clostridium botulinum C3 ADP-ribosyltransferase and identification of rho proteins by ADP-ribosylation. In Methods in Enzymology (Balch WE, Der CJ, Hall A eds) Vol 256, pp196-206, Sun Diego, Academic Press. Narumiya, S, Sekine, A and Fuiiwara, M (1988): Substrate for botulinum ADPribosyltransferase, Gb, has an amino acid sequence that is homologous to a putative rho gene product. In J. Biol. Chem. 263:17255-57. Nobes, CD and Hall, A (1995):Rho, rac and cdc42 GTPases regulate the assembly of multimolecular focal complexes associated with stress fibres, lamellipodia and filopodia. In Cell 8153-62. Nobes, CD, Hawkins, P, Stephens, L et al. (1995): Activation of the small GTPbinding proteins rho and rac by growth factor receptors. In J. Cell Sci. 108:225 -33. Paterson, HF, Self, AJ, Garrett, M D et a/. (1990): Microinjection of recombinant p21rho induces rapid changes in cell morphology. In J. Cell Biol. 111: 1001- 1007. Ridley, AJ and Hall, A (1992): The small GTP-binding protein rho regulates the assembly of focal adhesions and stress fibres in response to growth factors. In Cell 70:389-99. Ridley, AJ, Paterson, HF, Johnston, CL et a/. (1992):The small GTP-binding protein roc regulates growth factor-induced membrane ruffling. In Cell 70:401-10. Rubin, EJ, Gill, MD, Boquet, P et a/. (1988):Functional modification of a 21 kilodalton G protein when ADP-ribosylated by exoenzyme C3 of Clostridium botulinum. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:418-26. Sekine, A, Fujiwara, M and Narumiya, S (1989):Asparagine residue in the rho gene product is the modification site for botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase.In J. Biol. Chem. 264:8602-5. Weigers, W, Just, I, Muller, H etal. (1991):Alteration of the cytoskeleton of mammalian cells cultured in vitro by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and C3 ADPribosyltransferase.In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 54: 237-45.

Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Studies on Rho Proteins

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 7

Preparation of Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Application of ADP-ribosylation of Rho Proteins in Biological Systems Y. SAITO and S. NARUMIYA

7.1 Introduction Clostridium botulinum C3 ADP-ribosyltransferase (botulinum C3 exoenzyme) is an exoenzyme which is produced as a single polypeptide of about 23 kDa by Clostridium botulinum type C and D (Aktories et al., 1987; Morii et al., 1990). Its isolated cDNA encodes a protein consisting of 244 amino acid residues with a calculated molecular weight of 27362 and pl of 9.18, in which the N-terminal 40 amino acid peptide serves as a signal peptide and is removed to yield a mature form of the enzyme of 204 amino acids with a molecular weight of 23119 (Nemoto et al., 1991). It specifically ADP-ribosylates rho gene products (Rho) at an asparagine residue at the 41st position from the N-terminus (Narumiya et al., 1988; Sekine et al., 1989).The reaction catalyzed by C3 exoenzyme is thus: Rho + NAD + ADP-ribose-Asn41 Rho + nicotinamide + H +. Mammalian Rho is a low-molecular weight GTP binding protein and is composed of Rho A, Rho B, and Rho C (Madaule and Axel, 1985; Chardin et al., 1988; Yeramian et al., 1987).All of these serve as substrates for C3 exoenzyme (Hoshiiima et al., 1990; Chardin et al., 1989; Narumiya et al., 1988). On the other hand, other members of the Rho subfamily of low-molecular weight GTP binding proteins, Rac 1, Rac 2, and Cdc 42 Hs, are not ADP-ribosylated by C3 exoenzyme unless they are denatured in the presence of detergents (Just et al., 1992).Since Am4’ of Rho is located in a putative effector domain, ADP-ribosylation of this residue was presumed to interfere with the interaction of Rho with its putative effector(s) in cells, and block its signal transduction. This assumption has been corroborated by a number of studies. C3 exoenzyme can, therefore, be used to examine the role of Rho in various cellular responses. Here we describe our methods of expression and purification of recombinant C3 exoenzyme, an ADP-ribosylation reaction, and the application of this exoenzyme in biological systems. Using site-directed mutagenesis, we recently found that G I u ’ of ~ ~this enzyme is critical in binding NAD and, hence, for the enzyme activity (Saito et al., 1995). The use of a recombinant enzyme with a mutation at this residue as a negative control is also shown. K. Aktories (Ed.), Bacterial Toxins. 0 Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

7.2 Expression and Purification of Recombinant C3 Exoenzyme The recombinant C3 exoenzyme that we used is a modified enzyme that does not contain the signal peptide, but has Met-Ala attached to Ser’ of the mature enzyme (Kumagai et al., 1993).The modified gene was cloned into PET 3a vector, resulting in PET 3a C3, which allows the enzyme to be expressed under control of the bacteriophage T7 promoter. €. coli strain BL21 (DE3) cells are transformed with PET 3a C3.

1.

A single colony is picked up and inoculated into 10ml of LB medium containing 100 pg/ml ampicillin and allowed to grow. Ten ml of the overnight culture of cells is diluted 1 :lo0 into M9 medium containing 1 m M MgS04, 0.1 mM CaCI2, 0.5 % (w/v) casamino acids, 0.4 % (w/v) glucose, and 100 pg/ml ampicillin. The cells are incubated at 37°C with agitation until the absorbance at 600 nm reaches 0.5.

2.

Isopropyl-1-thio-p-D-galactopyranoside is added to a final concentration of 1 mM to induce C3 exoenzyme expression, followed by incubation at 37°C for another 3 h with agitation.

3.

The cells are harvested by centrifugation at 5000 g for 10 min, and frozen and thawed several times.

4.

The pellet is then suspended in 50ml of ice-cold 50mM Tris HCI, pH 7.5,2 mM EDTA and 2 mM phenyl methyl sulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) and is subjected to 4 sonication bursts of 30sec each on ice.

5. Three mg of lysozyme (0.06mg/ml, final concentration) is added to the homogenate, followed by incubation for 20 min at 37°C. 6.

DNase 1 (Sigma) and MgCI2 are then added to final concentrations of 0.2 pg/ml and 5 mM, respectively. Incubation is continued for another 20 min at 37°C.

7.

The homogenate is centrifuged at 10000 g for 30 min.

8. The supernatant is diluted with an equal volume of 20 mM HEPES NaOH, pH 7.5 (buffer A), and applied to a CM-Sepharose column (2.5cm i.d., x 10cm) equilibrated with buffer A. The column is washed with 100 ml of buffer A. Elution is performed by a linear gradient between 0 and 0.5 M NaCl in buffer A.

9.

Each fraction is subjected to SDS-PAGE on a 12 % polyacrylamide gel, followed by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue. The enzyme is typically eluted at 0.15 M to 0.2 M NaCI, and is detected as a maior 23 kDa protein on SDS-PAGE gel.

10. The fractions containing the enzyme are concentrated using Centriprep 10 (Amicon) and applied to gel filtration on a TSKgel 3000SW column (Toso, Japan). Elution is performed with buffer A containing 0.15 M NaCI. The fractions containing the enzyme can be determined using SDS-PAGE analysis. This Y. SAITO and S. NARUMIYA

C

.-0

8 1.0-

_.

h

In 0

0 L

a n a a .? 0.55 a r

00

15

30

Time ( min )

60

Fig. 1. Time course of ADP-ribosylation of Rho. 1 pg of recombinant GST-Rho (fusion protein) was incubated with 20pM of [32P]-NADand 3ng of the wild type ( 0 ) or the E173Q (0)mutant of C3 exoenzyme in a total volume of 50 pl of ADPribosylation buffer, as described in the text, at 30°C for times indicated. The reaction was terminated by the addition of trichloroacetic acid and Nu deoxycholate. After centrifugation, the pellets were subjected to SDS polyacrylamide gel electrohoresis, followed by staining with Coomassie Brilliant Blue and autoradiography. ‘P-ADP-ribosylation of Rho was quantified by cutting out the radiolabeled GSTRho bands and determining their radioactivities.The relative ADP-ribosylation was expressed as the ratio of the 32P incorporation into GST-Rho at each point to the maximal 32P incorporation by the wild type C3 exoenzyme

procedure yields about 3mg of the purified enzyme. A mutant enzyme with GIu”~substitution with Gln (E173Q)can be expressed and purified by the same method. Figure 1 shows a time course for ADP-ribosylation using 1 pg of recombinant Rho fused with glutathione S transferase and 3 ng of C3 exoenzyme. The reaction proceeds in a time-dependent manner and reaches a plateau at 30min. In contrast, no ADP-ribosylation is observed in the reaction using the E173Q mutant (Fig. 1).The recombinant wild-type enzyme has a catalytic activity of 1.3 pmol of ADPribose transferred/ng/h and the K, value for NAD is 0125 p M (Fig. 2).

7.3 ADP-ribosylation Reaction The ADP-ribosylation reaction is utilized to determine the amount of Rho in cells and tissues. When [32P]-NADwith a higher specific activity is used, the ADP-ribosylation reaction is an extremely sensitive method for detecting a small amount of Rho.

1. Cells or tissues are suspended in an appropriate volume of homogenization buffer composed of 20mM Tris HCI, pH Z5, 0.25 M sucrose, 5 mM MgCI2, 1 mM EDTA, 1 m M dithiothreitol, Preparation of Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Application of ADP-ribosylation of Rho Proteins in Biologicol Systems

Fig. 2. Determination of the affinity for NAD of C3 exoenzyme. 1 pg of GST-Rho was incubated with various concentrations of [32P]-NADand 3 ng of the wild type of C3 exoenzyme at 30°C for 5 min. ADP-ribosylation of Rho was determined as described in Fig. 1. The results were analyzed with a double-reciprocal plot

0.5mM PMSF, and 1 m M benzamidine, and homogenized on ice by 3 sonication bursts of 5 sec duration each, or by 3 strokes in a Potter- EIvehiem ho mogenizer.

2. The homogenate

is centrifuged at 700 g for 10min and the supernatant (1OOyg-2OOyg protein) is used for the ADPribosylation reaction. Alternatively, cells are suspended in the ADP-ribosylation buffer (see below), homogenized using sonication as described above and subjected to the in vitro ADP-ribosylaton reaction. In order to examine the activity of C3 exoenzyme, recombinant Rho is used as a substrate.

3. The reaction mixture consists of 100 m M Tris HCI, pH 8.0, 10 m M nicotinamide, 10 m M thymidine, 10 m M dithiothreitol, 5 m M MgCI2,10 y M [32P]-NAD(900cpm/pmol) (ADP-ribosylation buffer), purified C3 exoenzyme, and recombinant Rho or a crude homogenate in a total volume of 100 PI. The mixture is incubated at 30°C. To measure the amount of Rho, the ADP-ribosylation reaction should reach a plateau. When 50 ng of C3 exoenzyme is used, most of the substrate is ADP-ribosylated after 2 h incubation. The reaction is terminated by addition of 200yl of 24 % trichloroacetic acid and 400yl of 0.02 % N a deoxycholate.

4. The mixture is put on ice for 20 min, followed by centrifugation at 10000 g for 15 min at 4°C. 5. The pellet is suspended in Laemmli sample buffer containing 100 m M Tris HCI, p H 8.0 and is applied to 12 % SDS PAGE.

Y. SAITO and S. NARUMIYA

6. After staining, the gel is dried and subjected to autoradiography. ADP-ribosylated Rho is detected as a radiolabeled band with a molecular weight of 21-23kDa. The band is cut out and the radioactivity is determined by liquid scintillation counting. For an optimal reaction, it is important to keep Rho in an intact guanine nucleotide-binding conformation. The presence of free magnesium ion is essential for the reaction. The addition of guanine nucleotides is also helpful, but detergents such as Triton and Tween inhibit the reaction. For optimization, it is advisable to use a homogenization buffer without the detergent.

7.4 Application of C3 Exoenzyme in Biological Systems C3 exoenzyme is quite a valuable tool for elucidating the function of Rho in biological systems. Previous studies using C3 exoenzyme have revealed that Rho is involved in the regulation of the formation of stress fibers (Patersonet al., 1990; Ridley and Hall, 1992)and contractile rings during cytokinesis (Mabuchi et al., 1993; Kishi et al., 1993),cell adhesion (Tominaga et al., 1993),cell motility (Takaishi et al., 1993),smooth muscle contraction (Hirata et al., 1992),cell proliferation (Yamamotoet al., 1993)and the serum response factor-mediated transcriptional activation of serum response element (Hill et al., 1995). It has also been used to identify the biochemical pathways downstream of Rho (Kumagai et al., 1993; Kumagai et al., 1995). C3 exoenzyme can be introduced into cells by simple addition to culture medium, by permeabilization, or by microinjection. There is no specific receptor for C3 exoenzyme on cells, and the exoenzyme is presumably taken into cells by nonspecific endocytosis. Sensitivities to C3 exoenzyme differ among cell types. Therefore, a preliminary study is required for any type of cell to determine the optimal C3 exoenzyme concentration and incubation time. It is recommended that cells are incubated with 1, 3, 10, and 30 pg of C3 exoenzyme for 24 to 72 h. The amount of Rho ADPribosylated in situ in the cell can be determined by in vitro ADPribosylation of lysates of treated cells with [32P]-NAD,because once Rho is ADP-ribosylated in vivo in the cell, it can no longer serve as a substrate for the in vitro ADP-ribosylation reaction. C3 exoenzyme tends to stick to the cell surface during the incubation of cells, and Rho is often ADP-ribosylated with contaminated C3 exoenzyme and endogenous NAD during sample preparation, resulting in incorrect estimation of the amount of the ADP-ribosylated Rho in situ. To avoid this misinterpretation, the cells should be washed extensively with phosphate-buffered saline and homogenized in ADP-ribosylation buffer containing [32P]-NADas described, and the homogenate subjected to the reaction immediately. The biological effects of C3 exoenzyme correlate well with the extent of in situ ADP-ribosylation of Rho. However, the biological effect does not vary linearly with the extent of ADP-ribosylation, but is

functions of

sensitivity to

C3 exoenzyme

C3 varies

C3 sticks to cell surface

correlation between biological effects and ADP-ribosylation

Preparation of Clostridiumbotulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Application of ADP-ribosylation of Rho Proteins in Biological Systems

controls

inversely proportional to the logarithm of the amount of unmodified Rho remaining in the cell. For example, C3 exoenzyme reduces the growth of Swiss 3T3 cells (Yamamoto et al., 1993). Growth of the cells treated with the exoenzyme at 1, 3, 10, 30pg/ml was 95, 71, 65 and 19 % of the control cells, respectively. In situ ADP-ribosylation of Rho in these cells was 56, 75, 87 and 95 % of the control, i.e. the amount of unmodified Rho remaining was 44, 25, 13 and 5 %, respectively. The B lymphoblast cell line, JV, forms a Rho-mediated aggregation in response to phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) which is dependent on lymphocyte function-associated antigen 1 and intercellular adhesion molecule (Tominaga et al., 1993). When the cells were treated with 10pg/ml and 30yglml of C3 exoenzyme for 24 h, in situ ADPribosylation of Rho were 61.0 and 83.2 %, respectively. The cells treated with 10pg/ml of the exoenzyme showed loose aggregates in response to PMA. In the cells treated with 30 pglml of C3 exoenzyme, inhibition of the PMA-induced aggregation was clearly observed. These results suggest that more than 80 % of in situ ADP-ribosylation of Rho is required to observe the biological effects of ADP-ribosylation. Although C3 exoenzyme affects many biological responses caused by extracellular stimuli, presumably due to the ADP-ribosylation of Rho (Kumagai et al., 1993; Paterson et al., 1990; Ridley and Hall, 1992; Mabuchi et al., 1993; Kishi et al., 1993; Tominaga et al., 1993; Takaishi et al., 1993; Hirata et al., 1992; Yamamoto et al., 1993; Hill et al., 1995; Kumagai et al., 1995), there has been no proper con-

Fig. 3. Autoradiogram of 32P-ADP-ribosylationof Rho in Swiss 3T3 cell homogenate. Swiss 3T3 cells were treated with buffer alone (lane 1), 30pg/ml of the wild type (lane 2) or the E173Q mutant (lane 3) of C3 exoenzyme for 72 h in DMEM containing 10 % fetal bovine serum. The cells were washed twice in phosphatebuffered saline (PBS), and incubated with 0.05 % ( w h ) trypsin in PBS. The detached cells were collected and suspended in ADP-ribosylation buffer containing [32P]-NAD,followed by sonication. The homogenates were incubated with 100 ng of the wild type C3 enzyme at 30°C for 2 h. The reaction was terminated by the addition of trichloroacetic acid and Nu deoxycholate. The pellets were subjected to 12 % SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and autoradiography. The positions of molecular weight markers are indicated on the left. The position of ADP-ribosylated Rho is indicated by an arrow Y. SAITO and S. NARUMIYA

Fig. 4. Effects of the wild type and mutant C3 exoenzyme on the morphology of Swiss 3T3 cells. Swiss 3T3 cells were treated with buffer alone (a), the wild type (b) or the E173Q (c) mutant of C3 exoenzyme for 72 h. Morphology was examined using a phase-contrast microscope and photographed

trol in most experiments. The E173Q mutant of C3 exoenzyme, which lacks ADP-ribosyltransferase activity, is useful as a negative control for examining the effect of ADP-ribosylation of Rho (Saito et al., 1995). For example, when Swiss 3T3 cells were incubated with 30pg/ml of the wild type or of the E173Q mutant of C3 exoenzyme for 72 h, levels of 32P-ADP-ribosylatedRho in the cells were 19 and 107 % of those of the control cells, respectively (Fig. 3) which is consistent with the ADPribosyltransferase activities evaluated by the in vitro reactions using recombinant Rho as a substrate. Figure 4 shows the morphology of Swiss 3T3 cells treated with the wild-type and the E173Q mutant of C3 exoenzyme. The cells with the wild-type exoenzyme showed marked cell rounding with beaded dendritic processes. In contrast, the cells treated with the E173Q mutant do not show any phenotypic changes, but show the same morphology as that of the control cells.

References Aktories K, Weller U, Chhatwal GS (1987) Clostridium botulinum type C produces a novel ADP-ribosyltransferase distinct from botulinum C2 toxin. FEBS Lett. 212: 109-113. Chardin P, Madaule P, Tavitian A (1988) Coding sequence of human rho cDNAs clone 6 and clone 9. Nucleic Acids Res. 16: 2717-2722. Chardin P, Boquet P, Madaule P et al. (1989) The mammalian G protein rho C is ADP-ribosylated by Clostridium botulinum exoenzyme C3 and affects actin microfilaments in Vero cells. EM60 J. 8: 1087-1092. Preparation of Clostridium botulinum C3 Exoenzyme and Application of ADP-ribosylationof Rho Proteins in Biological Systems

Hill CS, Wynne J, and Treisman R (1995)The Rho family GTPase Rho A, Rac 1, and CdC 42Hs regulate transcriptional activation by SRF. Cell 81 : 1159-1170. Hirata K, Kikuchi A, Sasaki S et al. (1992) Involvement of Rho in the GTP-enhanced calcium ion sensitivity of smooth muscle contraction. J. Biol. Chem. 267: 8719-8722. Hoshijima M, Kondou J, Kikuchi A et a/. (1990) Purification and characterization from brain membrane of a GTP-binding protein with a Mr 21,000, ADPribosylated by ADP-ribosyltransferasecontaminated in botulinum toxin type C1. Mol. Brain Res. 7: 9-16. Just I, Mohr C, Schallehn G et a/. (1992) Purification and characterization of an ADP-ribosyltransferase produced by Clostridium limosum. J. Biol. Chem. 267: 10274- 10280. Kishi K, Sasaki T, Kuroda S et a/. (1993) Regulation of cytoplasmic division of Xenopus embryo by rho and its inhibitory GDP/GTP exchange protein (rho GDI). J. Cell. Biol. 120: 1187-1195. Kumagai N, Morii N, Fujisawa K et a/. (1993)ADP-ribosylation of rho inhibits lysophosphatidic acid-induced protein tyrosine phosphorylation and phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase activation in cultured Swiss 3T3 cells. J. 6iol. Chem. 268: 24535-24538 Kumagai N, Morii N, lshizaki T et a/. (1995) Lysophosphatidicacid-induced activation of protein Ser/Thr kinases in cultured rat 3Y1 fibroblasts: possible involvement in Rho mediated signalling. FEBS Lett. 366: 11 -16. Mabuchi I, Hamaguchi Y, Fujimoto H etal. (1993)A rho-like protein is involved in the organization of the contractile ring in dividing sand dollar eggs. Zygotes 1: 325-331. Madaule P, Axel R (1985) A novel ras-related gene family. Cell 41: 31 -40. Morii N, Ohasi Y, Nemoto Y et al. (1990) lmmunochemical identification of the ADPribosyltransferasein Botulinum C1 neurotoxin as C3 exoenzyme-likemolecole.J. Biochem. 107: 769-775. Narumiya S, Sekine A, Fujiwara M (1988) Substrate for botulinum ADPribosyltransferase, Gb, has an amino acid sequence homologous to a putative rho gene product. J. Biol. Chem. 263: 17255-17257. Nemoto Y, Namba T, Kozaki S et a/. (1991) Clostridium botulinum C3 ADPribosyltransferase gene: Cloning, sequencing and expression of a functional protein in Esherichia coli. J. Biol. Chem. 266: 19312-19319. Paterson HF, Self AJ, Garrett M D et a/. (1990) Microinjection of recombinant rho induces rapid changes in cell morphology. J. Cell. Biol. 111: 1001- 1007. Ridley AJ, Hall A (1992)The small GTP binding protein rho regulates the assembly of focal adhesions and actin stress fibers in response to growth factors. Cell 70: 389 -399. Saito Y, Nemoto Y, ishizaki T et a/. (1995) Identification of Glu173 as the critical amino acid residue for the ADP-ribosyltransferaseactivity of Clostridium botulinum C3 exoenzyme. FEBS Lett. 371 : 105- 109. Sekine A, Fujiwara M, Narumiya S (1989)Asparagine residue in rho gene products is the modification site for botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferase.J. Biol. Chem. 264: 8602-8605. Takaishi K, Kikuchi A, Kuroda S et a/. (1993) involvement of rho and its inhibitory GDP/GTP exchange protein (rho GDI) in cell motility. Mol. Cell. Biol. 13: 72-79. Tominaga T, Sugie K, Hirata M et a/. (1993) Inhibition of PMA-induced, LFA-1mediated lymphocyte aggregation by ADP-ribosylation of the small molecular weight GTP-binding protein, rho. J. Cell. Biol. 120: 1529-1537. Yamamoto M, Marui N, Sasaki T et a/. (1993) ADP-ribosylation of the rho A gene product by C3 exoenzyme causes Swiss 3T3 cells to accumulate in the G1 phase of cell cycle. Oncogene 8: 1449-1455. Yeramian P, Chardin P, Madaule P et al. (1987) Nucleotide sequence of human rho cDNA clone 12. NucleicAcids Res. 15: 1869.

Y. SAITO and S. NARUMIYA

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 8

Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin K. AKTORIES, P. SEHR and I. JUST

8.1 Int roduct ion Whereas most of the known bacterial ADP-ribosylating toxins modify GTP-binding proteins (Aktories and Just, 1993) (see chapter 1, 3 and 5), there is a family of clostridial toxins that ADP-ribosylates the ATPbinding protein actin (for review see (Aktories et al., 1992; Considine and Simpson, 1991; Aktories and Just, 1990; Aktories and Wegner, 1992; Aktories and Wegner, 1989; Ohishi and DasGupta, 1987)). These toxins have proved to be a valuable tool in cell biology because they are most effective agents to induce depoylmerization of actin in intact cells. Therefore, they are used to study the role of the microfilament protein actin in various cell functions. The family of actin ADP-ribosylating toxins comprises Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin, C. perfringens iota toxin, C. spiroforme toxin and a transferase produced by certain strains of C. difficile. Besides their common eukaryotic substrate actin, these toxins are characterized by their binary structure. The toxins are constructed according the A-B model and consist of a binding component and an enzyme component. However, in contrast to other toxins which are A-B toxins, like cholera toxin or pertussis toxin, the components of the actin ADP-ribosylating toxins are separate proteins and are not linked by either covalent or non-covalent bonds.

8.2 Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin The binding component (C211)of C. botulinum C2 toxin has a molecular mass of about 100 kDa (Ohishi et al., 1980) and has to be activated by trypsin (Ohishi, 1987).Trypsin treatment cleaves the 100 kDa component and releases a fragment of about 20 kDa. The approx. 80 kDa activated component of C211 binds to the cell surface, thereby inducing a binding site for the enzyme component (C21).So far, the nature of the eukaryotic cell surface receptor is not known. Most probably the toxin complex (C21and C211) is internalized by receptormediated endocytosis, followed by translocation of the enzyme component (C21)into the cytosol (Simpson, 1989; Ohishi and Yanagimoto,

structure of toxin


specificity of ADPribosylation

1992). Here, C21 catalyzes the ADP-ribosylation of actin, resulting in dramatic redistribution of F-actin. Recently, the gene of C21 has been reported encoding a protein of 431 amino acids (M,49400) with significant similarity to the enzyme component of iota toxin (see below) (Fujii et al., 1996). ADP-ribosylation of actin by C. botulinum C2 toxin is highly selective (see below). Neither G proteins, which are substrates for cholera or pertussis toxin nor other cytoskeletal proteins such as tubulin are ADP-ribosylated. As with other bacterial toxins, the enzyme-catalyzed modification is a mono-ADP-ribosylation. Accordingly, the actinbound ADP-ribose is cleaved by Crotalus durissus phosphodiesterase and releases 5'-AMP. The K, for NAD of the ADP-ribosylation reaction was determined to be about 4 pM. Using protein chemistry and mutagenesis, arginine-177 has been identified as the acceptor amino acid of ADP-ribose. Typically for an ADP-ribose-arginine bond, ADP-ribose incorporated at arginine-177 by C2 toxin is released by neutral hydroxylamine (OSM, 2 h) (Aktories et al., 1988). The ADP-ribosylation by C2 toxin is reversible in the presence of a high concentration of nicotinamide (30-50mM) and in the absence of free NAD (Just et al., 1990).

8.3 Other actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins Closfridium perfringens iota toxin consists of an enzyme component with a molecular mass of about 52317 Da containing a signal sequence of 41 amino acids and a binding component of about 98467 Da with a signal sequence of 39 amino acids (Perelle et al., 1993; Perelle et al., 1995; Simpson et al., 1987; Stiles and Wilkens, 1986; Stiles and Wilkins, 1986). The enzyme component shows about 31 % identity and 43 % similarity with the sequence of C21 (Fujii et al., 1996). Interestingly, the binding component has about 55 % similarity to the protective antigen of the anthrax toxin (Perelle et al., 1993).N o effect of trypsin on the purified components was observed. However, it has been reported that the toxicity of iota toxin is increased by proteolysis, most probably indicating the action of a bacterial protease (Stiles and Wilkins, 1986). The enzyme component of C. spiroforme toxin appears to be heterogeneous with an M, ranging from 43 to 47 kDa and its binding component is also activated by proteolysis (Simpson et al., 1989). So far no binding component has been reported for the actin-ADP-ribosylatingtoxin from C. difficile (Popoff et al., 1988) (Note that this transferase is distinct from the C. difficile toxins A and B described in chapter 12).The binding components of iota toxin and C. spiroforme toxin (but not that of C2 toxin) are interchangeable and can even translocate C. difficile ADP-ribosyltransferase into the cell, suggesting that there is a subgroup of more closely related iota-like actin-ADP-ribosylating toxins (Popoff and Boquet, 1988; Simpson et al., 1987; Simpson et al., 1989). K. AKTORIES, P. SEHR and I. JUST

8.4 Actin as the Substrate for ADP-ribosylation Actin is found in all eukaryotic cells, and moreover, it is one of the most abundant proteins in many of them. Besides its role in skeletal muscle contraction, it is a maior component of the microfilament system of the cytoskeleton, and is involved in various cellular motile functions, such as migration, phagocytosis, secretion or intracellular transport. Thus, actin appears to be a crucial target for toxins, because of its essential role for a variety of cellular functions. Actin is a single-chain polypeptide of 375 amino acids that is structurally divided into four domains (IIV), with a cleft between domain 1/11 and III/IV. Here are localized the high affinity binding sites for ATP/ADP and the divalent cation. In cells, actin has bound Mg”, whereas actin purified according to the procedure by (Pardee and Spudich, 1982) contains Ca”. In addition to ATP/ADP-binding, actin possesses ATPase activity. Essential for the physiological role of actin is its ability to polymerize and to form filaments. Actin filaments are polar structures with two nonequivalent ends. Polymerization of actin occurs faster at the plus (barbed) end of filaments than at the minus (pointed) ends. Because barbed ends have a higher apparent affinity for actin monomers than the pointed ends, actin filaments tend to polymerize at the barbed ends and to depolymerize at the pointed ends. In non-muscle cells, about half of the cellular actin is monomeric and half polymeric. A large number of actin-binding proteins are involved in the dynamic regulation of the state of actin. At least six mammalian actin isoforms have been identified: skeletal muscle a-actin, cardiac muscle a-actin, smooth muscle a- and y-actin and cytoplasmic 6- and y-actin (Vandekerckhove and Weber, 1979; Vandekerckhove and Weber, 1978).All these isoforms are highly homologous, with a maximal difference in the primary structure of about 5 % (Vandekerckhove and Weber, 1978). Although arginine at position 177 is conserved in all actin isoforms, C. botulinum C2 toxin specifically ADP-ribosylates cytoplasmic actin and y-smooth muscle actin but not a-actin isoforms (Aktories et al., 1986b; Mauss et a/., 1990).In contrast to C2 toxin, C. perfringens iota toxin ADP-ribosylates all actin isoforms studied (Mauss et al., 1990). Additional actin substrates of C2 toxin are Physarum polycephalum actin (unpublished observation), Drosophila indirect flight muscle actin (and also the actin-ubiquitin conjugate) (Just et al., 1993a), and actin from Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Didyostelium and the green alga Chara (Grolig et al., 1996). ADP-ribosylation of actin depends on the native structure of the protein substrate. In the presence of EDTA, which chelates and removes the actin-bound magnesium ion, resulting in denaturation of actin, ADP-ribosylation is completely blocked (Just et al., 1990). C. botulinum C2 toxin or C. perfringens iota toxin ADP-ribosylate monomeric G-actin, but not polymerized F-actin (Aktories et al., 198613; Schering et al., 1988).This is due to the fact that the acceptor amino acid arginine-177, which is located in domain Ill of actin, is at or near

characteristics of actin

actin isoforms

Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Clostridium botulinurn C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens IotaToxin

Table 1. Consequences of ADP-ribosylation of actin 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Inhibition of actin polymerization Capping protein function of ADP-ribosylated actin Increase in the critical actin concentration for polymerization Inhibition of actin ATPase activity Increase in ATP exchange rate of actin Inhibition of nucleation activity of the gelsolin-actin complex

an actin-actin contact site (Holmes et a/., 1990).Similarly, the position of arginine-177 explains why ADP-ribosylation of monomeric actin inhibits actin polymerization (Aktories et al., 198613) most probably by steric hindrance (Table 1). Actin polymerization is inhibited even in the presence of phalloidin, which markedly decreases the critical concentration for polymerization (Aktories et a/., 1986~).However, ADP ribosylated actin still interacts with unmodified actin and binds like a capping protein to the fast-polymerizing end (barbed or plus end) of F-actin (Wegner and Aktories, 1988; Weigt et a/., 1989).This interaction inhibits further association of monomeric actin at this end. In contrast, ADP-ribosylated actin does not affect polymerization and depolymerization of unmodified actin at the pointed end of filaments. The equilibrium constant for binding of ADP-ribosylated actin to the barbed end of F-actin was determined to be K, approx. lo8 M-’. By capping the barbed end of F-actin, the critical concentration of actin for polymerization increases to values that correspond to the critical actin concentration at the pointed (minus) end of actin filaments. ADP-ribosylation completely blocks the actin ATPase activity and increases the rate of ATP exchange by about twofold (Geipel et a/., 1990; Geipel et a/., 1989). This effect is not due to inhibition of polymerization, because the basal ATPase activity of G-actin is also inhibited. Moreover, the ATPase activity of actin is blocked even in the quasi-monomeric actin-DNAse I complex after stimulation with the mycotoxin cytochalasin (Geipel et a/., 1990).Thus, by analogy with the ADP-ribosylation of G-proteins by cholera toxin, which inhibits Gprotein-associated GTP hydrolysis, the ADP-ribosylation of actin inhibits its intrinsic ATPase activity. ADP-ribosylation not only blocks actin-actin interaction but also affects the interaction of actin with actin-binding proteins like gelsolin. Gelsolin (M,approx. 82000) is an actin-binding protein that (i),severs F-actin and increases the number of short filaments, (ii) acts like a barbed-end-capping protein thereby inhibiting fast polymerization of actin, and (iii) binds two actin monomers to form a 1 :2 complex with nucleation activity for actin polymerization (Pollard et a/., 1994). As demonstrated with isolated proteins, ADP-ribosylated actin still interacts with gelsolin, however, the nucleation activity of the gelsolin-actin complex was inhibited when ADP-ribosylated actin was bound to the Ca2+-sensitivebinding site of gelsolin (Wille et a/., 1992) (Fig. 1).

K. AKTORIES, P. SEHR and I. JUST

Fig. 1. Toxin-catalyzedADP-ribosylation inhibits nucleation activity of the gelsolinactin complex. In the presence of Ca2+,gelsolin forms a 1 :1 and a 1:2complex with

actin monomers at the so-called EGTA-resistant (a)and Ca2+-sensitive(b) binding site, respectively. Gelsolin-actin complexes act as nuclei for actin polymerization. Actin bound to both sites (a, b) can be ADP-ribosylated.Whereas ADP-ribosylation of actin bound to the EGTA-resistant site has no effect on nucleation, ADPribosylation of actin bound to the Ca2+-sensitivesite inhibits nucleation activity of the gelsolin-actin complex

Actin-ADP-ribosylatingToxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Clostridium botufinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens IotaToxin

8.5 Model for the Cytopathic Effects of Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins effect of toxins on cell structure

It has been shown in a large variety of cell types and tissues that actin is the pathobiochemical substrate for the ADP-ribosylating toxins in intact cells. The typical effect of the toxins on cell culture is the redistribution of the microfilament network (Reuner et al., 1987; Wiegers et al., 1991) (Table2). In fact, the toxins induce a decrease of F-actin, with a concomitant increase in the G-actin content of cells. These effects can be explained by the inhibition of actin polymerization after ADPribosylation and by the capping function of ADP-ribosylated actin, which results in blockage of polymerization at the fast growing end of actin filaments, whereas depolymerization at the so-called pointed end of filaments remains possible (Fig. 2). It is worth noting that, even in the absence of toxin, microinjection of ADP-ribosylated skeletal muscle actin induces dramatic morphological changes and depolymerization of F-actin, a finding which underlines the functional importance of the capping property of ADP-ribosylated actin (Kiefer et al., 1996). Moreover, it is possible that the modification of actin in complexes with actin-binding proteins participates in the cytotoxic or cytopathic effects. Thus, it was shown that the gelsolin-actin complex is a

Fig. 2. Model of the cytopathic effects of actin ADP-ribosylating toxins. The activated binding component of C. botulinum C2 toxin binds to a receptor of the eukaryotic cell. This induces a binding site for the enzyme component (C21).Most likely, C21 enters the cell by endocytosis and subsequent translocation. In the cell, G-actin is ADP-ribosylated, which inhibits its polymerization and traps actin in the monomeric form. ADP-ribosylated actin binds in a capping protein-like manner to the barbed ends of filaments to inhibit further polymerization at the fast-growing end of F-actin. The toxin has no effects on the pointed end of filaments where actin depolymerization takes place. Additionally, ADP-ribosylation may affect functions of complexes of actin with binding proteins as examplified in Fig. 1 (From (Aktories, 1990) with permission) K. AKTORIES, P. SEHR and I. JUST

Table 2. Effects of octin ADP-ribosylating toxins on the cytoskeleton 1. Morphological changes (rounding-up of cells) 2. Redistribution of the microfiloment cytoskeleton 3. Depolymerizotion of F-octin 4. Increase in the amount of G-octin

substrate for C2 toxin in intact fibroblasts (Just et al., 199313).Thus, all these effects and properties of ADP-ribosylated actin may participate in the dramatic depolymerizing activity of this family of toxins.

References Aktories K, Ankenbauer T, Schering B et a/. (1986~): ADP-ribosylation of platelet actin by botulinum C2 toxin. In Eur. J. Biochem. 161: 155-62 Aktories K, Barmonn M, Ohishi I etal. (l986b): Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin. In Nature 322: 390-2 Aktories K, Just I, Rosenthal W (1988):Different types of ADP-ribose protein bonds formed by botulinum C2 toxin, botulinum ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 and pertussis toxin. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 156: 361 -7 Aktories K (1990):Clostridial ADP-ribosyltransferases - modification of low molecular weight GTP-binding proteins and of actin by clostridial toxins. In Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 179: 123-36 Aktories K, Wille M, Just I (1992):Clostridial actin-ADP-ribosyloting toxins. In Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 175: 97- 113 Aktories K, Just I (1990): Botulinum C2 Toxin. In ADP-ribosyloting toxins and Gproteins, (Moss J, Vaughan M. 79-95 Washington,D.C. American Society for Microbiology. Aktories K, Just I (1993): GTPases and actin as targets for bacterial toxins. In GTPoses in biology I, (Dickey BF, Birnbaumer L. 87-112 Berlin-Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag. Aktories K, Wegner A (1989):ADP-ribosylation of actin by clostridial toxins. In J. Cell B i d . 109: 1385-7 Aktories K, Wegner A (1992):Mechanisms of the cytopathic action of actin-ADPribosyloting toxins. In Mol. Microbiol. 6: 2905-8 Considine RV, Simpson LL (1991):Cellular and molecular actions of binary toxins possessing ADP-ribosyltransferase activity. In Toxicon 29: 913-36 Fujii N, Kubota T, Shirakawa S etal. (1996):Characterization of component-l gene of botulinum C2 toxin and PCR detection of its gene in clostridial species. In Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications 220: 353-9 Geipel U, Just I, Schering B etal. (1989):ADP-ribosylation of octin causes increase in the rate of ATP exchange and inhibition of ATP hydrolysis. In Eur. J. Biochem. 179: 229-32 Geipel U, Just I, Aktories K (1990):Inhibition of cytochalasin D-stimulated G-actin ATPase by ADP-ribosylationwith Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Biochem. J. 266: 335-9 Grolig F, Just I, Aktories K (1996):ADP-ribosylation of actin from the green alga Chara corallina by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Protoplasma in press Holmes KC, Popp D, Gebhard W et al. (1990):Atomic model of the actin filament. In Nature 347: 44-9 Just I, Geipel U, Wegner A etal. (1990):De-ADP-ribosylationof actin by Clostridium perfringensiota-toxin and Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin. In Eur. J. Biochern. 192: 723-7 Just I, Hennessey ES, Drummond DR etol. (1993~): ADP-ribosylation of Drosophila indirect flight muscle actin and arthrin by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Biochem. J. 291 : 409-12 Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridiurn perfringens IotaToxin

Just I, Wille M, Chaponnier C etal. (199313): Gelsolin-actin complex is target for ADP-ribosylation by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin in intact human neutrophils. In Eur. J. Pharmacol. Mol. Pharmacol. 246: 293-7 Kiefer A, Lerner M, Sehr P et a/. (1996):Depolymerization of F-actin by microinjection of ADP-ribosylated skeletal muscle G-actin in PtK2 cells in the absence of the ADP-ribosylating toxin. In Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 184: 175-80 Mauss S, Chaponnier C, Just I et a/. (1990):ADP-ribosylation of actin isoforms by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Eur. J. Biochem. 194: 237-41 Ohishi I, lwasaki M, Sakaguchi G (1980): Purification and characterization of two components of botulinum C2 toxin. In Infect. Immun. 30: 668-73 Ohishi I (1987): Activation of botulinum C2 toxin by trypsin. In Infect. Immun. 55: 1461-5 Ohishi I, DasGupta BR (1987): Moleculare structure and biological activities of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin. In Avian Botulism, (Eklund MW, Dowell VR., eds) 223-47 Springfield: Thomas. Ohishi I, Yanagimoto A (1992):Visualizations of binding and internalization of two nonlinked protein components of botulinum C2 toxin in tissue culture cells. In Infect. Immun. 60: 4648-55 Pardee JD, Spudich JA (1982):Purification of muscle actin. In Methods Enzymology 85: 164-81 Perelle S, Gibert M, Boquet P et a/. (1993):Characterization of Clostridium perfringens iota-toxin genes and expression in Escherichia coli. In Infect. Immun. 61: 5147-56 Perelle S, Gibert M, Boquet P etal. (1995):Characterization of Clostridium perfringens iota-toxin genes and expression in Escherichia coli. In Infect. Immun. 63: 4967 PollardTD, Almo S, Quirk S etal. (1994):Structure of actin binding proteins: Insights about function at atomic resolution. In Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10: 207-49 Popoff MR, Rubin EJ, Gill D M et a/. (1988): Actin-specific ADP-ribosyltransferase produced by a Clostridium difficile strain. In Infect. Immun. 56: 2299-306 Popoff MR, Boquet P (1988): Clostridium spiroforme toxin is a binary toxin which ADP-ribosylates cellular actin. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 152: 1361-8 Reuner KH, Presek P, Boschek CB etal. (1987):Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin and disorganizes the microfilament network in intact cells. In Eur. J. Cell B i d . 43: 134-40 Schering B, Barmann M, Chhatwal GS etal. (1988):ADP-ribosylation of skeletal muscle and nonmuscle actin by Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Eur. J. Biochem. 171: 225-9 Simpson LL, Stiles BG, Zapeda HH et al. (1987): Molecular basis for the pathological actions of Clostridium perfringens Iota toxin. In Infect. Immun. 55: 118-22 Simpson LL (1989):The binary toxin produced by Clostridium botulinum enters cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis to exert its pharmacologic effects. In J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 251 : 1223-8 Simpson LL, Stiles BG, Zepeda H etal. (1989):Production by Clostridium spiroforme of an iotalike toxin that possesses mono(ADP-ribosy1)transferaseactivity: Identification of a novel class of ADP- ribosyltransferases.In Infect. Immun. 57: 255-61 Stiles BG, Wilkens TD (1986): Purification and characterization of Clostridium perfringens iota toxin: dependence on two nonlinked proteins for biological activity. In Infect. Immun. 54: 683-8 Stiles BG, Wilkins TD (1986):Clostridium perfringens iota toxin: Synergism between two proteins. In Joxicon 24: 767-73 Vandekerckhove J, Weber K (1978):At least six different actins are expressed in a higher mammal: An analysis based on the amino acid sequence of the aminoterminal tryptic peptide. In J. Mol. Biol. 126: 783-802 Vandekerckhove J, Weber K (1979):The complete amino acid sequence of actins from bovine aorta, bovine heart, bovine fast skeletal muscle and rabbit slow skeletal muscle. In Differentiation 14: 123-33 Wegner A, Aktories K (1988):ADP-ribosylated actin caps the barbed ends of actin filaments. In J. 6iol. Chem. 263: 13739-42 K. AKTORIES, P. SEHR and I. JUST

Weigt C, Just I, Wegner A et al. (1989):Nonmuscle actin ADP-ribosylated by botulinum C2 toxin caps actin filaments. In FEBS Lett. 246: 181-4 Wiegers W, Just I, Muller H et al. (1991):Alteration of the cytoskeleton of mammalian cells cultured in vitro by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and C3 ADPribosyltransferase. In Eur. J. Cell 6iol. 54: 237-45 Wille M, Just I, Wegner A et a/. (1992):ADP-ribosylation of the gelsolin-actin complex by clostridial toxins. In J. Biol. Chem. 267: 50-5

Actin-ADP-ribosylating Toxins: Cytotoxic Mechanisms of Closfridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Closfridium perfringens IotaToxin

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 9

Purification, Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinum C2 Toxin I. OHlSHl

9.1 Introduction Clostridium botulinum type C was firstly isolated by Bengston in 1922 (Bengston, 1922). In 1935, Mason and Robinson reported that C. botulinum type C produced three different toxic factors, C1, C2 and D (Mason and Robinson, 1935), although it had been considered at that time that other types of C. botulinum, types A and B, produced only one antigenic type of the toxin. This was the first use of the term C2 toxin in the literature. Later on, Jansen applied this notion to the toxins produced by C. botulinum C,and C, strains, which had been classified by immunological cross-neutralization; c, produces C1, C2 and D toxins and C,only C2 toxin (Jansen, 1971).Thus, C2 toxin had been thought of as a botulinum neurotoxin until it was purified and characterized in 1980 (Ohishi et al., 1980). Botulinum C2 toxin is produced by certain strains of C. botulinum types C and D (Ohishi and Sakaguchi, 1982).The toxin is constructed with two unlinked protein components, neither covalently nor noncovalently linked, designated component I and II. These were named after the elution sequence from a column of cation exchanger, e.g., CM-Sephadex (Iwasaki et al., 1980, Ohishi et al., 1980). Because of this unique molecular construction, the purification of the toxin had encountered difficulties, especially in assaying the activity; when the toxin preparation was chromatographed on either ion exchanger or gel-filtration column, the two components of the toxin were eluted separately due to their different charges or their different molecular weights (Iwasaki etal., 1980; Ohishi etal., 1980).This was resolved by the finding that the activity of C2 toxin requires two separate protein components; only a mixture of these components manifests the toxicity (Ohishi et a/., 1980).

identification of C2 toxin

structure of C2 toxin

9.2 Assay Method for the Toxin One of the important points for purification of proteins is that an assay for biological activity can be done rapidly within a short period. After C2 toxin had been purified, it was found that the toxin, in addition to K. Aktories (Ed.), Bacterial Toxins. 0Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

biological activities of C2 toxin

lethality, has various biological activities, i. e. increase in vascular permeability, fluid accumulation in ligated intestine, rounding of tissue-cultured cells (Miyake and Ohishi, 1987; Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi, 1983). Of these activities, however, the appropriate assay method for C2 toxin is the determination of "a time-to-death" after intravenous injection of toxin preparation into mice (Iwasaki et al., 1980; Ohishi et al., 1980). This is because the assay can be done within about 120min, if it contains 5-100 ipLDS0/ml, which roughly corresponds to 0.2-5 pg of C2/ml as a mixture of components I and II in a ratio of 1:2. The assay by the time-to-death method is as follows.

1. Prepare a culture of a C2 toxin-producing strain of C. botulinum: assay by %me-to-death"

it is preferable to use strains, that do not produce botulinum neurotoxin, because the neurotoxin interferes the determination of toxicity of C2 toxin. Otherwise, use anti-neurotoxin serum to neutralize the neurotoxic activity.

2. Concentrate the culture supernatant by adding solid ammonium sulfate at 65 % saturation. Collect the precipitate by centrifugation at 10000 g for 10min at 4 "C, suspend it in 10 mM K, Naphosphate buffer (PB), pH 7.3, containing 150mM NaCl (PBS) and dialyze the suspension against the buffer at 4 "C. 3. Before assaying the activity, C2 toxin must be trypsinized (Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi, 1987). To prepare the activated toxin, incubate the dialyzed preparation with trypsin at a final concentration of 200 pg/ml in 50 m M PB, pH 8.0, for 30 min at 37 "C. Terminate the trypsinization by adding twice the weight of soybean trypsin inhibitor into the reaction mixture.

activation of component II

To activate purified component II, a ratio of trypsin to purified component II of 1 :10 is required; trypsinization is required only for component II but not for component I (Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi, 1987) and the activity of the toxin can be assayed by mixing untrypsinized component I and trypsinized component II at a protein ratio of 1 :2.

4. Determine the intraperitoneal50 % lethal dose ( i ~ L D ~ ~ of ) / the ml trypsinized toxin sample in mice.

5. Dilute the toxin sample with PBS in an ice bath, inject intravenously into three or four mice, and determine the time-todeath (survival time) in min.

6. Plot the time-to-death (30 to 120min) against the toxin doses (5 to 100 ipLD,,/ml) both in logarithms; this results in a linear relationship between them. From this curve, the time-to-death in min after intravenous injection of a toxin sample can be converted into the lethal activity (ipLD50). Toxin preparations, whether activated or not activated, should be detoxified by boiling in a water bath for 3 to 5 min. If it might possibly I. OHlSHl

contain culture or culture supernatant of C2 toxin producing bacteria, all materials used for the experiments, e.g. toxin solution, injectors, test tubes, tips etc., should be autoclaved at 1 kg/cm2 for at least 15min or soaked in 1 N N a O H overnight, as they may be possibly contaminated with heat-resistant spores.

A

decontaminateall materials and equipment after use

9.3 Purification Procedures for the Two Components of C2 Toxin The flow sheet for purification steps is shown in Table 1. Table 1. Flow sheet for purification of the two components of C2 toxin Culture fluid of C. botulinum type C strain 92-13

1 Ammonium sulfate fractionation

1 Calcium phosphate gel (Batchwise fractionation)

1 CM-Sephadex chromatography

1

Pass-through fraction (component I)

1 DEAE-Sephadex chromatography

1 Hydroxyapatite chroma tog rap hy

I

Adsorbed and eluted fraction (Component II)

1 Gel filtration on Sephacryl S-300

1 Component II

I Gel filtration on Sephacryl S-300

1

Component I

Purification,Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinurn C2 Toxin

9.3.1 Preparation of Culture Medium

cool quickly

The culture medium for toxin production consists of 3 % nutrient broth (Difco Laboratories, Detroit, MI, USA), 1.5 % yeast extract (Difco Laboratories), 1 % ammonium sulfate, 1 % glucose, 0.4% calcium carbonate, 0.4 % soluble starch and 0.4 % cysteine hydrochloride. Adjust the pH of the medium to 7.5 with 4 N N a O H and autoclave at 1 kg/cm2for 15 min. After the temperature of the autoclave has fallen below 100 "C, cool the medium as soon as possible to 40-45 "C in tap water to avoid a decrease in reduction state of the medium, and then inoculate the culture of the toxin producing strain prepared as in Section 9.3.2.

9.3.2 Preparation of lnoculum and Incubation

use strain producing only C2 toxin

C. botulinum type C strain 92-13, which was kindly provided by Prof. S. Nakamura, Kanazawa University, Kanazawa, Japan, is suitable for an inoculum, because it produces only C2 toxin. Prepare the inoculum by incubating the strain overnight at 37 "C in cooked meat medium (Difco Laboratories) supplemented with 1 70ammonium sulfate, 1 % glucose, 1 % yeast extract and 0.2 % cysteine hydrochloride (pH 7.5). Transfer a 1-ml portion of the culture into 4 I of the toxin production medium in a flat-bottomed bottle (ca. 23 cm in diameter) and culture for 2 days at 37 "C.

9.3.3 Ammonium Sulfate Fractionation All of the following steps should be performed at 4 "C unless otherwise stated. Add solid ammonium sulfate to 4 I of whole culture to 60 % saturation and stand overnight. Collect the precipitate by centrifugation for 15min at 5000 g and suspend it in about 400ml of 50mM PB, pH Z5, by using a paint brush until it becomes homogeneous. Then, centrifuge the suspension for 15min at 8000 g and concentrate the supernatant by adding solid ammonium sulfate at 65 % saturation. Again, collect the precipitate by centrifugation and dissolve it in about 100ml of the buffer. Dialyze the suspension for 2 days against 2 I of 5 m M PB, p H 7.5, by exchanging the buffer 3 times.

9.3.4 Adsorption and Elution on Calcium Phosphate Gel Prepare the gel by mixing 500ml of 1 M calcium chloride and 500ml of 1M dibasic sodium phosphate. Wash the gel on a glass filter with 1000 ml of ice-cold water and then suspend in 500 ml of I. OHlSHl

water. Add the dialyzed fraction to the gel suspension, mix well and stand for 30 min in an ice bath. Wash the gel on the glass filter with 500 ml of 5 mM PB, pH 7.5, and then with 500 ml of the buffer containing 0.5 M ammonium sulfate to elute the toxin fraction. Concentrate the second filtrate by adding solid ammonium sulfate to 70 % saturation. Collect the precipitate by centrifugation, suspend it in the buffer and dialyze the suspension against 1 I of 10 m M PB, pH 6.0 for 2 days, changing the buffer 3 times.

9.3.5 CM-Sephadex Column Chromatography; Separation of Components II from I A column of CM-Sephadex (2.5 x 20 cm, Pharmacia Biotech, Uppsala, Sweden) is prepared according to the manufacturer’s instruction by using 10mM PB, pH 6.0, as an equilibration buffer. Apply the dialyzed fraction to the column, wash with 200 mI of 10 m M PB, pH 6.0 (this percolate contains component I), and elute component II with a gradient from 0 to 0.4 M sodium chloride in 1000 ml of 10 mM PB, pH 6.0. Collect the fractions containing component II and concentrate by ultrafiltration through a PO200 membrane (UHP-43K, Advantec Co., Tokyo, Japan).

9.3.6 Gel Filtration of Component II on Sephacryl S-300 Apply the concentrated component II to a column of Sephacryl S-300 (2.5 x 95 cm, Pharmacia Biotech), which is equilibrated with 50 m M PB, pH 7.5, and elute with the buffer. Collect the fractions containing component I I and concentrate by ultrafiltration. At this stage, check the purity of the component by sodium dodecylsulfatepolyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE). If the concentrated fraction still contains any impurities, repeat the gel filtration under the same conditions.

repeat if preparation contains impurities

9.3.7 DEAE-Sephadex Chromatography of Component I Dialyze the concentrated percolate fraction from Step 5 against 1OOOml of 25mM PB, pH 8.0, for 2 days, changing the buffer twice, and apply to a column of DEAE-Sephadex (1.5x 20 cm, Pharmacia Biotech) equilibrated with 25mM PB, pH 8.0. After washing the column with 50 ml of the buffer, elute component I with a gradient from 0 to 0.4 M NaCl in 600ml of 10mM PB, pH 8.0. Collect the fractions containing component I.

Purification, Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinurn C2 Toxin

9.3.8 Hydroxyapatite Chromatography of Component I Dilute the component I fraction from the DEAE-Sephadex column 2.5fold with water, adjust to pH 8.0 and apply to a column of hydroxyapatite (2.5 x 15 cm, Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA, USA) equilibrated with 10 m M PB, pH 8.0. Wash the column with 50 ml of the buffer and elute with a gradient of 10 to 200mM PB, pH 8.0. Collect the fractions containing component I and concentrate by ultrafiltration through a PO200 membrane (UHP-43K, Advantec Co.).

9.3.9 Gel Filtration on Sephacryl S-300

repeat if preparation contains impurities

Apply the concentrated component I to a column of Sephacryl S-300 (2.5x95cm) equilibrated with 5 0 m M PB, pH 7.5, and elute with the buffer. Collect the fractions containing component I and concentrate by ultrafiltration as described above. Check the purity of the component using SDS-PAGE. If the preparation contains any impurities, run the gel filtration again on the column of Sephacryl S-300 under the same conditions as above. By these purification procedures, 1-3mg of component I and 20-40mg of component II are recovered from 4 I of culture of C. botulinum type C strain 92-13. The mixture of untrypsinized component I and trypsinized component II has high lethal activity in mice (specific activity is about 2 x lo4 mouse intraperitoneal 50 % lethal doses per mg of protein), although each of these components alone shows very low activity even after trypsinization. The purified components I and II each show one band in SDS-PAGE, and their molecular weights as determined by the electrophoresis are 45 kDa and 100 kDa, respectively.

9.3.10 Storage of the Two Purified Two Components of C2 Toxin The two purified components, component I and component II (the stability and storage of trypsinized component II will be described below), are relatively stable proteins and can be stored in the freezer (at -20 "C) for at least 3 months without loss of their activities, if freezing and thawing are not repeated too frequently. To store them for longer periods, however, it is preferable to freeze-dry and keep them in a deep freezer (-80°C) in a desiccator; both components are stable under the conditions for normal freeze-drying method without any additives.

I. OHlSHl

9.4 Activation of Component II The full biological activity of C2 toxin, a mixture of components I and II, is obtained by activation of the toxin with trypsin (Miyake and Ohishi, 1987; Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi, 1987). As described in Section 9.2 (Assay method for the toxin), the full activity of the toxin is produced by a mixture of untrypsinized component I and trypsinized component II. This indicates that activation of the toxin is brought about by the molecular cleavage of component 11, but not of component I, by trypsin. Therefore, to study the biological activity of botulinum C2 toxin and the effect of ADP-ribosylation of cytoplasmic actin by C2 toxin on whole cells, it is essential to prepare activated component II (trypsinizedcomponent 11). To prepare the activated component II, incubate 10 mg of component II with 1 mg of trypsin (Sigma Chemical Company, St. Louis, Mo., USA, type Ill-S) in 20ml of 50mM PB, pH 7.5, containing 200 mM NaCI. Apply the reaction mixture to a column of Sephacryl S-300 (2.5 x 95 cm), which is equilibrated with the buffer.

preparation of activated component II

Usually, not always, two protein peaks are eluted from the column

(Ohishi, 1987).The amount of protein in the first peak from the column is always larger than that in second peak. Both have toxicity when mixed with component I. They each show a single band in SDS-PAGE. Therefore, part of the trypsin-activated component II forms an oligomer. Collect the first peak, because, if the second peak is collected, it is occasionally contaminated with trypsin and/or trypsin-digested fragments, although it depends on the gel filtration conditions.

collect first peak only

Transfer the collected fractions to a dialysis bag and concentrate with Ficoll 400 (Pharmacia Biotech) at 4 "C. However, care should be taken to avoid the concentration of trypsinized component II exceeding 500 pg/ml, because the activated component II tends to aggregate at a higher concentration.

So far, it has not been possible to preserve the activated component II by freeze-drying. Therefore, it is desirable to prepare the activated component I1 at the time of use and to store it in the low temperature freezer (-80 "C) in vials. A gel-filtration pattern of trypsinized component II on Sephacryl S-300 and SDS-PAGE of the fractions are shown in Figure 1; in this case, one protein peak of activated component II was obtained.

prepare fresh of store at-80 "c

Purification, Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinum C2 Toxin

Fig. 1. Gel filtration of trypsinized component II on a column of Sephacryl S-300 (2.5 x95cm) equlibrated with 50mM PB, pH 7.5, containing 0.2 M NaCI. Component II (lOmg) was incubated with trypsin (1 mg) in 20ml of the buffer at 37 "C for 30 min. Fraction size; 3.8mVtube. Insert shows SDS-PAGE pattern of the representative fractions; figures indicates the fraction numbers of the gel filtration; (a) mixture of untrypsinized and trypsinized component II and (b)unfractionated reaction mixture

9.5 Endocytosis of Two Nonlinked Protein Components in Cultured Cells The two components of botulinum C2 toxin are functionally different proteins; component II is a binding molecule, whereas component I is an ADP-ribosyltransferase, of which substrate is cytoplasmic actin monomers (Ohishi and Tuyama, 1986; Ohishi, 1986; Ohishi et a/., 1990).This indicates that the toxin binds to the cell surface and enters the cytoplasm. These steps, the binding of the two nonlinked components of C2 toxin to the cells and the endocytotic vesicles containing the components, can be visualized either directly by incubating the cells with the two differently fluorescently labeled components (Ohishi, 1992), or indirectly by immunofluorescence labeling of the two proteins with their specific antibodies. This endocytotic incorporation of the protein is not a specific feature of this toxin, but is common to all the proteins that enter cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis. However, the internalization of the toxin may be of an interest to those readers, who would like use this characteristic toxin as a tool to analyze cellular responses, especially those who would like to compare the incorporation processes of the two non-linked components with I. OHlSHl

those of other proteins. In this section, I shall describe the visualization methods for binding and internalization of the two non-linked protein components of C2 toxin in tissue culture cells using their specific antibodies. In addition, I shall describe the immunization method for the two components of C2 toxin, which would be useful for those who wish to work with the toxin as a tool. The method for direct visualization for the cell-bound and the internalized components I and II of the toxin has already been presented elsewhere (Ohishi, 1992).

9.5.1 Preparation of Polyclonal Antibodies for Two Components of C2 Toxin Antisera to purified components I and II are prepared by injecting them separately into rabbits.

1. Before immunization in animals, prepare detoxified components by dialyzing them (200pg per ml) separately against 50 m M PB, pH Z5, containing 0.4 % formaldehyde at 30 "C for 24 h. 2. To induce a basal immunization, prepare an emulsion by mixing each of the formalinized components I and II with an equal vol-

@

immunization

ume of complete Freund's adjuvant (Difco Laboratories) and inject 100 pg of each subcutaneously into separate rabbits (it is better to use two animals for each component in case of an accident during the immunization). 3. Five to seven days after the first injection, repeat the same injection again. 4. 3 weeks after the first injection, boost the animals by subcutaneous injection of 50 pg each of unformalinized components I and II, emulsified with an equal volume of incomplete Freund's adjuvant.

5. Five to seven days after the first booster injection, repeat the same injection.

6. Five to seven days after the last injection, check the antibody production using the double diffusion technique in 1 % agar gel as described below. Dissolve agar (Agar Noble, Difco Laboratories) in 5 0 m M PB, pH 7.3, containing 150 m M NaCl in an electric oven. Spread the gel on a slide glass. Make a 3-mm diameter well in the center of the gel, and 6 wells around the center well at a distance of Z5 mm from center to center of the wells. Add 10 pI of antigen (100pg/ml) to the central well and 1OpI of 2-fold serially diluted serum to the outer wells. Incubate the gel at 4 "C for 1-2 days in a humid atmosphere in a Petri dish. Read the maximum dilution that results in an immunoprecipitin line. Usually, the antibody titer (the dilution factor) of rabbit serum immunized with component II is higher than that for component I.

check antibody production


7. Bleed the animals under anesthesia, prepare the serum and store it in a freezer at -20 "C or below. The sera can be stored in the freezer for two years or more with almost no loss of their titers.

9.5.2 Purification of I g G Specific for Each of the Components I and II by Affinity Chromatography IgG in antiserum prepared as described above is purified by affinity chromatography. To prepare the affinity column, conjugate the antigen (component I or II) to Affi-Gel 15 (Bio-Rad Laboratories) according to the manufacturer's Instruction Manual. The purification steps for IgG with the antigen-coupled affinity column are as follows.

1. Equilibrate the column with 5 0 m M PB, pH 7.3, containing antibody purification

150mM NaCI, and apply an appropriate volume of antiserum homologous to the coupled antigen. Wash the column with the same buffer to remove all unadsorbed proteins. 2. Elute the IgG from the column with 50 m M glycine-HCI, pH 2.5, containing 150 m M NaCI, and collect the fractions into test tubes containing 1 M Tris to neutralize the glycine-HCI buffer; the volume of 1M Tris to be added to the test tubes should be determined in advance, so as to neutralize the volume of the acid buffer eluted.

3. Concentrate the IgG with Ficoll 400 (Pharmacia Biotech) and dialyze it against 5 0 m M PB, p H 7.3, containing 150mM NaCI. Freeze-dry the purified IgG and store in a desiccator in a freezer at -80 "C.

9.5.3 Visualization of the Two Components Bound to Cultured Cells by Indirect lmmunofluorescence labeling

All tissue-cultured cells that I have examined so far show morphological changes when incubated with C2 toxin. These are FL (human amnion), HeLa (human uterus cancer), Intestine 407 (human embryonic intestine), L929 (mouse fibroblast), CHO (Chinese hamster ovary), BHK (baby hamster kidney), RK13 (rabbit kidney), CMK (cynomolgus monkey kidney) and Vero (green monkey kidney). The common response of the cells to C2 toxin is rounding up. Therefore, it seems that the binding and the endocytosis of the two components of C2 toxin can be visualized using any of these cells, although there must be some quantitative differences depending on the cell type. The morphological change in cultured cells in response to C2 toxin indicates that the cells have a binding site for the toxin on the cell membrane. In the following, the indirect immunofluorescence method for I. OHlSHl

demonstration of the cell-bound and the endocytosed component II in Vero cells is described. The same method is also applicable for the demonstration of the cell-bound component I, except that the cells must be exposed first to trypsinized component II and then to component I or exposed to a mixture of both components, because component I binds to the cells only in the presence of trypsin-activated component 11, or to cells that have already bound the component II.

9.5.4 Cell Culture and Indirect lmmunofluorescence labeling of Cell-Bound Component II Vero cells are maintained in minimal essential medium (MEM) containing 10 % fetal calf serum (MEM-FCS). 1. Before culturing the cells for immunolabeling, prepare glass coverslips cut in a size of about 3 x 3 mm, sterilize them by dryheating, and dispense aseptically into the wells of a 96-well plate; handle the cut coverslips with forceps, as used to handle for electron microscope grid. 2. Culture the cells in MEM-FCS on the coverslips in the wells of the plate. When the cells become confluent on the coverslip, wash the cells with 10 m M PB, pH Z3, containing 150 m M NaCl (PBS) and incubate them with component II, diluted with MEM containing 0.1 % bovine serum albumin (BSA); do not use FCS, because the binding of component II to the cells is inhibited by some factors in the serum. To observe the binding of the component to the cell surface, incubate the cells with component II at 37 "C for only 1-5 min, or at 4 "C for the same period. To demonstrate component II in endocytotic vesicles, incubate the cells with component II at 37 "C for 10-30 min. Remove unbound component II by washing the cells with PBSBSA. 3. Fix the cells in 10 % formaldehyde-PBS on ice for 30 min. Wash the cells again with PBS-BSA. To observe the endocytotic vesicles, incubate the cells with PBS containing 0.1 % Triton X-100 on ice for 1-2 min to increase the permeability of the cell membrane to IgG. Wash the cells thoroughly with PBS-BSA. Transfer the coverslips to the lid of a 96-well plate, which is turned upside down; the inside of the lid is cast so as to cover each of the wells of the plate, and these shallow wells are very useful for carrying out the immunofluorescence labeling.

handling coverslips

choice of serum

labelling of coverslips

4. Dispense 20pI of purified anti-component II IgG (100pg/ml) onto the fixed cells or onto the fixed and permealized cells on coverslips and incubate for 30min at room temperature (15-20 "C). Wash the cells with PBS-BSA. Purification, Activation and Endocytosis of Botulinurn C2 Toxin

Fig. 2. Indirect immunofluorescencelabeling of cell-bound component 11. Component I1 (0.5yg/well) was incubated with cultured Vero cells at 37 "C for 7.5 min; (a) not permeabilized with Triton X-100-PBS and (b) permeabilized with Triton X-100PBS. For details see text (Section 9.5.4)

5. Dispense 20 pl of appropriately diluted tetramethylrhodamine isothiocyate (TRITC)-labeled anti-rabbit IgG (Bio Source International, Inc., Tag0 Products, USA) onto the cells and incubate at room temperature for 30min. Wash the cells with PBS-BSA, and then transfer the coverslip to a glass slide by turning it over on a tiny amount (ca. 2-4 pI) of glycerol. Observe the cells in a microscope equipped for epifluorescence. Indirect fluorescence labeling of component II is shown in Figure 2.

I. OHlSHl


Supplier

Cat-No.

Affi-Gel 15 Agar Noble CM-Sepahdex A-50 Cooked meat medium DEAE-Sepahdex A-50 Ficoll 400 Hyd roxyapatite Nutrient broth Sephacryl S-300 TRITC-anti rabbit IgG

Bio-Rad Difco laboratoires Pharmacia Difco Laboratories Pharmacia Pharmacia Bio-Rad Difco Laboratories Pharmacia Biosource International (Tag0 Products) Sigma Sigma Difco Laboratories

153-6051 526-00054 17-0220-01 529-00804 17-0180-01 17-0400-01 157-0080 523-00483 17-0599-01 ALI-4406

Trypsin Trypsin inhibitor Yeast extract

T 7409 T 9003 527-00305

References Bengston IA (1922):Preliminary note on a toxin-producing anaerobe isolated from the larvae of lucilia caesar: Public Health Rep. 37: 164- 170. lwasaki M, Ohishi I, Sakaguchi G (1980): Evidence that botulinum C2 toxin has two dissimilar components. Infect. Immun. 29: 390-394. Jansen BC (1971):The toxic antigenic factors produced by Clostridium botulinum types C and D. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Res. 38: 93-98. Mason JH, Robinson EM (1935):The antigenic components of the toxins of C. botulinum types C and D. Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sci. Anim. Indus. 5: 65-75. Miyake M, Ohishi I (1987):Reponse of tissue-cultured cynomolgus monkey kidney cells to botulinum C2 toxin. Microbial Pathogenesis, 3: 279-286. Ohishi I, lwasaki M, Sakaguchi G (1980): Purification and characterization of two components of botulinum C2 toxin. Infect. Immun. 30: 668-673. Ohishi I, lwasaki M, Sakaguchi G (1980): Vascular permeability activity of botulinum C2 toxin elicited by cooperation of two dissimilar protein components. Infect. Immun. 31: 890-895. Ohishi I, Sakaguchi G (1982): Production of C2 toxin by Clostridium botulinum types C and D as determined by its vascular permeability activity. Infect. Immun. 35: 1-4. Ohishi I (1983): Response of mouse intestinal loop to botulinum C2 toxin: enterotoxic activity induced by cooperation of nonlinked protein components. Infect. immun. 40: 691 -695. Ohishi I, Tsuyama S (1986):ADP-ribosylation of nonmuscle actin with component I of C2 toxin. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 136: 802-806. Ohishi I (1986): NAD-glycohydrolase activity of botulinum C2 toxin: a possible role of component I in the mode of action of the toxin. J. Biochem. 100: 407-413. Ohishi I (1987): Activation of botulinum C2 toxin by trypsin. Infect. Immun. 55:

1461- 1465. Ohishi I, Morikawa Y, Baba T (1990):ADP-ribosylation of nonmuscle actin by component I of botulinum C2 toxin inactivates the ability to interact with unmodified actin. J. Biochem. 107: 420-425. Ohishi I (1992):Visualizations of binding and internalization of two nonlinked protein components of botulinum C2 toxin in tissue culture cells. 60: 4648-4655.


Bacterial Toxins


The Role of the Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin as a Research Tool to Study Eucaryotic Cell Biology 1. L. SIMPSON

10.1 Introduction Clostridial organisms are an unusually rich source of biological substances that act on eukaryotic cells (Simpson, 1989a). Many of these substances are noteworthy because of their abilities to cause diseases, the most important examples being clostridial toxins that cause gastrointestinal problems and those that cause neurological problems. In contrast, some of these substances have earned distinction because they can be used to treat human illness, one of the most exciting examples being the use of clostridial toxins to treat dystonias and related disorders. Yet another reason for focusing on clostridial toxins is that they have the potential to be research tools for analyzing the structure and function of eukaryotic cells. Clostridium botulinum type C2 toxin shares many properties with other clostridial toxins, but at the same time it has some unique features (for review, see Aktories and Wegner, 1989; Considine and Simpson, 1991; Aktories and Wegner, 1992).To begin with, this toxin has never been convincingly implicated in disease. Dose-response experiments on isolated cells and on whole organisms have shown that the toxin is quite potent - certainly potent enough to poison humans or other animals - but evidence of naturally occurring poisoning has not been reported. This may be a byproduct of the fact that C2 toxin is produced by organisms that also synthesize botulinum neurotoxin. The latter is orders of magnitude more potent than C2 toxin, and therefore dual exposure to neurotoxin and C2 toxin would probably result in a prevalence of signs and symptoms due to the neurotoxin. C2 toxin also differs from other clostridial toxins in that it has not been used as a therapeutic agent, although it does have desirable properties that may be exploited in the future (see below). Perhaps the most interesting feature of C2 toxin is that it is one of a relatively small group of biological agents known as binary toxins (Considine and Simpson, 1991). By definition, binary toxins are substances that possess two separate and independent components. The individual components express little or no toxicity when added to cells or administered to whole organisms, but when given in combination they cause serious adverse effects and even death. Relatively little is known about binary toxins, with the most puzzling question being

unique features of C2 toxin

C2 is a binary toxin


that of why bacteria produce a toxin in two separate parts. Whatever the explanation, botulinum C2 toxin is a binary toxin capable of acting on a wide range of eukaryotic cells. In spite of these various differences, there is one respect in which C2 toxin is akin to other clostridial toxins, such as botulinum neurotoxin and tetanus toxin: its ability to act at low concentrations to produce a specific and irreversible effect on many types of cells can be translated into a benefit. This toxin has great potential as a research tool to study eukaryotic cell biology.

10.2 Identifying Potential Uses

internalization of toxin

L. L. SIMPSON

There are two aspects to the actual and potential uses of the binary toxin: (a) the mechanism of toxin action, and (b) the cells that are vulnerable to this action. The mechanism of C2 action was described in detail in Chapter 18, and will be discussed only briefly in this chapter. This mechanism can be envisioned as a sequence of three events, as follows: binding, productive internalization, and intracellular poisoning. To some extent, the structure-function relationships of the binary toxin have been determined. Thus, the heavy chain (M, approx. 100 000) plays an essential role in binding, and the light chain (Mr approx. 50 000) is an enzyme that possesses mono(ADP-ribosyl) transferase activity. These general concepts are easy to grasp when viewed in the context of a simple experiment. Addition of the light chain (viz., the enzymatic component) to intact cells does not cause poisoning, because this chain by itself does not associate with cells. Addition of the heavy chain (viz., the binding component) does not cause poisoning either, because this chain does not express toxicity. However, addition of both chains to intact cells leads to binding and eventual expression of toxicity (Ohishi, 1983a,b; Ohishi and Miyake, 1985). This outcome is intriguing, especially when one takes into account the fact that heavy chain and the light chain do not associate with one another in solution. This appears to indicate that: (a) the heavy chain changes conformation when bound to cell receptors, and the altered conformation leads to exposure of an occult binding site for the light chain, (b) the heavy chain modifies the membrane in such a way as to create a binding site for the light chain, or (c) the heavy chain and the membrane act cooperatively to form a binding site for the light chain. Because this point has not yet been resolved, the binding properties of C2 toxin have not been exploited as research tools. However, this is likely to change. There are experimental and possibly even clinical settings in which the unique properties of a binary toxin could be exploited. One such possibility is explored below. The second step in the sequence is productive internalization (Ohishi and Yanagimoto, 1992).Toxin that is associated with cell surface receptors is translocated into the cytosol to reach its substrate. The fact that the substrate is in the cell interior means that the toxin, or at

least the enzymatic component of the toxin, must be internalized. There is relatively little information on the underlying mechanism, although at least one study indicates that the toxin reaches the cell interior by receptor-mediated endocytosis (Simpson, 1989b). If this is correct, it would imply that the toxin must penetrate both the cell membrane and subsequently the endosome membrane. A sequence such as this is reminiscent of that utilized by other clostridial toxins, such as botulinum neurotoxin and tetanus toxin, as well as other microbial toxins (i.e., diphtheria toxin). As with the binding step, there is much that remains to be learned about the internalization step. Nevertheless, the fact that toxins possess the ability to penetrate biological membranes suggests that the mechanisms they use could have wide utility. To state the obvious, the ability to achieve efficient penetration of selected cell membranes would be highly advantageous in many areas of drug therapy. The final step in toxin action is enzymatic modification of certain forms of actin (Aktories et al., 1986; Ohishi and Tsuyama, 1986).The light chain component ADP-ribosylates non-polymerized actin at arginine residue 177 (Vandekerckhove ef a/., 1988).This has the combined effect of blocking further polymerization and promoting depolymerization (see Chapter 13), and as a result the cytoskeleton of cells is disrupted and may collapse. This action on the part of the toxin lends itself to the solution of many kinds of problems, but two have emerged as most prominent. First, the toxin has been widely used as a tool to determine the direct or indirect role of the actin-based cytoskeleton in various cell functions. Second, the toxin has been used as one in a battery of techniques to determine how the cell regulates synthesis and utilization of actin. The potential value of C2 toxin as a research tool depends on the vulnerability of cells. The experimental approach is straightforward when cells are susceptible to natural poisoning, because the two components of C2 toxin can be added to the exterior of cells and the enzymatic component will find its way to the cell interior (see for example Miyake and Ohishi, 1987; Reuner et al., 1987; Zepeda et al., 1988).The approach is more problematic when cells are resistant to natural poisoning. In theory, resistance could be due to absence of cell surface receptors, absence of a mechanism for productive internalization, or absence of an intracellular substrate, but thus far only an absence of receptors (Fritz et al., 1995) and an absence of substrate (Aktories et al., 1986) have been described. Cells without receptors can be rendered susceptible by using techniques that produce artificial internalization (e.g., permeabilizing the cell membrane or microinjection; see Muller et al., 1992). Cells that do not have substrate are permanently resistant to poisoning.

modification of actin

The Role of the Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin as a Research Tool to Study Eucaryotic Cell Biology

10.3 Isolation and Purification

A

handle organisms with care

yse bacteria without phage

toxicity measured only by bioassay

L. L. SIMPSON

The components of C2 toxin can be isolated from culture supernatants of type C and type D Clostridium botulinum. It is important to remember that these organisms are capable of producing type C and type D botulinum neurotoxin. Although there are no documented cases of type C or type D poisoning in adults, recent work has shown that the isolated human neuromuscular junction can be poisoned by type C toxin (Coffield and Simpson, unpublished). Therefore, extreme caution should be used when handling organisms that produce neurotoxin. A simple alternative that greatly diminishes the hazard of isolating type C2 toxin is to use organisms from which bacteriophages have been eliminated. Both type C and type D toxin are encoded in phages that infect Clostridium botulinum (Hatheway, 1990).Therefore, eliminating the phages from the organisms removes the hazard associated with production of neurotoxin, but it does not alter growth and reproduction of the organisms, or their ability to make C2 toxin. All investigators isolate the two components of C2 toxin by techniques originally described by Ohishi, Sakaguchi and their colleagues (Iwasaki et d., 1980; Ohishi et al., 1980; Ohishi and Hama, 1992) (see Chapter 9). Although somewhat laborious, their method for isolating the toxin merely involves a series of chromatographic procedures. The heavy chain and light chain components d o not appear in the same fractions, so different fractions must be combined to achieve full toxicity. There are two techniques that can be used to confirm the identity of the isolated components: (a) cross-reactivity with chain-specific antibodies, and (b) bioassay. These techniques are equally easy to use, but the bioassay holds an enormous advantage. The immunologic technique confirms the presence of epitopes, but it reveals nothing about residual biological activity. Confirmation of toxicity can be achieved only by bioassay. Ideally, vulnerable cells should be exposed to toxin to evoke the characteristic rounding that results from loss of cytoskleleton, and substrate from poisoned cells should be isolated to confirm that cell rounding was indeed due to ADPribosylation. If one is interested only in enzymatic modification of isolated substrate, then only the light chain component needs to be purified. This material can be used in the form that it is obtained at the final fractionation step. However, if one wishes to study toxin action on intact cells, both components must be isolated. Furthermore, the heavy chain component must be treated with trypsin before it will attain full biological activity. This can be achieved by mixing trypsin with heavy chain (1 :10 on a protein basis) for 30min at 35°C at p H 75 (Ohishi, 1987). When run on polyacrylamide gels in the presence of sodium dodecyl sulfate, the native light chain migrates with an apparent molecular weight of approx. 50 000. The native heavy chain has an apparent molecular weight of approx. 100 000, whereas the activated

heavy chain migrates with an apparent molecular weight of 88 000. In experiments involving intact cells, activated heavy chain is normally added at a two-fold molar excess to light chain.

10.4 C2 Toxin as a Research Tool 10.4.1 Binding Step There are no published studies in which C2 toxin has been used explicitly as a research tool. However, there are two ideas that are clear extensions of the literature and which could lead to exciting applications of the toxin. One pertains to the novel expression of receptors and selective tissue-targeting of drugs, and the other relates to identification and characterization of an endogenous class of cell receptors. There is now a substantial literature on the synthesis and testing of chimeric molecules. These substances are each composed of at least two functional domains, such as a tissue-targeting domain and a pharmacologically active domain. One common strategy in constructing chimeric toxins is to isolate the binding domain of one toxin (e.g., diphtheria toxin) and attach this to the poisoning domain of another (e.g., ricin). This chimeric molecule attaches only to cells that have the diphtheria toxin receptor, and it expresses only the intracellular effects of ricin. Chimeric molecules are valuable both as research tools to study cell biology and as therapeutic agents for treating disease. For example, a host of chimeric toxins are currently being evaluated as potential anti-neoplastic drugs. The typical approach here is to attach an antibody directed against a cell surface antigen on a cancer cell to the enzymatic component of a lethal toxin. The resulting chimeric molecule is a potential anticancer drug. Chimeric molecules have been made both by the techniques of protein chemistry and by those of molecular biology. In the former, unrelated functional domains are linked by heterofunctional crosslinking reagents. In the latter, gene segments are ligated in the expectation that the expression product will have the correct structure and biological activity. The reason these linking techniques must be used is that heterologous components of unrelated toxins do not ordinarily form tight associations with one another. The existence of binary toxins raises the possibility that unique chimeric substances can be formed that have implicit within them "receptors-on-demand". The underlying concepts to support this premise are as follows. First, the light chain component of C2 toxin could be modified so that it no longer expressed enzymatic activity. When so modified, it could be envisioned as a tissue-targeting domain, as explained below. Next, a novel pharmacologically active domain could be attached to the light chain.

chimeric molecules


cells resistant to C2 toxin

Ordinarily, toxicity of C2 toxin depends on exposing cells to the heavy chain component which leads to formation of a docking site for the light chain component. Therefore, one could treat cells with the heavy chain, subsequently add the modified light chain, and hopefully evoke a novel pharmacologic effect. This is entirely feasible, but it is hardly imaginative. A more intriguing possibility would be to create stable transformants that produce the heavy chain endogenously and under the control of an inducible element. If the gene encoding the heavy chain were altered to include an appropriate leader sequence, there is the possibility that the heavy chain would insert into the membrane, or be secreted and thus able to attach to its normal binding site on the cell surface. In either case, the expressed protein would serve as a "receptor-on-demand" for the native light chain or for a modified version of the light chain. Unlike natural receptors (e.g., neurotransmitter or hormone receptors), the unnatural heavy chain on the cell surface is already known to be part of a highly efficient mechanism for productive internalization of biologically active substances. And unlike natural receptors, the heavy chain would appear only when cells are exposed to the inducing reagent. The desirability of selecting for, selecting against, or specifically modifying only certain cells - especially when these cells are part of a mixed population - encourages efforts to meet the challenge of creating this novel brand of chimeric molecules. A less speculative use of the toxin to study receptors is an outgrowth of recent work by Aktories and his colleagues. Using standard techniques for mutagenesis, they were able to create cells that are resistant to C2 toxin (Fritz et al., 1995).Interestingly, the resistant cells had deficiencies suggesting that they had lost receptors for toxin as well as sensitivity to serum growth factors, which could mean that toxin receptors are also growth factor receptors. Given that C2 toxin binds almost ubiquitously to eukaryotic cells, isolation and characterization of its receptor could lead to identification of a universally important growth factor receptor.

10.4.2 Internalization Step As with the binding step, there are no studies in which the internalization of C2 toxin has been exploited to gain insight into cell biology. This may change though, given the results of a recent study by Schmid et al. (1994).These workers have shown that the activated heavy chain forms cation-selective and voltage-dependent channels in artificial channel formation in m ~ ~ b r a n e s lipid bilayers. It is a general property of internalized toxins and certain viruses that they form channels in membranes. The portion of the toxin molecule associated with channel formation is typically the same as that needed for internalization. This could mean that channel formation is the mechanism that underlies translocation, or that it is an epiphenomenon that occurs coincidentally with translocation. In either case, L. L. SIMPSON

procedures that block channel formation also block expression of toxicity. Regardless of the true role of channel formation in productive internalization, it is fascinating that microbial toxins, which presumably are ancient molecules, have this property. It is inevitable that investigators will compare the molecular biology and structure of toxin channels with corresponding properties of endogenous channels (e.9. sodium or potassium), and from this deduce something about the evolution of channels.

10.4.3 lntracellular Step (see Table 1) Table 1. Representative Studies Reflecting the Use of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin as a Research Tool Cell Line or Tissue Research Problem

3T3 Cells Adrenal Y-1 Cells Hepatocytes HIT-T15 Cells Ileum Lymphocytes Lymphocytes Lymphocytes Lymphocytes BW5147TLymphomaderived cell line Neuromuscular junction Mast Cells Macrophages Neutrophils Neutrophils Neutrophils Neutrophils PC-12 Cells Xenopus Oocytes

Reference

Autoregulation of actin polymerization Bershadsky et a/., 1995 Role of microfilaments in steroid release Considine et a/., 1992 Autoregulation of actin synthesis Reuner et a/., 1991 Role of actin filaments in insulin Li et al., 1994 secretion G/F-actin transition in smooth muscle Mauss et a/., 1989 contraction Receptor-mediated cell activation Melamed et a/., 1991 Proliferation of Epstein-Burr Virus Melamed etal., 1994 Role of cytoskeleton in nerve growth Melamed et a/., factor signaling 1995b Mitogen-activated protein kinases and Melamed et a/., signal transduction 1995a Role of microfilaments in motility of Verschueren etal., lymphoid cells 1995 Acetylcholine release

Simpson, 1982

Histamine release Cholesterol esterification Activation of oxidase

Bottinger etal., 1987 Tabas et a/., 1994 Al-Mohanna etal., 1987 Ligand-evoked lipid mediator Grimminger etal., generation 1991a Ligand-evoked signal transduction and Grimminger et al., secretion 1991b Nitric oxide stimulation of ADPClancy et a/., 1995 ribosylation Release of norepinephrine Matter et a/., 1989 Potassium channel clustering by the Honore et a/., 1992 cytoskeleton


The first area of investigation in which C2 toxin was used as a research tool was in the analysis of storage and release of chemical mediators (Considine and Simpson, 1991). This was a natural outgrowth of the fact that other clostridial toxins, and particularly botulinum neurotoxin and tetanus toxin, have profound effects on transmitter release (Simpson, 1989a; Montecucco and Schiavo, 1994).It therefore seemed logical to determine whether clostridial binary toxins had similar effects. In addition, at the time that most of the original work on binary toxins and chemical mediators was done, there was a prevailing belief that the cytoskeleton played an integral role in governing the location and mobility of vesicles. Thus, it was reasonable to assume that any toxin that disrupted the cytoskeleton would have an impact on storage or release of mediators. The first report in this area compared the actions of botulinum neurotoxin and botulinum binary toxin on transmission in the phrenic nerve-hemidiaphragm preparation (Simpson, 1982). There was the expected finding that neurotoxin blocked transmission by blocking acetylcholine release from nerve terminals, but the binary toxin had no effect. Apart from showing that C2 toxin did not block exocytosis, this study showed that the toxin did not act on the diaphragm to block muscle twitch. This observation is in keeping with the fact that the predominant form of actin in striated muscle is not that which is ADPribosylated by C2 toxin. In related studies, norepinephrine action was studied on isolated strips of thoracic aorta (Simpson, 1982).It was found that the toxin neither altered agonist-induced responses nor the high affinity reuptake system. release of mediators

L. L. SIMPSON

The effect of C2 toxin on release of granular mediators such as norepinephrine (Matter et al., 1989) and histamine (Bottinger et al., 1987) has been examined, but there is no clear picture that emerges from this work. Studies published to date indicate that the toxin does not have any effect on basal release. However, there may be effects on stimulated release, but the nature and even the direction of effect hinges on experimental conditions. In contrast to granular mediators, the basal release of at least one non-granular mediator is affected by toxin. The constitutive release of steroids in Y-1 adrenal cells was markedly stimulated by C2 toxin (Considine et al., 1992). To the extent that these studies are revealing, they demonstrate that there is no simple and universal scheme that links integrity of the cytoskeleton with storage and release of mediators. This may not be a surprising finding. Even if the cytoskeleton did play a simple and direct role in mediator release, the indirect consequences of producing cellular collapse would probably cause many other outcomes that would complicate interpretation of results. This intuitively obvious matter may lead to what are the most important conclusions that can be drawn from studies with C2 toxin:

1. If an action of C2 toxin can be documented (i.e., ADP-ribosylation

of actin; disaggregation of the cytoskeleton), but there is no change in the cellular response under study, then this particular response is not immediately dependent on integrity of the cytoskeleton.

an action of C2 toxin can be documented, and if there is a change in the cellular response in question, then this response may be governed by the cytoskeleton. However, before a direct link between actin structure and cell response can be accepted, work must be done to demonstrate that the loss of response is not an indirect (and mundane) result of causing cell collapse. In relation to the second point, it is worth noting that most of the literature on C2 toxin as a research tool is flawed by the fact that few investigators have established whether changes in cell response are the direct or indirect consequence of modifying the cytoskeleton. There are, however, two areas of investigation for which this is not a serious problem. C2toxin has been used as a tool to analyze cell regulation of actin synthesis, and in separate studies it has been used to examine cell motility. It is safe to assume that changes in the actin based cystoskeleton would affect directly both of these phenomena.

2. If

The relationship between cytosolic levels of monomeric actin and the levels of mRNA associated with synthesis of actin has been examined by Reuner et al. (1991) and by Bershadsky et al. (1995). Although the two groups used different cell lines (hepatocytes and 3T3 cells), their experimental approaches and observations were similar. C2 toxin was used to promote depolymerization and thus an increase in cytosolic levels of monomeric actin. This treatment produced both a reduction in the rate of synthesis of actin and a decrease in the levels of mRNA. The latter finding was apparently due to a shortened half-life of mRNA (Bershadsky et al., 1995).The down regulation in synthesis of actin was a specific outcome, because synthesis of other proteins was largely unaffected. The down regulation could also be linked to increased levels of free actin rather than changes in the cytoskeleton, because the result was obtained both in monoculture and in cell suspension. It was interesting that procedures that promote polymerization had the opposite effect, causing both the levels of mRNA as well as the rates of actin synthesis to increase. This work demonstrates that there is autoregulation of actin synthesis. The relationship between actin polymerization and cell motility was examined by Verschueren et a/. (1995). Using a lymphoma-derived cell line, they showed that C2 toxin treatment greatly diminished pseudopodal protrusion as well as the ability to invade a monolayer of fibroblast-like cells. This is a predictable finding, and one that must be due at least in part to loss of actin filaments. In contrast to the studies reviewed above, in which a particular type of phenomenon was examined in various cell types (e.g., secretion, autoregulation of actin synthesis), there is other work in which several types of phenomena have been examined in a single cell type

regulation of actin synthesis

effect on cell motility

The Role of the Clostridiurn botulinurn C2 Toxin as a Research Tool to Study Eucaryotic Cell Biology

(see Table 1). Thus, Melamed and colleagues have analyzed the relationship between actin and various cell responses in lymphocytes, ranging from receptor-mediated cell activation to proliferation of Epstein-Barr virus (Melamed et a/., 1991; Melamed et a/., 1994; Melamed et a/., 1995~1,b). Other groups have investigated various phenomena in neutrophils (Al-Mohanna et a/., 1987; Grimminger et a/., 1991a, b; Clancy et a/., 1995).As discussed above, it is sometimes difficult to know whether an observed change in cell response is direct and can be related to specific changes in cytosolic actin or actin filaments, or indirect and merely due to a collapse in cell structure.

References Al-Mohanna FA, Ohishi I, Hallett MB (1987):Botulinum C2 toxin potentiates activation of the neutrophil oxidase. Further evidence of a role for actin polymerization. In FEBS letters. 219: 40-4 Aktories K, Barmann M, Ohishi I, et al. (1986):Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin. In Nature. 322: 390-2 Aktories K, Wegner A (1989):ADP-ribosylation of actin by clostridial toxins. In J Cell Biol. 109: 1385-87 Aktories K, Wegner A (1992): Mechanism of the cytopathic action of actin-ADPribosylating toxins. In Mol Microbiol. 6: 2905-8 Bershadsky AD, Gluck U, Denisenko ON, et al. (1995):The state of actin assembly regulates actin and vinculin expression by a feedback loop. In J Cell Sci. 108:

1183-93 Bottinger H, Reuner KH, Aktories K (1987):Inhibition of histamine release from rat mast cells by botulinum C2 toxin. In lnternatl Archiv Allergy Appl Immun. 84:

380-4 Clancy R, Leszczynska J, Amin A, etal. (1995):Nitric oxide stimulates ADP ribosylation of actin in association with the inhibition of actin polymerization in human neutrophils. In Journal of Leukocyte Biology. 58: 196-202 Considine RV, Simpson LL (1991): Cellular and molecular actions of binary toxins possessing ADP-ribosyltransferaseactivity. In Toxicon. 29: 913-36 Considine RV, Simpson LL, Sherwin JR (1992): Botulinum C2 toxin and steroid production in adrenal Y-1 cells: The role of microfilaments in the toxin-induced increase in steroid release. In J Pharrnacol Exp The[ 260: 859-64 Fritz G, Schroeder P, Aktories K (1995): Isolation and characterization of a Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin-resistant cell line: Evidence for possible involvement of the cellular C211 receptor in growth regulation. In Infect Imrnun. 63: 2334-40 Grimminger F, Sibelius U, Aktories K, et al. (1991~):Inhibition of cytoskeletal rearrangement of botulinum C2 toxin amplifies ligand-evoked lipid mediator generation in human neutrophils. In Mol Pharmacol. 40: 563-71 Grimminger F, Sibelius U, Aktories K, et al. (1991b): Suppression of cytoskeletal rearranggement in activated human neutrophils by botulinum C2 toxin. In J Biol Chem. 266: 19276-82 Hatheway CL (1990): Bacterial Sources of Clostridial Neurotoxins. In Botulinum Neurotoxin and Tetanus Toxin. (Simpson, LL, ed) pp 3-24, San Diego: Academic Press Honore E, Attali B, Romey G, et al. (1992): Different types of K+ channel current are generated by different levels of a single mRNA. In EMBO Journal. 11: 2465-71 lwasaki M, Ohishi I, Sakaguchi G (1980):Evidence that botulinum C2 toxin has two dissimilar components. In Infect Irnrnun. 29: 390-4 Li G, Rungger-Brandle E, Just I, et al. (1994):Effect of disruption of actin filaments by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin on insulin secretion in HIT-T15 cells and pancreatic islets. In Molecular Biology of the Cell. 5: 1199-213

L. L. SIMPSON

Matter K, Dreyer F, Aktories K (1989): Actin involvement in exocytosis from PC12 cells: studies on the influence of botulinum C2 toxin on stimulated noradrenaline release. In J Neurochern. 52: 370-6 Mauss S, Koch G, Kreye VA, et a/. (1989): Inhibition of the contraction of the isolated longitudinal muscle of the guinea-pig ileum by botulinum C2 toxin: evidence for a role of G/F-actin transition in smooth muscle contraction. In NaunSchrniedebergsArchiv Pharrnacol. 340: 345-51 Melamed I, Downey GP, Aktories K, et al. (1991): Microfilament assembly is required for antigen-receptor-mediated activation of human B lymphocytes. In J Irnrnunol. 147: 1139-46 Melamed I, Franklin RA, Gelfand EW (1995~): Microfilament assembly is required for'anti-lgM dependent MAPK and p90rsk activation in human B lymphocytes. In Biochern and Biophys Res Cornrn. 209: 1102-10 Melamed I, Stein L, Roifman C M (1994): Epstein-Burr virus induces actin polymerization in human B cells. In J Irnrnunol. 153: 1998-2003 Melamed I, Turner CE, Aktories K, et a/. (199513): Nerve growth factor triggers microfilament assembly and paxillin phosphorylation in human B lymphocytes. In J Exp Med. 181: 1071-9 Miyake M, Ohishi I (1987):Response of tissue-cultured cynomolgus monkey kidney cells to botulinum C2 toxin. In Microbial Pathogenesis. 3: 279-86 Montecucco C, Schiavo G (1994): Mechanism of action of tetanus and botulinurn neurotoxins. In Molecular Microbiology. 13: 1-8 Muller H, von Eichel-Streiber C, Habermann E (1992): Morphological changes of cultured endothelial cells after rnicroinjection of toxins that act on the cytoskeleton. In Infect Irnrnun. 60: 3007-10 Ohishi I (1983~):Lethal and vascular permeability activities of botulinum C2 toxin induced by separate injections of the two toxin components. In Infect Irnrnun. 40: 336-9 Ohishi I (1983b): Response of mouse intestinal loop to botulinum C2 toxin: enterotoxic activity induced by cooperation of nonlinked protein components. In Infect Irnrnun. 40: 691 -5 Ohishi I (1987): Activation of botulinum C2 toxin by trypsin. In Infect Irnrnun. 55: 1461-5 Ohishi I, Hama Y (1992): Purification and characterization of heterologous component IIs of botulinum C2 toxin. In Microbiol Irnrnunol. 36: 221 -9 Ohishi I, lwasaki M, Sakaguchi G. (1980): Purification and characterization of two components of botulinum C2 toxin. In Infect Irnrnun. 30: 668-73 Ohishi I, Miyake M (1985): Binding of the two components of C2 toxin to epithelial cells and brush borders of mouse intestine. In Infect Irnrnun. 48: 769-75 Ohishi I, Tsuyama S (1986):ADP-ribosylation of nonmuscle actin with component I of C2 toxin. In Biochern Biophys Res Cornrn. 136: 802-6 Ohishi I, Yanagimoto A (1992):Visualizations of binding and internalization of two nonlinked protein components of botulinum C2 toxin in tissue culture cells. In Infect Irnrnun. 60: 4648-55 Reuner KH, Presek P, Boschek CB, etal. (1987): Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin and disorganizes the microfilament network in intact cells. In European Journal of Cell Biology. 43: 134-40 Reuner KH, Schlegel K, Just I, et al. (1991):Autoregulatory control of actin synthesis in cultured rat hepatocytes. In FEBS Letters. 286: 100-4 Schrnid A, Benz R, Just I, et al. (1994): Interaction of Clostridiurn botulinum C2 toxin with lipid bilayer membranes. Formation of cation-selective channels and inhibition of channel function by chloroquine. In J Biol Chem. 269: 16706-11 Simpson LL (1982):A comparison of the pharmacological properties of Clostridiurn botulinum type C1 and C2 toxins. In J Pharrnacol Exp Ther: 223: 695-701 Simpson LL (1989~): Botulinurn Neurotoxin and Tetanus Toxin. pp 1 -422, Sun Diego: Academic Press Simpson LL (198913):The binary toxin produced by Clostridiurn botulinurn enters cells by receptor-mediated endocytosis to exert its pharmacologic effects. In J Pharrnacol Exp Ther: 251 : 1223-8

The Role of the Clostridiumbotulinum C2 Toxin as a Research Tool to Study Eucaryotic Cell Biology

Tabas I, Xiaohui Z, Beatini N,et a/. (1994): The actin cytoskeleton is important for the stimulation of cholesterol esterification by atherogenic lipoproteins in macrophages. In J Biol Chem. 269: 22547-56 Vandekerckhove J, Schering B, Barmann M, et a/. (1988): Botulinum C, toxin ADPribosylates cytoplasmic G/F-actin in arginine 177. In J Biol Chem. 263: 696-700 Verschueren H, van derTaelen I, Dewit J, etal. (1995):Effects of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin and cytochalasin D on in vitro invasiveness, motility and F-actin content of a murine T-lymphoma cell line. In EurJ Cell Biol. 66: 335-41 Zepeda H, Considine RV, Smith HL, et a/. (1988):Actions of the Clostridium botulinum binary toxin on the structure and function of Y-1 adrenal cells. In J Pharmacol Exp Ther: 246: 1183-9

L. L. SIMPSON

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 11

Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin K. AKTORIES, U. PREPENS, P. SEHR, and I. JUST

11.1 Introduction C. botulinum C2 toxin and C. perfringens iota toxin belong to the family of actin-ADP-ribosylating toxins that transfer ADP-ribose from NAD to arginine-177 of actin. This modification results in inhibition of actin polymerization, leading to depolymerization of the microfilament network. Origin, structure, molecular mechanisms and general aspects of the use of this family of toxins is described in chapter 8, 9 and 10. In recent years, C. botulinum C2 toxin has been widely used as a tool in cell biology to study the role of actin in various cell functions. The advantage of the use of C2 toxin is its clear molecular mechanism, its selective substrate specificity (only actin is ADP-ribosylated), and its high potency and efficacy. Treatment of intact cells with C2 toxin results in almost complete depolymerization of the actin cytoskeleton, an effect that is often not achievable with cytochalasins, mycotoxins that block polymerization and induce depolymerization of F-actin by capping actin filaments (Cooper, 1987). A further advantage of C2 toxin is based on its binary structure (the binding component and the biologically active component are separate proteins, C211 and C21, respectively). The isolated components are without toxic effects and are easily to handle. In principle, C. perfringens iota toxin shares the same properties. However, since iota toxin, especially the binding component, is more difficult to purify than C2 toxin, the latter toxin is more often used as a cell biological tool (but see below).

C2 toxin safe to components handle

K. Aktories (Ed.),Bacterial Toxins. 0Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

11.2 Effects of Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin in Intact Cells 11.2.1 Treatment of Intact Cells with Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin

different cells differ in sensitivity to c* toxin

K. AKTORIES etal.

Because C. botulinum C2 toxin is a real binary toxin, studies of its effects on intact cells depend on the presence of both the binding (C211) and enzyme component (C21) (Reuner et al., 1987; Wiegers et al., 1991; Ohishi et al., 1984; Ohishi and Yanagimoto, 1992; Li et al., 1994; Prepens et al., 1996). The toxin components are usually applied at a C21:C211 ratio of 1 :2 (on a microgram basis) (Ohishi et al., 1980). C211 is only fully active in translocating C21 into intact cells when activated with trypsin (as described in Chapter 9). Both components are applied to the medium in a 1:lOO dilution step, to minimize salt effects on the cells. Predilution of C21 and C211 should be performed in PBS or another appropriate buffer supplemented with 100 yglml of serum albumin. Studies with C2 toxin revealed that cultured cells differ in their sensitivity to the toxin. While Vero (African green monkey kidney) cells are highly sensitive, with 100 % rounding up at 10 ng C2 toxin per ml after about 24 h of treatment, FL (human amnion) cells are much less sensitive and about 200-fold higher concentrations are needed for complete rounding up of cells (Ohishi et al., 1984). To some extent, less effective concentrations of the toxin can be compensated for by an increase in the incubation time. Furthermore, cells are usually more sensitive to the toxin under FCS-free conditions. Therefore, to study the toxin's effects with rather insensitive cells or to save toxin, the culture medium can be changed to FCS-free medium when tolerated by the cells being studied. Otherwise the toxin is added for 30 to 60 min in FCS-free medium and, thereafter, the appropriate medium is added again. Even at very high concentrations of the toxin, the earliest onset of cytotoxic effects is usually 15 to 30 min after intoxication (Reuner et al., 1987). This delay is probably due to the process of uptake and translocation of the toxin into the cytosol. In most cells, increase in toxin treatment time for 48h or longer results in detachment and degeneration of cells. In cell culture, individual cells appear to show different sensitivity towards the toxin. This is especially true at early phases of the intoxication process (1 to 2 h after toxin addition). Whether this effect depends on the phase of the cell cycle remains to be clarified.

11.2.2 Effects of C2 on the Microfilament System

7 7.2.2.7 Visualization of the Microfilament System with FITC-phalloidin

C2 toxin-induced depolymerization of actin filaments is visualized by fluorescence labeling of actin with FITC- or Rhodamine-phalloidin. 1. Cells grown on coverslips and treated with C2 toxin are rinsed with PBS.

2. The cells are then fixed with a solution containing 4 % (w/v) paraformaldehyde and 0.1 % (v/v) Triton X-100 in PBS for 60 min at room temperature, followed by rinsing three times with PBS.

W

actin labeling in cells

3. The cells are next incubated with 0.25 ELMFITC-phalloidin (Sigma) in PBS for 60 min at room temperature in the dark. 4. The coverslips are rinsed three times with PBS and mounted in pphenylenediamine (10pg/ml) in PBS/glycerol (1 :10 (v:v)).Pictures are taken with a fluorescence microscope at 490 nm (e.g. Zeiss Axiovert). In many cells, toxin-induced changes in the cytoskeleton are first observed in stress fibers, which become condensed, shortened and broken (Reuner et al., 1987). The cell morphology may still be quite normal, and the submembranous actin cytoskeleton appears to be intact. However, longer incubation with the toxin causes a complete loss of the microfilament network. At this stage more than 95 % of the cells are still viable (Reuner et al., 1987).The intermediate filaments are also redistributed after toxin treatment, whereas the microtubule system remains largely unaltered. However, it appears that the effects on the intermediate filaments are secondary and follow changes in the microfilament network (Wiegers et al., 1991).

7 7.2.2.2 Quantitative Determination of F-actin Depolymerization Although the toxin’s effects on the microfilament system are easily visualized by fluorescence microscopy, it may be important to determine the changes in the ratio of cellular F- and G-actin quantitatively. Because G-actin dissolves in Triton X-100, whereas F-actin (or at least a major fraction of F-actin) does not, fractionation by detergent solubility can be used to study changes in the G- and F-actin content of cells. A different approach is the determination of G-actin content by the DNAse inhibition assay according to Blikstad (Blikstad et al., 1978). The action of DNAse in cleaving DNA is inhibited by monomeric G-actin but not by F-actin. Thus, the extent of inhibition of DNAse is proportional to the concentration of G-actin in cell lysates. Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridiumperfringens Iota Toxin

Isolation of Triton X-110-soluble (G-actin) and Triton X-100-insoluble (F-actin) Cytoskeleton

1. Toxin-treated cells are rinsed with ice-cold PBS. Cold Triton solution ( 2 % (v/v) Triton X-100, 160mM KCI, 20mM EDTA, 8 m M sodium azide, 40 m M imidazole-HCI pH ZO; 300 pl per 50mm

culture dish) is added, the cells are mechanically removed, transferred into an Eppendorf vial, vortexed and incubated for 15 min on ice, followed by centrifugation for 15 min at 3000 g.

2. The pellets are washed once with Triton solution. 3. The pellets (containing F-actin) are dissolved in Laemmli sample buffer, whereas the proteins of the supernatants (containing Gactin) are concentrated by precipitation with trichloroacetic acid (20 %, w/v) and are then dissolved in Laemmli sample buffer.

4. The proteins are separated by 11 YO SOS gel electrophoresis followed by immunoblotting onto nitrocellulose.

5. Actin is probed with anti-actin (Boehringer or ICN) and the ratio of G-actin (Triton soluble fraction) and F-actin (Triton insoluble fraction) is analyzed using densitometric measurements of the immunoblots. DNAse Inhibition Assay

1. Toxin-treated cells are rinsed with ice-cold PBS. Lysis buffer ( 5 m M potassium phosphate pH 7.6, 150mM NaCI, 2 m M MgC12, 0.1 mM dithiothreitol, 0.2 mM ATP, 0.3 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 2 mM EGTA, 0.5% v/v Triton X-100, 15 % v/v glycerol; 300p1 per 50mm culture dish) is added, the cells are removed mechanically, placed on ice for 30min and are then homogenized with a Teflon homogenizer.

2. The supernatant from the ultracentrifugation 100,000 g ) is used for the DNAse inhibition assay.

(60 min at

3. In a quartz cuvette (at 25"C), 1 ml of a DNA solution (calf thymus, Sigma; 40 pg/ml in 100 m M Tris-HCI p H 7.5,4 m M MgC12, 1.8mM CaCI2) is added to 25pI DNAseI solution (Sigma, 0.1 mg/ml in 50m M Tris-HCI p H 7.5,0.2 m M CaCI2, 0.1 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride), mixed, and the hydrolysis of DNA is measured as increase in the extinction at 260 nm. Usually the linear phase of the absorbtion increase is about 30sec, and the slope is directly proportional to the enzyme activity. Addition of G-actin leads to an inhibition of DNAse activity. Applying defined concentrations of purified skeletal muscle a-actin gives a standard curve in which pg of actin is proportional to percentage inhibition. When the cell lysates are tested in this system, the determined % of inhibition gives via the standard curve pg of actin. 25 pI of cell extract is mixed with 25 pl DNAse I solution, and then 1 ml of DNA solution is added followed by measurement of the absorbtion. K. AKTORIES et al

11.2.3 Detection of C2-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation in Intact Cells 77.2.3.7 Direct Method by Metabolical Labeling More direct evidence that cellular actin is ADP-ribosylated in intact cells can be obtained, when cells are metabolically labeled with [32P]orthophosphoric acid or with [2-3H]adenine. Radioactively labeled phosphate/adenine is incorporated into cellular NAD which is the cosubstrate for C21-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation.

1. Depending on the cell line, the cells are incubated in phosphatefree medium in the presence of 1 mCi [32P]orthophosphoricacid per ml of medium for 2 to 24 h to allow equilibration of the different phosphate pools.

2. After treatment with C21VC21 (see 11.2.1) the cells are rinsed with ice-cold PBS.

3. Cell lysis is performed either directly by addition of Laemmli sample buffer, or in a lysis buffer containing 10 m M of unlabeled NAD. Alternatively the cells are metabolically labeled with 50 pCi [2-3H]adenine per ml of medium for 16 h (Staddon etal., 1991). Labeled actin can be identified by immunoprecipitation with anti-actin antibody (from Boehringer or ICN) or by immunoblot analysis of cell lysates electrophoretically resolved on 2 0 gels.

alternative labeling method

7 7.2.3.2 Quantification of ADP-ribosylated Actin To quantify the amount of toxin-induced ADP-ribosylation of actin in intact cells, the indirect method of differential ADP-ribosylation is appropriate. Assuming that in intact cells C2 modifies cellular actin, subsequent [32P]ADP-ribosylationof the lysates should result in a decreased incorporation of [32P]ADP-ribose. Because C21 shows transferase activity on ice, although less than at 37"C, the cells should be lysed in a buffer containing [32P]NADand C21.

1. Cultured cells are rinsed with ice-cold PBS and were then mechanically removed in the presence of 1 mM MgCI2,5 0 m M HEPES pH 7.5, 0.3 m M phenylmethylsulfonly fluoride, 30 pg/ml leupeptine, 1 mM dithiothreitol, 10 mM thymidine, 5 p M [32P]NAD, 1 pg/ml C21, sonicated five times on ice, and incubated for 30 min at 37°C. 2. The ADP-ribosylation reaction is stopped by addition of Laemmli sample buffer, or the proteins are precipitated with 1 ml of trichloroacetic acid (20%, w/v). Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin

3. The proteins are separated by 11 % SDS gel electrophoresis and labeled actin (42 kDa) is analyzed by autoradiography or phosphorimaging. The difference in ADP-ribosylation between control and toxin-treated cells gives the proportion of actin ADPribosylated in the intact cell.

11.2.4 Controls of the in vivo Effects of C2 Toxin

controls

In respect to the cell biological effects observed with the toxin, it is important to remember that the binding and the enzyme component itself should be without any biologic effect on intact cells. Thus, application of only one of the components is an excellent control to test whether the effect observed is specific for C2 toxin and depend on ADP-ribosylation of actin. The best control is to use both toxin components separately. In the case of a toxic effect observed in the presence of only one component (binding component or enzyme component) two explanations are possible. In most cases, the preparation of one component of the toxin applied is contaminated by the second component. This is especially true when high concentrations of either toxin component (e.g -1 pg/ml) is applied. To circumvent this effect, an antibody specific for one component can be used. Secondly, it is possible that the binding of C211 to the eukaryotic cell surface receptor induces effects on its own, as reported for the action of the binding component of pertussis toxin.

11.3 ADP-ribosylation of Actin 11.3.1 ADP-ribosylation of Actin in Cell Lysates ADP-ribosylation of actin in cell lysates is performed in the following way:

1. 40 pl of cell lysate plus 10 p M of [32P]NAD+(0.3pCi), plus 10 mM thymidine and 1 mM dithiothreitol is incubated with 0.1 pg/ml of iota toxin (total volume 50pI) for 30min at 37°C. Thymidine blocks the poly(ADP-ribose)polymerase (approx. 120 kDa), thereby preventing consumption of NAD', which is essential for quantitative ADP-ribosylation of actin. 2. The ADP-ribosylation reaction is terminated by addition of 10 p1 Laemmli sample buffer, or by precipitation with 1 ml of trichloroacetic acid (20 %, w/v).

3. The proteins are separated by 11 % SDS-gel electrophoresis, and labeled actin is analyzed by phosphorimaging or autoradiography.

K. AKTORIES et al.

Quantification of the amount of toxin-ADP-ribosylated actin in the intact cell can be done by the method of differential ADP-ribosylation. However, [32P]ADP-ribosylation of cell lysates prepared by standard procedures is critical because C21 can still work on ice. Thus, under the conditions of short term intoxication or analysis of the time course of intoxication, C21 continues to ADP-ribosylate actin during the preparation of the lysates. This results in an apparently higher amount of actin modified in the intact cell. To avoid this artefact, it is recommended that lysis of cells should be performed in the presence of [32P]NAD(as given in 11.2.3.2 ).

quantification

11.3.2 ADP-ribosylation of Skeletal Muscle a-Actin to Study Actin Functions Skeletal muscle a-actin is to purify easily in large amounts and is stable for several weeks when stored at 4°C. In contrast, non-muscle actin (p- and y-isoforms) is difficult to prepare and stable only for a few days. Therefore, skeletal muscle actin is the preferred isoform to study functions of G-actin. Skeletal muscle a-actin, however, is not a substrate for C2 toxin. In this case, C. perfringens iota toxin (enzyme component ia) has to be used, as this modifies all actin isoforms. To study the influence of ADP-ribosylation on the properties (e.g., ATPase activity, interactions with actin-binding proteins (Geipel et a/., 1989; Geipel et a/., 1990)) of isolated skeletal muscle actin, the following protocol is used. G-actin dissolved in G-buffer is ADP-ribosylated by addition of NAD (at least 10pM, but NAD concentration should exceed actin concentration by about fivefold), 1 mM dithiothreitol, and 1 yglml iota toxin (pH of NAD stock solution is to adjusted to Z5 otherwise the pH of the reaction decreases). Incubation time is 30 to 60 min at 37°C (depending on actin concentration) or overnight on ice. Enzyme activity of iota toxin (i,) is only slighly decreased on ice. Thus, iota toxin-catalyzed ADP-ribosylation has to be stopped by removing the cosubstrate NAD or the toxin itself. NAD can be removed by gel filtration (e.g. by passing through a PDlO column) or by dialysis against G-buffer. Iota toxin is removed by immunoprecipitation with anti-iota toxin as descibed in 11.3.3.

ADP-ribosylation of actin

The extent of ADP-ribosylation is checked by separating modified and unmodified actin using non-denaturing gel electrophoresis, whereas SDS gel electrophoresis is not efficient. ADP-ribosylation changes the isoelectric point of actin to more acid values, resulting in increased migration. This method is also appropriate to study double or triple ADP-ribosylation of actin, e.g., in the presence of iota toxin and/or turkey erythrocyte transferase (Just et a/., 1995). The latter transferase modifies actin even at two arginine residues.

Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin

1. Non-denaturing gel electrophoresis is performed in a Mini-Protean II gel system (Bio-Rad,Germany) according to Safer (Safer, 1989). Slab gel (degassed):25mM Tris-base, 194 mM glycine, 0.2 mM ATP, 0.5 Triton X-100, 7.5 % (w/v) acrylamide (acrylamide/bisacrylamide); Running buffer (degassed): 25mM Tris-base, 194mM glycine, 0.2mM ATP; Sample buffer: lOmM Tris-HCI pH 8.0, 0.5mM CaCI2, 1.0mM ATP, 0.5mM dithiothreitol, 50% glycerol (v/v) plus bromphenol blue. The gel is prerun for 1 h at 140Y

2. 4 pI of sample buffer is added to 20 pl of the ADP-ribosylation mixture followed by incubation for 10 min at room temperature. 3. The sample is centrifuged for 10min at 14,000 x g and 2-8pI (equivalent to 0.5 to 1.5 pg of actin) of the supernatant is loaded onto the gel and electrophoresis was performed for 50min at 140 V. 4. The gel is stained with Coomassie Blue, destained and dried. ADP-ribosylated actin shows increased migration.

5. The ratio of modified to unmodified actin can be calculated from densitometric measurements of the non-denaturing gel.

11.3.3 ADP-ribosylation of Skeletal Muscle a-Actin for Microinjection Skeletal muscle a-actin is ADP-ribosylated by iota toxin in the presence of unlabeled NAD. The reaction is terminated by immunoprecipitation of iota toxin. As a control, iota toxin and NAD are incubated but in absence of the actin.

1. Two ml of skeletal muscle a-actin (50pg/ml) are dialyzed against 2 x 2 I of a G-buffer containing 200 p M CaCI2, 250 p M ATP, 5 mM Tris-HCI pH 7.5 at 4°C to remove NaN3that is usually present in the G-buffer, and to depolymerize F-actin possibly present. 2. ADP-ribosylation of dialyzed G-actin is started by addition of 250 p M NAD and 2 pg/ml iota toxin. (The pH of the NAD stock solution has to be adjusted to 7.5).

3. After 90 min at 37"C, the reaction mixture is stored on ice.

4. Polyclonal anti-iota IgG coupled to Sepharose4B or, alternatively, bound to protein A-Sepharose is added to the control and to the ADP-ribosylation assay (100pI of a 50 % (v/v) suspension to 2 ml assay), and the mixture is agitated by repeated inversion for 90 min at 4°C.

5. The removal of iota toxin by anti-iota toxin antibody is repeated once.

6. The beads are removed by centrifugation twice for 3min at 14000g. K. AKTORIES eta/

7. ADP-ribosylated actin is concentrated to 200-350 p M by centrifugation in a Centricon (30 kDa cut-off, Amicon). 8. Concentration of actin is determined photometrically at 290 nm against G-buffer as blank: an extinction of 0.62 is equivalent to 23.8 p M actin.

To check complete removal of iota toxin, the following assay is performed.

1. The supernatant of toxin-freed ADP-ribosylated actin is diluted 1 : 10 with G-actin buffer, and ADP-ribosylation is started by addition of 50 p M MgClp, 5 p M [32P]NAD(0.5pCi), 2 p M G-actin. 2. After 60min at 37°C the reaction is terminated by addition of Laemmli sample buffer, heated 5min at 95"C, and the proteins are separated by 11 % SDS gel electrophoresis with subsequent

complete removal of toxin

analysis by autoradiography or phosphorimaging. Complete removal of iota toxin is indicated by the complete absence of any labeling of actin. The effects of microinjected ADP-ribosylated actin are monitored by detection of morphological changes or by visualization of the microfilament system with rhodamine- or FITC-phalloidin (Kiefer et al., 1996).

Fig. 1. Time dependency of ADP-ribosylation of actin by C2 toxin in rat basophilic leukemia (RBL) cells. Rbl cells were incubated with C2 holotoxin (lOOng/ml C21 + 200 ng/ml C211) for the times indicated. Controls were incubation with the enzyme component C21 (lOOng/ml) alone, or with the binding component C211 (200 ng/ml) alone, for 120 min. Another control (-) was not treated with toxin. After incubation, the medium was removed and cells were scraped off in the presence of lysis buffer (2 m M MgCI2, 0.1 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 10 pg/ml leupeptin, 25 m M triethanolamine, pH 7 3 , sonicated five times for 5 sec on ice and centrifuged for 10min at 1000 g. The supernatants were incubated with 1 pglml C21 and 5 p M [32P]NADfor 15min at 30°C. The proteins were separated by 12.5% SDSpolyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and analyzed by phosphorimaging

Probing the Actin Cytoskeletonby Clostridium botulinum C2 Toxin and Clostridium perfringens Iota Toxin

11.3.4 Troubleshooting

non-enzymatic modification

Cellular actin is also modified by non-enzymatic ADP-ribosylation. This modification occurs at cysteine residues and depends on the presence of free ADP-ribose. Thus, cleavage of NAD by endogenous NAD glycohydrolases or release of ADP-ribose from poly-ADPribosylated proteins can increase the amount of ADP-ribose and may induce non-enzymatic modification of actin. Non-enzymatic labeling of actin in the presence of ['4C]/[32P]NAD can be identified because this reaction is quenched by unlabelled ADP-ribose at rather high concentrations (1 mM), whereas enzymatically-catalyzed ['4Cc]/[32P]ADP-ribosylation is not influenced by ADP-ribose.


Supplier

Sigma-Aldrich Chemie GmbH Postfach, 82039 Deisenhofen, Germany Sigma Sigma Sigma Molecular Probes MoBiTec Wagenstieg 5, 37077 Gottingen, Germany anti-actin Boehringer Mannheim GmbH Sandhofer Str. 116, 68298 Mannheim, Germany [32P] o-phosphoric acid Du Pont de Nemours (Deutschland) GmbH Du Pont-Str.1, 61343 Bad Homburg, Germany Du Pont de Nemours (Deutschland) [3H]adenine GmbH [32P]NA D Du Pont de Nemours (Deutschland) GmbH Mini-Protean II gel elec- Bio-Rad Laboratories GmbH Heidemannstr.164, 80939 Munchen, Gertrophoresis cell many Centricon concentrator Amicon, Inc., Beverly, M A 01915, USA Deoxyribonucleic acid from calf thymus DNAse I solution FITC-phalloidin p-phenylendiamine rhodamine-phalloidin

Cat-No. D3664 D4263 P5282 P1519 R415

1378996 NEX-053

NET-063 NEG-023

References Blikstad I, Markey F, Carlsson L, etal. (1978):Selective assay of monomeric and filamentous actin in cell extracts, using inhibition of deoxyribonuclease I. In Cell 15: 935-43 Cooper JA (1987): Effects of cytochalasin and phalloidin on actin. In J. Cell Biol. 105: 1473-8 Geipel U, Just I, Schering B et al. (1989):ADP-ribosylation of actin causes increase in the rate of ATP exchange and inhibition of ATP hydrolysis. In Eur. J. Biochem. 179: 229-32 Geipel U, Just I, Aktories K (1990):Inhibition of cytochalasin D-stimulated G-actin ATPase by ADP-ribosylation with Clostridium perfringens iota toxin. In Biochem. J. 266: 335-9 K. AKTORIES et al.

Just I, Sehr P, Jung M et a/. (1995):ADP-ribosyltransferase type A from turkey erythrocytes modifies actin at Arg-95 and Arg-372. In Biochemistry34: 326-33 Kiefer A, Lerner M, Sehr P et al. (1996): Depolymerization of F-actin by microinjection of ADP-ribosylated skeletal muscle G-actin in PtK2 cells in the absence of the ADP-ribosylating toxin. In Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 184: 175-80 Li G, Rungger-Brandle E, Just I etal. (1994): Effect of disruption of actin filaments by Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin on insulin secretion in HIT-T15 cells and pancreatic islets. In Mol. Biol. Cell 5 : 1199-213 Ohishi I, lwasaki M, Sakaguchi G (1980): Purification and characterization of two components of botulinum C2 toxin. In Infect. Immun. 30: 668-73 Ohishi I, Miyake M, Ogura H et al. (1984): Cytopathic effect of botulinum C2 toxin on tissue-culture cells. In EMS Microbiol. Lett. 23: 281 -4 Ohishi I, Yanagimoto A (1992):Visualizations of binding and internalization of two nonlinked protein components of botulinum Cz toxin in tissue culture cells. In Infect. Immun. 60: 4648-55 Prepens U, Just I, Von Eichel-Streiber C et al. (1996): Inhibition of FceRI-mediated activation of rat basophilic leukemia cells by Clostridium difficile toxin B (monoglucosyltransferase). In J. Biol. Chem. 271 : 7324-9 Reuner KH, Presek P, Boschek CB et al. (1987):Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin and disorganizes the microfilament network in intact cells. In Eur. J. Cell B i d . 43: 134-40 Safer D (1989):An electrophoretic procedure for detecting proteins that bind actin monomers. In Anal. Biochem. 178: 32-7 Staddon JM, Bouzyk MM, Rozengurt E (1991): A novel approach to detect toxincatalyzed ADP-ribosylation in intact cells: its use to study the action of Pasteurella multocida toxin. In J. Cell Biol. 115,No.4: 949-58 Wiegers W, Just I, Muller H et al. (1991):Alteration of the cytoskeleton of mammalian cells cultured in vitro by Clostridiurn botulinum C2 toxin and C3 ADPribosyltransferase. In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 54: 237-45

Probing the Actin Cytoskeleton by Clostridium botulinum C 2 Toxin and Clostridium petfringens Iota Toxin

Bacterial Toxins


Clostridium difficile Toxins M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

12.1 Introduction Although Clostridium difficile had originally been described in 1935 as Bacillus difficilis (Hall and O’Toole, 1935), its role in human disease was appreciated only in the late 1970es, when a previously undescribed cytotoxin was detected in fecal samples from patients with antibiotic-associated pseudomembranous colitis (Larson et al., 1977). Antiserum against Clostridium sordellii neutralized the cytotoxic activity (Rifkin et al., 1977), but the species producing the toxin turned out to be C. difficile. The disease was elicited by giving animals filtered supernatants from cultures of this bacterium, indicating that toxin(s) could cause the symptoms in the absence of bacteria (Bartlett et al., 1977).A few years later the purification of this cytotoxin resulted in the detection of an additional toxin (Banno et al., 1981; Sullivan et al, 1982).This “new“ toxin, toxin A (ToxA) eluted from anion exchangers at a lower salt concentration than toxin B (ToxB),which was the highly potent cytotoxin originally detected in fecal samples. ToxA is also cytotoxic, although it is about 1000-fold less potent than ToxB. The characteristic morphological effect elicited in cells by both toxins has been termed “actinomorphic” (Chang et al., 1978) (sections 12.3.1 and 12.6).ToxA was shown also to be a potent enterotoxin, while ToxB was without enterotoxic activity in animal models. When given intragastrically ToxA causes hemorrhagic fluid secretion, severe inflammation and death, while ToxB does not cause any of these symptoms (Lyerly et al., 1985).Thus ToxA came to be considered the major virulence factor of C. difficile. However, both toxins have equal lethal potencies when injected parenterally (Arnon et al., 1984; Lyerly et al., 1985); about 50ng of either toxin injected intraperitoneally is sufficient to kill a 25 g mouse (Lyerlyet al., 1986). Furthermore, in the presence of sublethal amounts of ToxA, also ToxB is lethal when given by the intragastric route (Lyerly et al., 1985). Indeed both toxins seem to play a role in the disease, according to vaccination studies with toxoids (Libby et al., 1982).This is supported by a recent study on human colonic tissue (see section 12.5.1). It took 10 years from the separation of the two toxins in 1980 to their cloning and sequencing in 1990 (section 12.2),and another 5 years to

discovery of C. difficile toxins

K. Aktories (Ed.), Bacterial Toxins. 0Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

the clarification in 1995 of the molecular mode of enzymatic action, which turned out to be the same for both toxins (section 12.4). This chapter will deal mainly with the molecular characteristics of these toxins, their cellular actions, and enzymatic activity, which should lay the foundation for understanding the molecular pathogenesis of the disease. Several recent reviews concerning effects of the C. difficile toxins in vivo are available (Bartlett, 1990; Bongaerts and Lyerly, 1994; Lyerly et al., 1988; Lyerly and Wilkins, 1995).

12.2 Molecular Characteristics of the Toxins

molecular weight of toxins

Purification of ToxA to homogeneity was achieved soon after the separation of the toxins (Banno et al., 1984),but with ToxB the purification problems were solved only several years later (Meador and Tweten, 1988). In fact, a variety of molecular sizes were reported for both toxins, which appeared to be large aggregates in their native form, based on their banding patterns on non-denaturing gels. O n SDSPAGE they banded at about 250-300 kDa, often with several bands of lower molecular weight, which were interpreted as subunits or breakdown products of the toxins (Kamiya et a/., 1989; Lyerly et al., 1986).This point was clarified only when both toxins had been cloned and sequenced (Barroso et al., 1990; Dove et al., 1990; Eichel-Streiber et al., 1990; Eichel-Streiber et al., 1992; Sauerborn and Eichel-Streiber, 1990).The molecules turned out to be single polypeptides of 308 kDa for ToxA and 269 kDa for ToxB, thus being the largest protein toxins known so far. The molecular characteristics of the C. difficile toxins have recently been reviewed in detail (Eichel-Streiber, 1993).What follows below is a brief summary of the extensive information now available. Neither toxin has any typical signal sequence. The two toxins have an overall homology of 6 3 % at the amino acid level. They contain four conserved cysteines, as well as a conserved putative nucleotidebinding site between two of the conserved cysteines in the N-terminal part. Moreover, a hydrophobic region near the center of each toxin is conserved. The C-terminal thirds of both toxins contain contiguous repeating units or CROPS (combined repetitive oligopeptides) which are partially homologous with each other, and also with the Cterminal carbohydrate-binding repeats of streptococcal glucosyltransferases (Eichel-Streiberand Sauerborn, 1990). Based on these findings a structural and functional domain structure was postulated for both toxins (schematic model depicted in Fig. 1 ) . The C-terminal repeat region is responsible for receptorbinding in the case of ToxA. This region of ToxB is supposed to have the same function, although a recent study showed that deletion mutants of ToxB, lacking the entire repeat structure, were only slightly less cytotoxic as long as the fourth conserved cysteine was retained (Barroso et al., 1994).The repeating units of ToxA were reported to be nontoxic (Price et al., 1987).For both toxins the N-terminal part is believed

M. THELESTAM. I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

Fig. 1. Schematic model depicting the domain structure of the Clostridiurn difficile toxins. See text for further discussion

to contain the enzymatic activity. The central hydrophobic domain may be functional in translocating the molecules across membranes in order to reach the cytosol. Indeed, deletion of this region and the third cysteine from ToxB lowered the cytotoxic activity by 4 orders of magnitude (Barroso eta/., 1994). Polyclonal antibodies raised against the two toxins do not crossreact with the heterologous toxin (Libby and Wilkins, 1982), and the epitope domain structures of the two toxins differ from each other despite the high sequence homology. In ToxA the C-terminal is immunodominant, particularly due to two highly immunogenic sites ( h e y and Wilkins, 1992). When these are blocked with monoclonal antibody, the binding of polyclonal antibody to native ToxA is inhibited about 75 % (Lyerly and Wilkins, 1995). In contrast, epitopes on ToxB are located along the entire molecule (Sauerborn et a/., 1994). The two toxin genes probably represent gene repeats that have evolved different C-terminal nucleotide sequences encoding different receptor-binding portions.

12.3 Cellular Effects of the Toxins For detailed information concerning early studies of toxin-induced cellular effects we refer to previous reviews (Fiorentini and Thelestam, 1992; Thelestam and Florin, 1984; Thelestam and Gross, 1990). Here we will summarize only the general features of the intoxication process.

Clostridium difficile Toxins

12.3.1 Actin Cytoskeleton is the Toxin Target It was early recognized that the C. difficile toxins caused a cytoplasmic retraction leaving long projections on a rounded cell body (Chang et al., 1978). This characteristic so called "actinomorphic" cytopathogenic effect (CPE),seen in the early stages of cellular intoxication, resembled the CPE caused by cytochalasins, which were known to disrupt the actin cytoskeleton (ACTSK).We showed that the C. difficile cytotoxin disrupts the ACTSK of human fibroblasts as visualized by immunofluorescence with anti-actin antibodies (Thelestam and Bronneghrd, 1980).This was later confirmed with other cells by transmission electron microscopy (Wedel et al , 1983) as well as another immunofluorescence study, in which the other major cytoskeleta1 structures were found to be intact, while the actin filaments were disrupted (Ottlinger and Lin, 1988).This was the first bacterial protein toxin recognized to act on the ACTSK.

12.3.2 The Receptor for ToxA Contains Galactose The trisaccharide Gala1 -3Ga1@1-4GlcNAc, occurring on rabbit red blood cells and hamster brush border membranes, was identified as a receptor for ToxA (Krivan et al., 1986), but this structure cannot be the relevant ToxA-receptor in the human intestine, as the Galatransferase activity required for its formation is absent in humans. However, human tissues express the Galfil-4GlcNAc structure, for instance on the X, Y, and I blood group antigens, which also bind ToxA (Tucker and Wilkins, 1991). Recently ToxA was shown to bind with similar affinity to GalNAc@1-3GalP1-4GlcNAc, which is also present in human tissues (Karlsson, 1995). In conclusion, the disaccharide Gal@l-4GlcNAc appears to be the minimum structure required for binding of ToxA. No receptor structure for ToxB has yet been identified.

12.3.3 The Toxins Act lntracellularly after Endocytosis An effect on the ACTSK might be exerted either by surface-bound toxin via transmembrane signal transduction, or after internalization of toxin into the cytosol. The latter alternative turned out to be correct, as endocytosis was shown to be required for development of the CPE by both ToxA (Henriques et al., 1987) and ToxB (Florin and Thelestam, 1983).This conclusion was based on the observations that cells pretreated with compounds that raise the pH of endosomes and lysosomes were protected against the CPE, and that a mutant cell line with defective endosomal acidification was more resistant to the toxins than the wild type. Ultrastructural data supported the idea that ToxA enters cells by endocytosis via coated pits (Kushnaryov and Sedmak, 1989). In addition, intracellular processing of the toxins appears to be M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

required in post-endosomal compartments (Florin and Thelestam, 1986; Henriques et a/., 1987). Dithiothreitol-treatment of ToxB mimics the processing step, converting the large native aggregate to an active ToxB molecule banding at approximately 250kDa on nondenaturing gels (Shoshan et a/., 1993b). The nature of the putative post-endosomal enzymatic processing has not been clarified. Both toxins can also exert their cellular effects after microinjection into cells (Muller et a/., 1992), although much higher amounts of toxin are needed for intoxication by this route. Thus the required processing conditions also seem to exist in the cytosolic compartment, but the natural route via the endosomal vesicle system apparently offers far more efficient processing of the toxins. A recent report suggested that some kind of transmembrane signaling event, activating a calcium influx, occurs rapidly after ToxB contact with cells and is required for the disruption of actin filaments (Gilbert et a/., 1995). However, a calcium influx is required for endocytosis of ToxB (Caspar et a/., 1987))which may explain this observation. In conclusion, cellular internalization of the toxins is required for intoxication.This is consistent with the molecular mode of intracellular cytotoxic action of both toxins described below.

12.4 Molecular Mode of Action of the Toxins 12.4.1 C. difficile Toxins Modify Rho Proteins In the past decade, toxins produced by various species of Clostridium were reported to disrupt the ACTSK by ADP-ribosylation of either actin, as does the C2-toxin from C. botulinum (Aktories et a/., 1986; Reuner et a/., 1987), or the small GTPase Rho, as does exoenzyme C3 from the same bacterium (Aktories et al., 1987; Chardin et al., 1989). However, neither of the C. difficile toxins was found to have any ADPribosyltransferase activity (Florin and Thelestam, 1991; Just et al., 1994b; Popoff et a/., 1988). In 1992 proteins of the Rho subfamily of Ras-related GTPases were shown to control the integrity of focal contacts and stress fibers, as well as the process of membrane ruffling in Swiss 3T3 fibroblasts (Ridley and Hall, 1992; Ridley et a/., 1992). With this background a possible role for Rho proteins as targets for the ACTSK-disrupting C. difficile toxins became conceivable. Indeed, both toxins were shown to modify Rho in intact cells, in such a way that subsequent ADPribosylation by exoenzyme C3 was prevented (Just et al., 1994a,b). Rho proteins in cell lysates were also modified by both toxins in vitro, but no modification was detectable in an entirely cell-free buffer system with recombinant Rho. Further experiments made clear that the modification was strictly dependent on an unknown heat-stable cytosolic factor(s) of molecular mass between 500 and 3000 Da. The authors speculated that this factor might be covalently coupled to Rho Clostridium difficile Toxins

Fig. 2. Toxins A and B from Clostridium difficile are glucosyltransferases. They transfer one glucose-moiety from the co-substrate UDP-Glc to small G-proteins belonging to the Rho-subfamily of Ras-related GTPases

somewhere near Asn-41, which is the site of C3-mediated ADPribosylation, and is located in the putative effector region of this GTPase.

12.4.2 C. difficile Toxins are Glucosyltransferases The molecular mass of ToxB-modified recombinant Rho was subsequently shown by mass spectrometry to be 162 Da higher than unmodified Rho. Since this difference corresponds to the molecular size of hexoses, but the size of the required cytosolic factor was >500 Da, a number of sugar nucleotides were tested for cofactor activity. It turned out that UDP-glucose (UDP-Glc)was the essential cytosolic cosubstrate, while other UDP- or GDP-hexoses did not promote toxininduced Rho-modification. Both the C. difficile toxins were then shown to transfer in vitro one glucose moiety from UDP-Glc to recombinant Rho, Rac and Cdc42 (see Fig. 2), i.e., to each of the three subtypes of small G-proteins within the Rho family (Just et a/., 1995b,c). Other members of the Ras superfamily, such as Ras, Rub and Arf, were not glucosylated. Thr-37 in RhoA was shown to be the unique amino acid target for the glucosylation. Monoglucosylation of Rho inactivated M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

the molecule, which upon microinjection into cells behaved as a dominant negative Rho species, causing disassembly of actin stress fibers and the actinomorphic cell rounding characteristic of the C. difficile toxins. In contrast a [T37A] mutant Rho was inactive but not dominant negative in similar microinjection experiments (Self et a/., 1993), suggesting that the glucosylation confers this functional change. A speculative explanation is that glucosylated Rho may bind tightly to an effector or guanine nucleotide exchange factor, thereby sequestering the interacting protein (Aktories and Just, 1995).Whether Rac and Cdc42 are also attacked in vivo in cells remains to be seen; the morphological effects induced by microinjection of glucosylated Rac or Cdc42 have not yet been described. The interesting finding that the CPE caused by the C. difficile toxins is due to glucosylation of Rho proteins has been recently confirmed in our laboratory using a different approach. We used a C. difficile toxinresistant mutant cell line, which had been isolated after chemical mutagenesis and selection with ToxB (Florin, 1991), and showed that its toxin-resistance is due to a UDP-Glc deficiency. This protects the mutant cell against other glucosyltransferase toxins as well (see section 12.6). After microinjection of UDP-Glc into toxin-treated mutant cells they became sensitised to toxin B (Fig. 3), as well as the related lethal toxin (LT) from C. sordellii (Chaves-Olarte et a/., 1996). In conclusion, an exciting novel cytotoxic mechanism of action has been described for the C. difficile toxins. The possibilities of understanding the pathogenesis of C. difficile disease should increase, and the toxins should be useful tools in basic cell biology (section 12.7).

12.5 Biological Consequences of Toxin Action on Cells 12.5.1 In Cultured Cells Toxin-mediated glucosylation of Rho explains the cytoskeletal disruption seen in cells treated with either of the C. difficile toxins. Somewhat differing effects of both toxins have been reported on the cytoskeletal organization in Hep-2 cells (Fiorentini et a/., 1989). Cytoskeletal changes and a surface blebbing induced by ToxB were described in a variety of cell types, as determined by immunochemistry and electron microscopy (Malorni et a/., 1990). ToxA has been reported to cause a nuclear polarization (Fiorentini et a/., 1990), a multinucleation in the human leukemic T cell line Jurkat (Fiorentini et a/., 1992), as well as a surface blebbing with apoptosis-like cell death independent of calcium in rat intestinal cells (Fiorentini etal., 1993).All these effects are likely consequences of a disruption of the actin cytoskeleton. The subsequent cell rounding and inhibition of cell proliferation are logical general consequences of an irreversible progressive loss of functional Rho. Indeed a transient overexpression of Rho pro-

cytoskeletal disruption

Clostridium difficile Toxins

effects on tight junctions

teins can confer some resistance to the effects of both ToxA and B (Giry et al., 1995; Just et al., 1994a). Hyperphosphorylation of certain cellular proteins, as observed in ToxB-treated astrocytes (CiesielskiTreska et a/., 1991) and McCoy cells (Schue et al., 1994), might also occur after inactivation of Rho proteins and cytoskeletal disruption, although the signaling processes are not known. Of special interest with respect to the roles of the C. difficile toxins in disease are reports of effects on cultured intestinal cells. The T-84 cell line derived from human colon carcinoma, and cultured in vitro as a polarized epithelium, forms the tight junctions essential for epithelial barrier function. Both ToxA and B caused the disintegration of these tight junctions, measured as a loss of barrier function correlated with disruption of actin filaments (Hecht et al., 1988, 1992). This event occurred even at low toxin concentrations which did not cause rounding of the cells. Indeed, recent work with C. botulinum exoenzyme C3 demonstrated that Rho regulates the tight junctions and perijunctional actin organization in T-84 cells (Nusrat et al., 1995).This is consistent with the notion that the C. difficile toxins may disrupt epithelial barrier function due to glucosylation, and thereby inactivation, of Rho. The functions of the three subtypes of Rho proteins may vary in cells from different tissues, as well as in normal versus tumor cells (Coso et al., 1995; Nishiyama et al., 1994; Olson et al., 1995).If we assume that the C. difficile toxins attack Rac and Cdc42 as well as Rho in vivo, it is not surprising that the long-term consequences of toxin treatment differ between target cell types, as exemplified by the diversity of secondary effects described for both toxins. Thus the inhibition of macromolecular synthesis caused by ToxB in normal human fibroblasts (Florin and Thelestam, 1981) is expected, because cell rounding and the concomitant loss of cell surface fibronectin (Ahlgren et al., 1983) in anchorage-dependent cell lines will inhibit DNA-synthesis (Ben-Ze’ev et al., 1980). By contrast, ToxB did not affect DNA synthesis in transformed B cell lines, whereas it inhibited cytokinesis which depends directly on a functioning actin cytoskeleton (Shoshan et al., 1990). Finally, both toxins were reported to affect human monocytes causing cytokine release (Daubener et al, 1988; Flegel et al., 1991; Siffert et al., 1993), and ToxA was found to stimulate intracellular calcium release and a chemotactic response in human granulocytes (Pothoulakis et al., 1988).Whether these effects are due to glucosylation of Rho proteins or depend on some other separate effects of the toxins remains to be seen.

12.5.2 In Animal Models The in vivo effects of the C. difficile toxins on various targets in animal models have been detailed in a large number of reports (Castagliu010 et al., 1994; Gilbert et al., 1989a, b, Kelly et al., 1994; Kurose et al., 1994; Libby et al., 1982; Lima et al., 1988, 1989; Lyerly et al., 1985; Moore et al., 1990; Pothoulakis et al., 1994; Triadafilopoulos et al., 1989; and see also reviews cited in section 12.1). In particular the in M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

vivo effects of ToxA have been studied, since ToxB-induced intestinal effects in animals are negligible. Nevertheless, there is no simple model for the events that really take place in the animal intestine after ToxA-treatment, and there is even less understanding of the true C. difficile pathogenesis in huma ns. The most straightforward explanation for the intestinal symptoms elicited by ToxA would be that, after receptor-binding and endocytosis, the toxin glucosylates Rho proteins, leading to a loss of barrier function due to loss of integrity of the tight junctions. Later, a more general cytoskeletal breakdown would lead to disruption of microvilli and retraction of the cells from each other, causing the necrosis of villus cells actually observed after treatment with ToxA. The hemorrhagic fluid secretion and inflammation could be events secondary to the initial destruction of tight junctions and enterocytes, but would aggravate the mucosal necrosis. This simple cell model based on the enzymatic action of the toxins would also predict ToxB to be more potent than ToxA in the intestine, contrary to all previous data from animal studies (mostly on the small intestine). Indeed, in a recent investigation making use of mucosal sheets isolated from the human colon, ToxB was found to be approximately 10 times more potent than ToxA in causing epithelial cell necrosis, as well as a decreased barrier function (Riegler etal., 1995). Interestingly, there was an immediate onset of electrophysiological changes after luminal toxin exposure, suggesting direct damage to human colonic epithelium. These effects of the C. difficile toxins on the real target in human disease thus reflect more closely the different cytotoxic potencies of the two toxins. Another hypothetical model (Castagliuolo et al., 1994) suggests that ToxA, after receptor-binding on the intestinal mucosa, elicits a rapid transmembrane signal causing the release of a mediator(s) (of unknown nature) on the basolateral side of the epithelium. The mediator somehow activates neurons that trigger fluid secretion, as well as immune cells that initiate the strong inflammatory reaction. The two models d o not necessarily contradict each other, and a combination of them can be conceived. Due to its C-terminal ligand domain, ToxA might have a high transepithelial signaling capacity, with consequences according to the neuronal model, but it should also act according to the first model, by exerting its glucosyltransferase activity once it became internalized in enterocytes. ToxB has a shorter ligand domain, which in the tertiary structure of the toxin may not be exposed on the surface to the same extent as the ligand domain on ToxA. Thus ToxB might lack the capacity to induce the signaling events, explaining its lack of effect in animal intestines. However, its potent cytotoxic activity might be highly relevant in the human colon (Riegler et al., 1995),the site of C. difficile infection in man.

models of toxin action

Clostridiurn difficile Toxins

12.6 Relationship of the C. difficile Toxins to Other large Clostridial Cytotoxins A variant of ToxB produced by a serogroup F-strain of C. difficile (ToxBF) has recently been cloned and sequenced (Eichel-Streiber et al., 1995). Compared with classical ToxB, the variant toxin has 148 altered amino acid residues in the N-terminal third of the molecule, whereas the C-terminal repeat domain is highly conserved. There is a clear relationship between ToxA and B, and the C. sordellii hemorrhagic (HT) and lethal toxins (LT) respectively in their immunological (Martinez and Wilkins, 1992) and pathophysiological properties (Bette et al., 1991). The recently established sequence of LT (Green et al., 1995) confirms a close relationship with ToxB at the molecular genetic level. A sixth member of this family of large clostridial cytotoxins is the alpha-toxin from C. novyi, which appears to be immunologically unrelated to toxins A and B, although it shares 48 % sequence homology with these toxins (Hofmann et al., 1995). With regard to cellular morphologic effects, the C. novyi alphatoxin seems most closely related to toxins A and B (Bette et al., 1989), causing the characteristic actinomorphic response, i. e., cell retraction leaving long processes, as exemplified in Fig. 3. In contrast, the cytoskeletal effects of the C. sordellii toxins lead to cell rounding with formation of filopodia but no actinomorphic response (Giry et al.,

Fig. 3. Actinomorphic effect induced by Clostridium difficile ToxB in UDP-Glcdeficient mutant cells after microinjection of UDP-Glc. Chinese hamster lung mutant cells (Florin, 1991) were treated with ToxB (12ng/ml) for 1 h, after which some cells were microinjected with UDP-Glc (100mM). The microinjected cells developed the characteristic actinomorphic effect (Chang et al., 1978) within 30 min, whereas noninjected cells (arrows) were unaffected (Chaves-Olarte et al., 1996) M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

1995). Interestingly, the variant ToxBF resembles LT rather than ToxB with respect to phenotypic alterations induced in cells (Eichel-Streiber et a/., 1995).This suggests that the N-terminal amino acid alterations have somehow changed the activity of this toxin, and supports the assignment of the catalytic activity of all these toxins to the N-terminal domain. Taking into account the close structural and functional relationships between the large clostridial cytotoxins identified to date, one might expect them to have similar enzymatic activites. The finding that our UDP-Glc-deficientmutant cell is resistant to LT, HT and ToxBF (ChavesOlarte et al., 1996 and unpublished), in addition to ToxA and B (Florin, 1991), suggested that all these toxins may be glucosyltransferases. Indeed, the LT, HT and ToxBF were found to glucosylate small GTPases in cell lysates (Chaves-Olarte et a/., 1996; and Christoph von Eichel-Streiber, personal communication) but Rho is not one of the targets. The targets for LT were recently reported to be Ras, Rap and Rac (Popoff et a/., 1996). In contrast, the mutant cell is sensitive to the C. novyi alpha-toxin, which is consistent with the observation that this toxin does not depend on UDP-Glc, but instead uses UDP-GlcNAc as its co-substrate (Ingo Just, personal communication). As yet, no other bacterial toxin is known to act by glycosylation. Probably many other toxic proteins will turn out to have this activity, and it will be exciting to find out whether such toxins could also glycosylate cellular proteins other than the small GTPases targeted by the cytoskeleton-disruptingglycosyltransferase toxins known to date.

12.7 Conclusions and Perspectives for the Future During the past decade an increasing incidence of C. difficile disease has been evident worldwide. This bacterium is now recognized as a maior nosocomial pathogen in industrialized parts of the world (Lyerly and Wilkins, 1995).The pseudomembranous colitis caused by C. difficile was early recognized as a toxin disease, i.e., all symptoms can be evoked by the toxins. Understanding the disease thus requires an understanding of the toxins. Our knowledge of the molecular toxicology of C. difficile has been considerably improved as the enzymatic mode of action of the toxins have been identified. This knowledge also has the potential to help in answering a whole array of questions related to the functions of small G-proteins in cells. However, a large number of obvious questions remain both concerning the toxins per se, and their actions on single cells and in the intestine. One intriguing point is the significant differences in cytotoxic and enterotoxic potencies between toxins A and B. What determines these differences? Could the difference in cytotoxic potency simply reflect a difference in the affinity of the toxins for their cellular substrates? Preliminary observations in our laboratory suggest that ToxA, in glucosylation assays in vitro, using either cell lysates or recombinant Rho, is

comparison of Tox A and Tox B

Clostridiurndifficile Toxins

much less potent than ToxB with regard to glucosylation potency (Chaves Olarte et al., unpublished). However, the toxins obviously also have different cell surface receptors, and this could be part of the explanation. Despite the high homology at the primary sequence level, the native 3D-structures certainly differ. This is evident from the different epitope patterns, and also from the finding that ToxA is highly resistant to trypsin whereas ToxB is inactivated by this enzyme (Lyerly et al., 1989).The uneven epitope distribution on ToxA may imply that the native toxin is more or less covered by its C-terminal repeat structure, possibly by being dimerized in a manner that exposes predominantly the repeat structure. In contrast, ToxB is likely to have a 3Dconfiguration that also exposes some N-terminal parts of the molecule, as its epitopes appear to be distributed over the entire primary sequence of the molecule. Establishment of the 3D-structures for both toxins will be helpful in solving the receptor problem, and will answer several other questions as well. In the cellular intoxication steps occurring after receptor binding, both toxins require a low pH compartment and some kind of processing to be optimally active in the cytosol. The tertiary structures are likely to be unfolded at low pH, possibly exposing the common hydrophobic domain, which might promote toxin translocation across the endosomal membrane and delivery of (at least) the catalytically active part of the molecules to the cytosol. Nothing is known about how the toxins are processed in cells, or concerning the mode of toxin translocation across membranes. The 3D-structures created after these events most probably differ from the native ones. They should allow mapping of the amino acids forming the catalytic site, including the region(s) required for binding to the target GTPases as well as for binding the co-substrate UDP-Glc. Preparing fragments of the toxins for microinjection into cells will help to solve these latter questions, and also indicate whether the lower glucosylation potency of ToxA is due to a real difference in enzymatic potency or to a partial masking of the catalytic site by the C-terminal repeat structure. Another question to be explored is whether the C-terminal repeat regions alone, given extracellularly, could evoke some of the biological effects that have been described. For instance, an 873 amino acid repeat from ToxA can apparently elicit a rapid increase in cytosolic calcium in Chinese hamster ovary cells overexpressing sucrase isomaltase, a glycoprotein suggested as an intestinal receptor for ToxA (Thomas LaMont, personal communication). Would this same part of the ToxA molecule elicit fluid secretion in the intestine, explaining the postulated signaling capacity of ToxA? Does the ToxB repeat in isolation have any biological activity? Furthermore, high amounts of ToxB consistently cause a rapid "lytic" effect on cells, which has been correlated with a phospholipase A2 activation (Shoshan et al., 1993a). Since this phenomenon also occurred in the toxin-resistant UDP-Glc-deficient mutant cell, it is unrelated to the cytoskeletal effect mediated by Rho-glucosylation. How is the phospholipase A2 activation generated and does it have any implications for disease induced by C. difficile? Some of the answers to these questions may help to M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

clarify the true events in intestinal pathogenesis, and perhaps also give a clue to the intriguing phenomenon that neonates are resistant to C. difficile toxins in the intestine. Equally intriguing is the question of why and how animals die upon parenteral injection of low amounts of the toxins (Arnon et a/., 1984; Lyerly et al., 1986), and particularly the fact that the differences in enterotoxic and cytotoxic potencies are apparently not reflected in the lethal activities of the toxins. Defined fragments of the toxins will also be useful for clarifying this aspect of their biological actions. Obviously the C. difficile toxins will become extremely useful tools for further studies of how the Rho subfamily proteins control the ACTSK, as well as aspects of cell proliferation in different types of cells (Olson et al., 1995).These toxins will be easier to use for manipulation of small GTPases than the exoenzyme C3 from C. botulinurn, because they are internalized into cells and are more potent. Their drawback compared with C3 is that they attack more than one target protein. Preparation of mutant toxins, fragments of toxins or hybrid toxins which discriminate between various GTPase targets might solve this problem and allow sophisticated studies of the cellular cross-talk between small GTPases (see further discussion in Chapters 10 and 15). The use of the C. difficile toxins as tools should obviously not be restricted to basic cell biological applications. The possibility of using the toxins, or fragments of them, for vaccination purposes should be investigated. Moreover, it is tempting to suggest that potent cytotoxins like these might be useful in targeted tumor therapy. The recent study of Riegler and coworkers (1995) indicated that 3 nM ToxA had no effect on human colonic mucosal sheets, at least during a 5 h exposure. On the other hand as little as 0.01 -0.001 nM ToxA was shown to kill a variety of human colonic and pancreatic tumor cell lines, while 12-500 times more toxin was needed to kill cell lines derived from normal tissues (Kushnaryovet al., 1992). Is there a possibility of using ToxA locally as an antitumor agent directed against colon cancer?

applications of C. difficile toxins

Acknowledgements We are grateful to Drs Ove Lundgren, Christoph von Eichel-Streiber, Patrice Boquet, and Alberto Alape Giron for stimulating discussions and helpful suggestions. Studies from the authors' laboratory have been sponsored by the Swedish Medical Research Council (16X-05969)and Magnus Bergvalls Stiftelse.

References Ahlgren T, Florin I, Jarstrand C, et al. (1983): Loss of surface fibronectin from human lung fibroblasts exposed to cytotoxin from Clostridium difficile. In Infect. Immun. 39: 1470- 1472. Aktories K, Barman M, Ohishi I, et al. (1986): Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin. In Nature (London) 322: 390-392. Aktories K, Weller U, Chatwal GS (1987):Clostridium botulinum type C produces a novel ADP-ribosyltransferase distinct from C2 toxin. In FEBS Lett. 212: 109- 113. Clostridiurn difficile Toxins

Aktories K, Just I (1995):Monoglucosylation of low-molecular-mass GTP-binding Rho proteins by clostridial cytotoxins. In Trends Cell Biol. 5: 441 -443. Arnon SS, Mills DC, Day PA, et al. (1984): Rapid death of infant rhesus monkeys injected with Clostridiurn difficile toxins A and B: Physiologic and pathologic basis. In J. Pediatr: 104: 34-40. BannoY, KobayashiT, Watanabe K, etal. (1981):Two toxins (D-1 and D-2) of Clostridiurn difficile causing antibiotic-associated colitis: purification and some characterization. In Biochern. Int. 2: 629-635. Banno V, KobayashiT, Kono H, et al. (1984):Biochemical characterization and biologic actions of two toxins (D-1 and D-2) from Clostridiurn difficile. In Rev. Infect. Dis. 6: Sll-S20. Barroso LA, Wang SZ, Phelps CJ, et al. (1990):Nucleotide sequence of the Clostridiurn difficile toxin B gene. In Nucl. Acids Res. 18: 4004. Barroso LA, Moncrief JS, Lyerly DM, et al. (1994):Mutagenesis of the Clostridiurn difficile toxin B gene and effect on cytotoxic activity. In Microb. Pathogen. 16: 297-303. Bartlett JG, Onderdonk AB, Cisneros RL, et al. (1977):Clindamycin-associatedcolitis due to a toxin-producing species of Clostridium in hamsters. In J. Inf. Dis. 136: 701 -705. Bartlett JG (1990):Clostridiurn difficile: Clinical considerations. In Rev. Inf. Dis. 12: S243-S251. Ben-Ze’ev A, Farmer SR, Penman S (1980): Protein synthesis requires cell-surface contact while nuclear events respond to cell shape in anchorage-dependent fibroblasts. In Cell, 21 : 365-372. Bette P, Frevert J, Mauler F, et al. (1989):Pharmacological and biochemical, studies of cytotoxicity of Clostridiurn novyi type A alpha-toxin. In Infect. Imrnun. 57: 2507-2513. Bette P, Oksche A, Mauler F, et al. (1991):A comparative biochemical, pharmacological and immunological study of Clostridiurn novyi alpha-toxin, C.difficile toxin B and C.sordellii lethal toxin. In Toxicon, 29: 877-887. Bongaerts GPA, Lyerly D M (1994):Mini-review Role of toxins A and B in the pathogenesis of Clostridiurn difficile disease. In Microb. Pathogen. 17: 1 - 12. Caspar M, Florin I, Thelestam M (1987):Calcium and calmodulin in cellular intoxication with Clostridiurn difficile toxin B. In J. Cell. Physiol. 132: 168-172. Castagliuolo I, LaMont JT, Letourneau R, etal. (1994):Neuronal involvement in the intestinal effects of Clostridiurn difficile toxin A and Vibrio cholerae enterotoxin in rat ileum. In Gastroenterol. 107: 657-665. Chang T-W, Bartlett JG, Gorbach SL, et al. (1978):Clindamycin-inducedenterocolitis in hamsters as a model of pseudomembranous colitis in patients. In Infect. Irnrnun. 20: 526-529. Chardin P, Boquet P, Madaule P, et al. (1989):The mammalian G-protein rhoC is ADP-ribosylated by Clostridiurn botulinurn exoenzyme C3 and affects microfilaments in Vero cells. In EM60 J. 8: 1087- 1092. Chaves Olarte E, Florin I, Boquet P, et al. (1996): UDP-glucose deficiency in a mutant cell line protects against glucosyltransferasetoxins from Clostridiurn difficile and Clostridium sordellii 271 : 6925-6932. Ciesielski-Treska J, Ulrich G, Baldacini 0, et al. (1991):Phosphorylation of cellular proteins in response to treatment with Clostridium difficile toxin B and Clostridiurn sordellii toxin L. In Eur. J. Cell 6i0l. 56: 68-78. Coso OA, Chiariello M, Yu J-C, et al. (1995):The small GTP-binding proteins Racl and Cdc42 regulate the activity of the JNK/SAPK signaling pathway. In Cell, 81: 1137- 1146. Dove CH, Wang SZ, Price SB, et al. (1990):Molecular characterization of the Clostridiurn difficile toxin A gene. In Infect. Irnrnun. 58: 480-488. Daubener W, Leiser E, von Eichel-Streiber Cv, et al. (1988): Clostridiurn difficile toxins A and B inhibit human immune response in vitro. In Infect. Imrnun. 56: 1107- 1112. Eichel-Streiber Cv, Sauerborn M (1990): Clostridiurn difficile toxin A carries a Cterminal repetitive structure homologous to the carbohydrate binding region of streptococcal glycosyltransferases. In Gene, 96: 107- 113. M. THELESTAM, I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

Eichel-Streiber Cv, Laufenberg-Feldmann R, Sartingen S, et al. ( 1990): Cloning of Clostridium difficile toxin B gene and demonstration of high N-terminal homology between toxin A and B. In Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 179: 271 -279. Eichel-StreiberCv, Laufenberg-Feldmann R, Sartingen S, etal. (1992):Comparative sequence analysis of the Clostridium difficile toxins A and B. In M o l Gen Genet, 233: 260-268. Eichel-Streiber Cv (1993): Molecular biology of the Clostridium difficile toxins. In Genetics and Molecular Biology of Anaerobic Bacteria (Sebald M, ed) pp 264-289, New York: Springer Verlag. Eichel-Streiber Cv, Meyer zu Heringdorf D, Habermann E, et a/. (1995): Closing in on the toxic domain through analysis of a variant Clostridium difficile cytotoxin B. In Molec. Microbiol. 17: 313-321. Fiorentini C, Arancia G, Paradisi S, etal. (1989): Effects of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B on cytoskeleton organization in Hep-2 cells: A comparative morphological study. In Joxicon, 27: 1209-1218. Fiorentini C, Malorni W, Paradisi S, et al. (1990): Interaction of Clostridium difficile toxin A with cultured cells: cytoskeletal changes and nuclear polarization. In Infect. Immun. 58: 2329-2336. Fiorentini C, Thelestam M (1991):Review article Clostridium difficile toxin A and its effects on cells. In Toxicon, 29: 543-567. Fiorentini C, Chow SC, Mastrantonio P, et a/. (1992): Clostridium difficile toxin A induces multinucleation in the human leukemic T cell line JURKAT. In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 57: 292-297. Fiorentini C, Donelli G, Nicotera P, et a/. (1993): Clostridium difficile toxin A elicits Ca2+ -independent cytotoxic effects in cultured normal rat intestinal crypt cells. In Infect. Immun. 61 : 3988-3993. Flegel WA, Muller F, Daubener W, etal. (1991):Cytokine response by human monocytes to Clostridium difficile toxin A and toxin B. In Infect. Immun. 59: 3659-3666. Florin I, Thelestam M (1981): Intoxication of cultured human lung fibroblasts with Clostridium difficile toxin. In Infect. Immun. 33: 67-74. Florin I, Thelestam M ( 1983): Internalization of Clostridium difficile cytotoxin into cultured human lung fibroblasts. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 763: 383-392. Florin I, Thelestam M ( 1986): Lysosomal involvement in cellular intoxication with Clostridium difficile toxin B. In Microb. Pathogen. 1 : 373-385. Florin I (1991): Isolation of a fibroblast mutant resistant to Clostridium difficile toxins A and B. In Microb. Pathogen. 11: 337-346. Florin I, Thelestam M (1991): ADP-ribosylation in Clostridium difficile toxin-treated cells is not related to cytopathogenicity of toxin B. In Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1091: 51 -54. h e y SM, Wilkins TD (1992): Localization of two epitopes recognized by monoclonal antibody PCG-4 on Clostridium difficile toxin A. In Infect. Immun. 60: 2488-2492. Gilbert RJ, Triadafilopoulos G, Pothoulakis C, et a/. (1989a): Effect of purified Clostridium difficile toxins on intestinal smooth muscle. I. Toxin A. In Am. J. Physiol. 256: G759-G766. Gilbert RJ, Pothoulakis C, LaMont JT (198913): Effect of purified Clostridium difficile toxins on intestinal smooth muscle. II. Toxin B. In Am. J. Physiol. 256: G767-G772. Gilbert RJ, Pothoulakis C, LaMont JT, et al. (1995): Clostridium difficile toxin B activates calcium influx required for actin disassembly during cytotoxicity. In Am. J. Physiol. 268: G487-G495. Giry M, Popoff MR, Eichel-Streiber Cv, et al. (1995):Transient expression of RhoA, -B, and -C GTPases in HeLa cells potentiates resistance to Clostridium difficile toxins A and B but not to Clostridium sordellii lethal toxin. In Infect Immun. 63: 4063-4071. Green GA, Schue V, Monteil H (1995): Cloning and characterization of the cytotoxin L-encoding gene of Clostridium sordellii: homology with Clostridium difficile cytotoxin B. In Gene, 161: 57-61. Hall JC, O’Toole E (1935): Intestinal flora in new-born infants with a description of a new pathogenic anaerobe Bacillus difficilis. In Am J. Dis. Child. 49: 390-402. Clostridium difficile Toxins

Hecht G, Pothoulakis C, LaMont JT, et a/. (1988): Clostridium difficile toxin A perturbs cytoskeletal structure and tight iuncion permeability of cultured human intestinal epithelial monolayers. In J. Clin. Invest. 82: 1516- 1524. Hecht G, Koutsouris A, Pothoulakis C, et al. (1992):Clostridium difficile toxin B disrupts the barrier function of T84 monolayers. In Gastroenterology, 102: 416-423. Henriques B, Florin I, Thelestam M (1987):Cellular internalizationof Clostridium difficile toxin A. In Microb. Pathogen. 2: 455-463. Hofmann F, Herrmann A, Habermann E, et a/. (1995):Sequencing and analysis of the gene encoding the alpha-toxin of Clostridium novyi proves its homology to toxins A and B of Clostridium difficile. In Mol Gen Genet, 247: 670-679. Just I, Fritz G, Aktories K, etal. (1994~):Clostridium difficile toxin B acts on the GTPbinding protein Rho. In J. Biol. Chem. 269: 10706-10712. Just I, Richter H-P, Prepens U, et a/. (1994b):Probing the action of Clostridium difficile toxin B in Xenopus laevis oocytes. In J. Cell Sci. 107: 1653-1659. The law molecular mass GTPJust I, Selzer J, Eichel-Streiber Cv, et a/. (1995~): binding protein Rho is affected by toxin A from Clostridium difficile. In J. Clin. Invest. 95: 1026-1031. Just I, Selzer J, Wilm M, etal. (199513):Glucosylation of Rho proteins by Clostridium difficile toxin B. In Nature, 375: 500-503. Just I, Wilm M, Selzer J, et a/. (1995~): The enterotoxin from Clostridium difficile (ToxA) monoglucosylates the Rho proteins. In J. Biol. Chem. 270: 13932-13936. Kamiya S, Reed PJ, Borriello SP (1989):Purification and characterisation of Clostridium difficile toxin A by bovine thyroglobulin affinity chromatography and dissociation in denaturing conditions with or without reduction. In J. Med. Microbiol.

30: 69-77. Karlsson K-A (1995):Microbial recognition of target-cell glycoconjugates. In Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:622-635. Kelly CP, Becker S, Linevsky JK, et a/. (1994):Neutrophil recruitment in Clostridium difficile toxin A enteritis in the rabbit. In J. Clin. Invest. 93: 1257-1265. Krivan HC, Clark GF, Smith DF, etal. (1986):Cell surface binding site for Clostridium difficile enterotoxin: Evidence for a glycoconjugate containing the sequence Galalphal-3Galbeta1-4GlcNAc. In Infect. Immun. 53: 573-581. Kurose I, Pothoulakis C, LaMont JT, et a/. (1994): Clostridium difficile toxin A-induced microvascular dysfunction. Role of histamine, In J. Clin. Invest. 94: 1919- 1926. Kushnaryov VM, Sedmak JJ (1989):Effect of Clostridium difficile enterotoxin A on ultrastructure of Chinese hamster ovary cells. In Infect. Immun. 57: 3914-3921. Kushnaryov VM, Redlich PN, Sedmak JJ, et a/. (1992):Cytotoxicity of Clostridium difficile toxin A for human colonic and pancreatic carcinoma cell lines. In Cancer Res. 52: 5096-5099. Larson HE, Parry JV, Price AB, et a/. (1977): Undescribed toxin in pseudomembranous colitis. In Brit. Med. J. 1: 1246- 1248. Libby JM, Wilkins TD (1982): Production of antitoxins to two toxins of Clostridium difficile and immunological comparison of the toxins by cross-neutralization studies. In Infect. Immun. 35: 374-376. Libby JM, Jortner BS, Wilkins TD (1982):Effects of the two toxins of Clostridium difficile in antibiotic-associated cecitis in hamsters. In Infect. Immun. 36: 822-829. Lima AA, Lyerly DM, Wilkins TD, et a/. (1988):Effects of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B in rabbit small and large intestine in vivo and on cultured cells in vitro. In Infect. Immun. 56:582-588. Lima AA, lnnes DJ, Chadee K, etal. (1989):Clostridium difficile toxin A. Interaction with mucus and early sequential histopathologic effects in rabbit small intestine. In Lab. Invest. 61 : 419-425. Lyerly DM, Saum KE, MacDonald DK, et a/. (1985): Effects of Clostridium difficile toxins given intragastrically to animals. In Infect. Immun. 47: 349-352. Lyerly DM, Roberts MD, Phelps CJ, et al. (1986):Purification and properties of toxins A and 6 of Clostridium difficile. In FEMS Microbiol. Lett. 33: 31 -35. Lyerly DM, Krivan HC, Wilkins TD (1988):Clostridium difficile: its disease and toxins. In Clin. Microbiol. Rev. 1: 1-18. Lyerly DM, Carrig PE, Wilkins TD (1989):Susceptibility of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B to trypsin and chymotrypsin. In Microb. Ecol. Health & Dis. 2: 219-221. M. THELESTAM. I. FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

Lyerly DM, Wilkins TD (1995):Clostridium difficile. In Infections of the gastrointestinal tract (Blaser MJ, Smith PD, Ravdin JI, et a/. eds) pp 867-891, New York: Raven Press, Ltd Malorni W, Fiorentini C, Paradisi S, et al. (1990):Surface blebbing and cytoskeletal changes induced in vitro by toxin B from Clostridium difficile: An immunochemical and ultrastructural study. In Exp. Molec. Pathol. 52: 340-356. Martinez RD, Wilkins TD (1992):Comparison of Clostridium sordellii toxins HT and LT with toxins A and B of C.difficile. In J. Med. Microbiol. 36: 30-36. Meador Ill J, Tweten RK (1988): Purification and characterization of toxin B from Clostridium difficile. In Infect. Immun. 56: 1708- 1714. Moore R, Pothoulakis C, LaMont JT, et a/. (1990): C.difficile toxin A increases intestinal permeability and induces CI- secretion. In Am. J. Physiol. 259: G165G172. Muller H, Eichel-Streiber Cv, Habermann E (1992):Morphological changes of cultured endothelial cells after microinjection of toxins that act on the cytoskeleton. In Infect. Immun. 60: 3007-3010. Nishiyama T, Sasaki T, Takaishi K, et a/. (1994):rac p21 is involved in insulin-induced membrane ruffling and rho p21 is involved in hepatocyte growth factor- and 120-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate (TPA)-induced membrane ruffling in KB cells. In Mol. Cell. Biol. 14: 2447-2456. Nusrat A, Giry M, Turner JR, etal. (1995):Rho protein regulates tight junctions and perijunctional actin organization in polarized epithelia. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 92: 10629-10633. Olson MF, Ashworth A, Hall A (1995):An essential role for Rho, Rac, and Cdc42 GTPases in cell cycle progression through G1. In Science, 269: 1270-1272. Ottlinger ME, Lin S (1988): Clostridium difficile toxin B induces reorganization of actin, vinculin, and talin in cultured cells. In Exptl Cell Res. 174: 215-229. Popoff MR, Rubin EJ, Gill DM, et a/. (1988):Actin-specific ADP-ribosyl-transferase produced by a Clostridium difficile strain. In Infect. Immun. 56, 2299-2306. Popoff MR, Chaves-Olarte E, Lemichez E., et a/. (1996): Ras, Rap, and Rac small GTP-binding proteins are targets for Clostridium sordellii lethal toxin glucosylation. In J. Biol. Chem. 271, 10217-10224. Pothoulakis C, Sullivan R, Melnick DA, et a/. (1988): Clostridium difficile toxin A stimulates intracellular calcium release and chemotactic response in human granulocytes. In J. Clin. Invest. 81 : 1741- 1745. Pothoulakis C, Castagliuolo I, LaMont JT, et a/. (1994):CP-96,345, a substance P antagonist, inhibits rat intestinal responses to Clostridium difficile toxin A but not cholera toxin. In Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 91 : 947-951. Price SB, Phelps CJ, Wilkins TD, et al. (1987): Cloning of the carbohydrate-binding portion of the toxin A gene of Clostridium difficile. In Curr. Microbiol. 16: 55-60. Reuner KH, Presek P, Boschek CB, etal. (1987):Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin and disorganizes the microfilament network in intact cells. In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 43: 134-140. Ridley AJ, Hall A (1992):The small GTP-binding protein rho regulates the assembly of focal adhesion and actin stress fibers in response to growth factors. In Cell, 70: 389-399. Ridley AJ, Paterson HF, Johnston CL, etal. (1992):The small GTP-binding protein rac regulates growth factor-induced membrane ruffling. In Cell, 70: 401 -410. Riegler M, Sedivy R, Pothoulakis C, et al. (1995):Clostridium difficile toxin B is more potent than toxin A in damaging human colonic epithelium in vitro. In J. Clin. Invest. 95: 2004-2011. Rifkin GD, Fekety FR, Silva J, etal. (1977):Antibiotic-induced colitis implication of a toxin neutralised by Clostridium sordellii antitoxin. In Lancet, ii: 1103-1106. Sauerborn M, Eichel-Streiber Cv (1990):Nucleotide sequence of Clostridium difficile toxin A. In Nucl. Acids Res. 18: 1629-1630. Sauerborn M, Hegenbarth S, Laufenberg-Feldmann R, et a/. (1994):Monoclonal antibodies discriminating between Clostridium difficile toxins A and B. In Bacterial protein toxins (Freer J, Aitken R, Alouf JE, et al. eds) pp 510-511, Stuttgart Jena New York: Gustav Fischer Verlag.

Clostridiurn difficile Toxins

Schue V, Green GA, Girardot R, et a/. (1994):Hyperphosphorylation of calnexin, a chaperone protein, induced by Clostridium difficile cytotoxin. In Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 203: 22-28. Self AJ, Paterson HF, Hall A (1993):Different structural organization of Ras and Rho effector domains. In Oncogene, 8: 655-661. Shoshan MC, Aman P, Skog S, et a/. (1990):Microfilament-disrupting Clostridium difficile toxin B causes multinucleation of transformed cells but does not block capping of membrane lg. In Eur. J. Cell Biol. 53: 357-363. Activation of cellular phospholipase Shoshan MC, Florin I, Thelestam M (1993~): A2 by Clostridium difficile toxin B. In J. Cell. Biochem. 52: 116-124. Shoshan MC, Bergman T, Thelestam M, et a/. (1993b): Dithiothreitol generates an activated 250,000 mol.wt form of Clostridium difficile toxin B. In Toxicon, 31: 845-852. Siffert J-C, Baldacini 0, Kuhry J-G, et a/. (1993):Effects of Clostridium difficile toxin B on human monocytes and macrophages: possible relationship with cytoskeleta1 rearrangement. In Infect. Immun. 61 : 1082-1090. Sullivan NM, Pellet S, Wilkins TD (1982):Purification and characterization of toxins A and B of Clostridium difficile. In Infect. Immun. 35: 1032-1040. Thelestam M, Bronneg6rd M (1980): Interaction of cytopathogenic toxin from Clostridium difficile with cells in tissue culture. In Scand. J. Infect. Dis. Suppl. 22: 16-29. Thelestam M, Florin I ( 1984):Cytopathogenic action of Clostridium difficile toxins. In J. Toxicol. Toxin Rev. 3:139-180. Thelestam M, Gross R (1990):Toxins acting on the cytoskeleton. In Handbook of toxinology (Shier WT, Mebs D, eds) pp 423-492, New York and Basel: Marcel Dekker, Inc. Triadafilopoulos G, Pothoulakis C, Weiss R, et a/. (1989): Comparative study of Clostridium difficile toxin A and cholera toxin in rabbit ileum. In Gastroenterol.97: 1186-1192. Tucker KD, Wilkins TD (1991):Toxin A of Clostridium difficile binds to the human carbohydrate antigens I, X, and Y. In Infect. Immun. 59: 73-78. Wedel N, Toselli P, Pothoulakis C, et a/. (1983):Ultrastructural effects of Clostridium difficile toxin B on smooth muscle cells and fibroblasts. In Exptl Cell Res. 148: 413 -422.

M. THELESTAM, I, FLORIN and E. CHAVES-OLARTE

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 13

Clostridium difficile Toxin B as a Probe for Rho GTPases I. JUST, J. SELZER, F. HOFMANN, and K. AKTORIES

13.1 Int roduction Clostridium difficile toxin B exhibits cytotoxic activity which leads to preferential destruction of the microfilament system of cell monolayers (Bongaerts and Lyerly, 1994; Wolfhagen et al., 1994).These effects are due to the mono-glucosyltransferase activity of toxin B which modifies the low molecular mass GTPases of the Rho subfamily (Just et a/., 1995a; Aktories and Just, 1995). ToxinB uses selectively the cosubstrate UDP-glucoseto transfer the glucose moiety to the Rho, Rac and Cdc42 proteins. The acceptor amino acid of glucose (Thr-37 in Rho and Thr-35 in Rac / Cdc42) is located in the effector domain of the Rho GTPases, and glucosylation renders the GTPases inactive (Just et a/., 1995a).The Rho subfamily GTPases are involved in the regulation of the submembranous and cytoplasmatic actin cytoskeleton (Hall, 1994). Whereas Rho controls the formation of focal adhesions and stress fibers (Ridley and Hall, 1992), Rac participates in membrane ruffling (Ridley et a/., 1992) and Cdc42 in formation of filopodia (Nobes and Hall, 1995; Kozma et a/., 1995). Recently, the Rho subfamily GTPases have been identified as being involved in the activation of transcription factors via the Ras-regulated pathway (Minden et a/., 1995) and in a Ras independent signal cascade (Hill et a/., 1995; Coso et al., 1995; Olson et a/., 1995). Clostridium difficile toxin B (cytotoxin) is coexpressed with toxin A (enterotoxin). Both toxins are single-chained exotoxins which have molecular weights of 270 and 308 kDa, respectively (Barroso et a/., 1990; Dove et a/., 1990; Sauerborn and Eichel-Streiber, 1990). Both toxins show 45% identity (63% homology) at the amino acid level (Eichel-Streiber et a/., 1992; Eichel-Streiber, 1993), and they share common structural features: The C-terminal part contains repetitive peptide structures, which are most likely involved in cell receptor binding, followed by a small hydrophobic region in the center of the toxin molecule which putatively participates in the transport of the toxins into the cytoplasm of the target cell (Eichel-Streiber and Sauerborn, 1990; Hofmann et al., 1995; Dove et al., 1990).The N-terminal part is probably responsible for the biological activity of the cytotoxins (Eichel-Streiber, 1993; Barroso et al., 1994). Both toxins are mono-

mode of action of toxin B

structure of toxins A and B

K. Aktories (Ed.),Bacterial Toxins. @ Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

glucosyltransferases which share the identical target proteins, the Rho GTPases (Just etal., 1995a; Just etal., 199513; Aktories and Just, 1995).

13.2 Purification of Toxin A and Toxin B Purification of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B is performed using a modified procedure according to Eichel-Streiber et al., 1987.

1. A dialysis bag containing 900 ml of 0.9 % NaCl in a total volume of 4 I brain heart infusion (BHI, Difco) is inoculated with 100 ml of an overnight BHI culture of C. difficile strain VPI 10463. 2. After incubation under microaerophilic conditions at 37°C for 72 h the culture is centrifuged for 20 min at 8000g in a Sorvall GSA rotor to obtain the culture supernatant.

3. Ammonium sulfate is slowly added to the culture supernatant to reach a final concentration of 70 %. 4. After stirring for 3 h at 4"C, the suspension is centrifuged at 8000 g for 30 min at 4°C. 5. The precipitate is dissolved in 15 mI of 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH Z5) followed by overnight dialysis against 2 x 1 I of 50 mM Tris-HCI at 4°C. 6. The dialyzed sample is cleared by centrifugation (8000g for 30min at 4°C) and is then directly applied onto a MonoQ column (HR 10/10; Pharmacia, Freiburg, Germany), previously equilibrated with 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5).

7. The bound proteins are eluted by using a linear gradient from 50 mM to 700 mM NaCI. A typical chromatogram is shown in Fig 1.

8. The fractions (1.5 ml each) are analyzed by 7 % SDS-PAGE followed by Coomassie blue staining to test the purity of the toxins.

assaying cytotoxic activity

The cytotoxic activity of the purified toxins is tested by applying toxin dilutions ranging from to to Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells cultured in 96 well plates, and monitoring the morphological changes of the cells. The morphological changes are characterized by rounding of the cells accompanied by formation of arborescent extensions. These features occur within 3 h at concentrations of approximately 1 ng/ml for toxin B and 1 pg/ml for toxin A. Storage and stability: Toxin B is dissolved in 550mM NaCl plus 50 mM Tris-HCI (pH 7.5), and toxin A in 250 mM NaCl plus 50 mM TrisHCI (pH 7.5). After addition of glycerol (20%, v/v) the toxins are

storage

I. JUST eta/.

stored at -80°C. Repeated thawing and freezing should be avoided because of increased denaturation / inactivation of the toxins. At 4°C the toxins are stable for 2-3 weeks.

ToxA

/TOXB

. l

0

'

l

20

'

l

40

'

t

'

60

l

80

'

l

'

100

l

'

120

l

'

1

140

ml Fig. 1. Purification of Clostridium difficile toxin A and toxin B by FPLC chromatography. 20ml of the resuspended and dialyzed ammonium sulfate precipitate of the culture supernatant was loaded onto a MonoQ HR 10/10 column (Pharmacia, Freiburg, Germany). Elution was performed with a linear NaCl gradient (0.05 to l.0M) at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. Extinction was measured at 280nm in arbitrary units with an amplification factor of 0.5. The toxins eluted at either 25 % buffer B (1 M NaCl / 0.05 M Tris-HCI; pH Z5) for toxin A (ToxA) or at 60 % buffer B for toxin B (ToxB)

13.3 Glucosyltransferase Activity of Toxin B Both toxin A and toxin B catalyze 0-glucosylation of the Rho subfamily proteins at a threonine residue. UDP-glucose serves as cosubstrate, and is selectively used by the .toxins, whereas other nucleotide sugars are not cosubstrates. Toxin-catalyzed monoglucosylation is almost complete in the GDP-bound form. Bound GTP causes a decrease in incorporation of glucose, and the bound nonhydrolyzable analogue GTP[S] completely blocks glucosylation. Besides transferase activity, both toxins exhibit, in the absence of the protein substrates, UDP-glucose glycohydrolase activity that cleaves Clostridiurn difficile Toxin B 0 s o Probe for Rho GTPoses

the cosubstrate into UDP and glucose. Glycohydrolase activity is much lower than transferase activity. In cell-free systems (recombinant GTPases or cell lysates), both toxins exhibit their enzymic effects only at a concentration 10-100 times higher than that applied to intact cells. This difference in concentration may be due to failure in toxin activation, which most likely occurs when the toxins enter the cell by receptor-mediated endocytosis. The same is true when the toxins are microiniected, thereby bypassing the entry (and activation) mechanism.

13.3.1 Glucosylation in Cell Lysates cell lysis

Before cell lysis, the cell monolayer is rinsed with ice cold phosphatebuffered saline (PBS) and the cells are then mechanically removed in the presence of lysis buffer (2 m M MgCI2, 0.1 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 20 pg/ml leupeptin, 80 pg/ml benzamidine in 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.4) followed by sonication five times on ice. After centrifugation for 10 min at 2000 g to remove the nuclei and cell debris, the supernatant is used for the glucosylation reaction.

1. 40pl of cell lysate plus 10pM of UDP-['4C]glucose (300mCi/ mmol) and 20 y M unlabeled UDP-glucose, is incubated with 1 pg/ml of toxin B (total volume 50 pl) for 45 min at 37°C. If UDPglucosylation reaction

['4C]glucose is purchased in ethanolic solution, a sample is freeze dried and dissolved in 50 m M HEPES, pH 7.4 to obtain a concentration of 100 pM.

2. The glucosylation reaction is terminated by addition of 1OpI Laemmli sample buffer followed by incubation for 5 min at 95°C. Alternatively, the reaction is stopped by addition of 1 ml of trichloroacetic acid (20 %, w/v). 3. The proteins are separated by 12.5 % SDS-gel electrophoresis and the ['4C]labeled proteins are analyzed using a phosphorimager system (Molecular Dynamics) (Fig.2). The exposure time for the gels varies from 6 to 24 h, depending on the concentration of the Rho subfamily proteins and the concentration of unlabeled UDP-glucose. For autoradiography, the exposure time is 5 to 14 days.

glucosylation with toxin A

I. JUSTetal.

Toxin A glucosylates the identical substrate proteins (Rho, Rac, Cdc42) that are glucosylated by toxin B. Thus, the glucosylation reaction can also be performed with toxin A. However, the toxin A concentration has to be 10 pg/ml (instead of 1 yglml for toxin B).

Fig. 2. Glucosylation of cell lysates with Clostridium difficile toxin B. For [32P]ADPribosylation, lysates from NIH3T3 cells (1.5 mg/ml of protein) were incubated in the presence of 10pM [32P]NADplus 10mM thymidine with 1 pg/ml C3 for 30min at 37°C as described in section 13.4.2.2. For [ I C]glucosylation, lysates from NIH3T3 cells (1.5mg/ml of protein) were incubated in the presence of 30pM UDP['4C]glucosewith 1 pg/ml toxin B for 45 min at 37°C as described in Section 13.3.1. The proteins were separated on 12.5 % SDS-PAGE and the labeled proteins were analyzed using a phosphorimager system (shown).ADP-ribosylation, but not glucosylation, alters the migration behaviour of Rho

13.3.2 Glucosylation of Recombinant Rho Proteins or Membranous Fractions Recombinant GTPases (50 yg/ml) or membranous fractions (1 mg/ ml) are glucosylated in a buffer containing 2 m M MgCI2, lOOmM KCI, 0.1 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, 0.1 m M GDP, 5 0 m M HEPES (pH Z4),30 y M UDP-['4C]glucoseand 1 yg/ml toxin B (total volume 50 yl) for 45 min at 37°C. The concentration of UDP-glucose should exceed the concentration of the GTPases at least five-fold. The glucosylation reaction is terminated by addition of 10 yl Laemmli sample buffer, incubated for 5min at 95"C, followed by separation of the proteins by electrophoresis on a 12.5 % SDS-gel. Labeled proteins are analyzed using a phosphorimager system.

13.3.3 Glucosylation of Recombinant GTPases for Microinjection Recombinant Rho proteins are glucosylated in the presence of unlabeled UDP-glucose. The reaction is terminated by passing the reaction mixture through a membrane with an exclusion molecular weight of 100kDa to remove toxin B (270kDa). As a control, the GTPase is incubated with toxin B but in absence of the cosubstrate UDP-glucose.

Clostridium difficile Toxin B as a Probe for Rho GTPases

@

Recombinant Rho proteins (400 pg/ml) are glucosylated in a buffer containing 2 m M MgCI2, 0.1 mM GDP, 50mM HEPES ( ~ H 7 . 4 ) ~ 0.1 mM UDP-glucose and 5 yglml toxin B (total volume 100 pl) for 45min at 37°C. Thereafter, the reaction mixture is centrifuged at 5000g in a Microcon 100 (Amicon). The filtrate ( 1 :20000. 8. Fractions containing the toxin are pooled, dialyzed against 10 m M ammonium acetate, and aliquots are lyophilized and stored at -70°C. Alternatively, the dialysis can be performed with PBS, and aliquots of the solutions are frozen directly. If repeated freeze-thaw-cycles are avoided, the toxin activity is stable for years. S. BHAKDI eta1

17.7.2 Purification of Streptolysin 0 The protocol is applicable to bacterial cultures of from 2 to 20 I, and yields 0.2 to 0.6 mg toxin per liter of culture. Preparation of culture medium and production of culture supernatants containing SLO. Seeding cultures of Streptococcus pyogenes, Richards strain, are prepared in Brain-Heart-Infusion medium by overnight incubation at 37°C. For long term storage of the strain, the culture is supplemented to 50% (by volume) with sterile glycerol and kept at -70°C.

1. Toxin production medium is prepared from Bacto Proteose Peptone No. 3 (Difco) 20g, and Yeast Extract 20 g (Difco),and flasks of the appropriate volume (up to 5 I ) are filled with distilled water to bottom of the neck.

toxin production

2. After autoclaving at 110°C for 30min, 25 mI of sterile 10 % N a H C 0 3 and 20 ml of sterile 50 % glucose are added. 3. The culture is started with 20ml inoculum per liter. Streptococci are cultured at 37°C and after 4 h the addition of N a H C 0 3and glucose is repeated. The pH of the medium is monitored every

30 min and adjusted to 7.5 with 1 M NaOH, while stirring with a magnetic bar. 4. After 8 h the culture is harvested by centrifugation, 10000 g for 15 min, 4°C.

5. Fractionation of culture supernatant: The subsequent steps, excluding the hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC), are carried out at 4°C. The supernatant is concentrated by membrane filtration, preferably by employing a tangential flow ultraconcentrator to 1/40 of the culture volume.

6. The concentrate is supplemented with 10mM EDTA, 10mM benzamidine and 0.5 m M phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride, precipitated by addition of saturated (NH4)2S04 buffered to pH 6.5 to 60 % saturation, kept overnight and recovered by centrifugation.

7. The (NHJ2S04precipitate is dissolved in PBS (150mM NaCI, 10 m M Na2HP04/NaH2P04,pH 6.8), about 2 ml/litre of culture, centrifuged at 50000 g, 30 min and sterile filtered. Covalent chromatography: The method described by Alouf and Geoffrey (1988)is followed with some modifications. A set of columns is used in tandem. The first is a Thiopropyl-Sepharose 6B@ column (about 1 ml/per I of culture) in the free thiol form. The second (about 2 ml/per I of culture) is activated with thiopyridine (if necessary, the gel is activated according to the manufacturerS instruction).The gel of the first column is converted to the reduced form by washing with Pore-forming Toxins

0.1 M sodium borate, 1 m M EDTA, 100mM DTT (3 column volumes), followed by PBS + 2 m M EDTA (5 column volumes) and connected to the second column filled with the thiopyridine-activated gel. The dissolved precipitate is applied with a flow of 0.1 ml/min, and the column set is washed with column buffer, about 10 column volumes overnight. The reducing column is disconnected and the second column is eluted with the latter buffer supplemented with 10mM DTT, at a flow of 0.1 ml/min. Fractions of about 1/5 column volume are collected and assayed by SDS-PAGE and the hemolytic activity determined. Hydrophobic interaction chromatography: Fractions containing hemolytic activity from covalent chromatography column are subjected to hydrophobic-interaction chromatography on AlkylSuperoseB (Pinkney et a/., 1995). Prior to application to the column, the fractions are mixed with an equal volume of 2M (NH4)2S04 in 50 m M Na2P04(brought to pH 6.5 with N a O H ) and centrifuged at 10000 g for 5 min. The sample is applied to the column equilibrated with buffer A (1 M (NH&S04, 5 0 m M Na2P04, p H 6.5) and the column is washed with 4 column volumes of the latter buffer. Streptolysin 0 is eluted by a linear gradient of 5 column volumes to buffer B (50mM NaH2P04, pH6.5) at a flow rate of 0.5mVmin. Fractions (1 ml) are assayed by SDS-PAGE, and hemolytic activity determined. Streptolysin 0 containing fractions are pooled and stored at -70°C.

storage conditions

Storage of purified streptolysin 0.The eluate from the hydrophobic chromatography column may be aliquoted and kept frozen at -70°C. Freeze drying of purified streptolysin 0, without loss of activity (even of dilute samples), is possible if 0.1 % (w/v) bovine serum albumin is added.

17.8 Application of PFTs as Tools in Research permeabilization of plasma membranes

advantages of PFTs

S. BHAKDI etal.

The first paper describing the use of PFTs as tools to permeabilize plasma membranes was published in 1985 (Ahnert-Hilger et a/., 1985). In that study, chromaffin cells permeabilized with alpha-toxin and streptolysin 0 were shown to retain their capacity to secrete granule constituents following stimulation with low concentrations of Ca”. Since then, an ever increasing number of investigators are confirming that PFTs are better tools for membrane permeabilization than digitonin or saponin. As a consequence, alpha-toxin and, especially, streptolysin 0 are now being employed by over 100 groups as tools in cell biology, and this number is steadily growing. The advantages of PFTs are manifold. The effects of digitonin or saponin are normally difficult to predict, control or monitor. In contrast, the actions of PFTs are well characterized and easy to control. The toxins are easy to handle. The two agents currently used by most groups, alpha-toxin and streptolysin 0, are stable and can be stored in lyophilized form for years. No special procedures are required to

activate the toxins: pores are generated within minutes after the application to target cells, without the requirement for divalent ions and over a wide pH range. The processes of binding and pore-formation can generally be dissociated by simple temperature shifts (AhnertHilger et al., 1988). Binding can be achieved at low temperature without pore-formation; the cells may then be washed free of unbound toxin, and permeabilization can be achieved by transferring the cells to 37°C. In this way it can be guaranteed that pore-formation occurs exclusively in the plasma membrane. Pores formed by PFTs are usually fairly well defined in size, so that judicious choice of toxin and of experimental conditions will generally enable one to roduce stable membrane lesions ranging from approximately 8 to 300 8, in functional diameter. It becomes possible to manipulate the intracellular ionic milieu, to introduce small molecules such as nucleotides into the cells, or to apply large molecules such as antibodies to the cytoplasm. Since pure preparations of PFT are devoid of enzymatic (proteolytic) activity, they cause no direct alterations of cell constituents. In the following, simple strategies for utilization of PFTs will be outlined. When very small pores that are permissive for monovalent but not for divalent ions are required, alpha-toxin should be used in a concentration range of 0.5-5 yglml. Most cells will become permeabilized.Note, however, that certain cells exhibit a natural resistance towards alpha-toxin and pore formation will not occur. A simple means to discern whether permeabilization has taken place is to observe whether the cells swell; increases in cell volume are the consequence of an uncontrolled flux of monovalent ions and water, and can be observed microscopically or by flow cytometry. Another simple method is measurement of cellular ATP One hour after toxin application, cells are lysed with Triton X-100, and ATP is quantified using the luciferase assay (method described in (Bhakdi et al., 1989)). ATP depletion will always be found in cells that have been permeabilized. When larger pores that allow fluxes of Ca2+ and ATP/GTP are required, several possibilities arise. The first is the use of high concentrations (>20 yg/ml) of alpha-toxin: this leads to generation of Ca2+-permissivepores in most cells. A further possibility is the use of E. coli hemolysin (HIyA), but two points should be heeded. First, the RTX- toxins require Ca2+in order to bind to target cells. It is therefore more difficult to construct experiments in which Ca2+-dependentcellular processes are to be studied. Second, low concentrations of HlyA provoke short-circuiting of G-protein-dependent signaling pathways. Such reactions may superimpose themselves on the cellular processes under study. HlyA has not yet been used in membrane permeabilization experiments, but this toxin harbors potential advantages since it will permeabilize most mammalian cells to create pores that permit flux of Ca2+and small molecules such as nucleotides, without allowing efflux of cytosolic proteins (reviewed in Bhakdi e t al., 1993).

well defined pore size

1

control of pore size

induction of very small pores

induction of larger pores

use of different toxins

Pore-forming Toxins

production of very large pores

future developments

When very large pores are needed, streptolysin 0 is presently the most convenient toxin to apply. Streptolysin 0 pores are so large that cytoplasmic proteins rapidly egress from the cells; however, intracellular organelles and the cytoskeleton remain, so that key cellular processes such as vesicle trafficking and movement of peptides amongst cellular compartments can be analyzed, e.g. with the use of antibodies. A promising permeabilizing agent is tetanolysin, because this PFT appears to create pores covering a wide range of sizes dependent simply on the concentration applied (Weller et al., unpublished). Finally, engineered Streptolysin 0 toxin mutants are currently being produced in our laboratory that may permit pores of controllable size to be created. A series of alpha-toxin mutants are also becoming available that contain built-in switches and triggers, thus permitting yet more subtle control over the permeabilization event (Bayley, 1994b; Chang et al., 1995; Valeva et a/., 1996; Walker and Bayley, 1994).


Supplier

Cat-No.

Pall-Filtron Pall-Filtron

Prova- F P OSOlOC72

Difco Difco Pharmacia

0123-07-5 0127-07-1 17-0729-01

Merck Difco Pall-Filtron Pharmacia Pharmacia

10493 0122-01 OS030C72 17-0420-01 17-0587-01

Alpha toxin: Tangetial flow concentrator Provario 3 Ultrafiltration membrane Ultrasette Omega (cut off 10 kDa) Bacto Tryptone Bacto Yeast Extract SP-Sepharose fast flow

Streptolysin 0: Brain heart infusion Bacto Profuse-Peptone No. 3 Ultrafiltration membrane (cut off 30 kDa) Thiopropyl-Sepharose 68 Alkyl-Superose HR 10/110 column

Acknowledgements Our studies have received the continued support of the DFG (SFB 311) and the Verband der Chemischen Industrie.

References Ahnert-Hilger G, Bhakdi S, Gratzl M (1985):Minimal requirements for exocytosis: a study using PC12 cell permeabilized with staphylococcal a-toxin. In J Biol Chem 260: 12730- 12734. Ahnert-Hilger G, Bader MF, Bhakdi S, etal. (1988):Introduction of macromolecules into bovine adrenal medullary chromaffin cells and rat pheochromocytoma cells (PC 12) by permeabilization with streptolysin-0: inhibitory effects of tetanus toxin on catecholamine secretion. In J Neurochem 52: 1751-1758. Alouf JE, Geoffroy C (1988):Production, purification and assay of streptolysin 0. In Microbial Toxins: Tools in Enzymology. Methods in Enzymology 165 (Harshman S, ed) pp 52-59, Academic Press, San Diego. S. BHAKDI ef ol.

Alouf JE, Geoffroy C (1991): The family of the antigenically-related, cholesterolbinding (“sulphydryl-activated”) cytolytic toxins. In: Alouf JE, Freer JH (ed) Sourcebook of bacterial protein toxins, Academic Press Ltd, p. 147-186. Arvand M, Bhakdi S, Dahlback B et a/. (1990) Staphylococcus aureus alpha-toxin attack on human platelets promotes assembly of the prothrombinase complex. In J Biol Chem 265: 14377-14381 Bayley H (1994): Channels with single transmembrane segments. In News Physiol sci 9:45. Bayley H (1994):Triggers and switches in self-assembling pore-forming proteins. In J Cell Biochem 56: 177-182. Bazil V (1995): Physiological enzymatic cleavage of leukocyte membrane molecules. In lmmunol Today 16: 135-140. Benz R, Schmid A, Wagner W et a/. (1989): Pore formation by the Escherichia coli hemolysin: Evidence for an association-dissociation equilibrium of the poreforming aggregates. In Infect lmmun 57: 887-895. Bernheimer AW (1974): Interactions between membranes and cytolytic bacterial toxins. In Biochim Biophys Acta 344: 27-50. Bhakdi S, Bayley H, Valeva A et a/. (1996):Staphylococcal alpha-toxin, streptolysin 0, and Escherichia coli hemolysin: prototypes of pore forming bacterial cytolysins. In Arch Microbiol 165: 73-79. Bhakdi S, Greulich S, Muhly M etal. (1989): Potent leukocidal action of Escherichia coli hemolysin mediated by permeabilization of target cell membranes. In J Exp Med 169: 737-754. Bhakdi S, Mackman N, Nicaud JM et a/. (1986): Escherichia coli hemolysin may damage target cell membranes by generating transmembrane pores. In Infect lmmun 52: 63-69. Bhakdi S, Tranum-Jensen J (1991):Alpha-toxin of Staphylococcus aureus. In Microbiol Rev 55: 733-751. Bhakdi S, Tranum-Jensen J, Sziegoleit A (1985):Mechanism of membrane damage by streptolysin-0. In Infect lmmun 47: 52-60. Bhakdi S, Tranum-Jensen J (1987): Damage to mammalian cells by proteins that form transmembrane pores. In Rev Physiol Biochem PharmacollO7: 147-223. Bhakdi, S, Weller U, Walev I et al. (1993):A guide to the use of pore-forming toxins for controlled permeabilization of cell membranes. In M e d Microbiol lmmunol 182: 167- 175. Bhakdi S, Grimminger F, Suttorp N etal. (1994): Proteinaceous bacterial toxins and pathogenesis of sepsis syndrome and septic shock: the unknown connection. In M e d Microbiol lmmunoll83: 119-144. Bhakdi S, Muhly M, Mannhardt U et a/. (1988): Staphylococcal alpha toxin promotes blood coagulation via attack an human platelets. In J Exp M e d 168: 527-542. Bramley AJ, Patel AH, O’Reilly M et a/. (1989): Roles of alpha-toxin and beta-toxin in virulence of Staphylococcus aureus for the mouse mammary gland. In Infect lmmun 57: 2489-2494. Cassidi P, Harshman S. (1976): Biochemical studies on the binding of staphylococcal ’251-labeledalpha-toxin to rabbit erythrocytes. In Biochemistry 15: 2348-2355. Chang C, Niblack B, Walker B et a/. (1995):A photogenerated pore-forming protein. In Chemistry & Biology 2: 391 -400. Cramer WA, Heymann JB, Schendel SL et al. (1995): Structure-function of the channel-forming colicins. In Annu Rev Biophys Biomol Struct 24: 611 -641. Freer JH, Arbuthnott JP, Bernheimer AW (1968):Interaction of staphylococcal alpha toxin with artificial and natural membranes. In J Bacteriol95: 1153-1168. Fussle R, Bhakdi S, Sziegoleit A et al. (1981):O n the mechanism of membrane damage by s. aureus alpha-toxin. In J Cell Biol91: 83-94. Gazit E, Shai Y (1993): Structural characterization, membrane interaction, and specific assembly within phospholipid membranes of hydrophobic segments brom bacillus thuringiensis var. israelensis cytolytic toxin. Gouaux JE, Braha 0, Hobaugh MR etal. (1994):Subunit stoichiometry of staphylococcal alpha-hemolysin in crystals and on membranes: a heptameric transmembrane pore. In Proc Nut1Acad Sci USA 91 : 12828-12831. Pore-forming Toxins

Grimminger F, Sibelius U, Bhakdi S et al. (1991):Escherichia coli hemolysin is a POtent inductor of phosphoinositide hydrolysis and related metabolic responses in human neutrophils. In J Clin Invest 88: 1531-1539. Hackett M, Guo L, Shabanowitz J et al. (1994): Internal lysine palmitoylation in adenylate cyclase toxin from Bordetella pertussis. In Science 266: 433-435. Hall RH, Drasar BS (1990):Vibrio cholerae hemolysin is processed by proteolysis. In Infect lrnrnun 58: 3375-3379. Hanna PC, Acosta D, Collier RJ (1993):O n the role of macrophages in anthrax. In Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 90: 10198- 10201. Hildebrand A, Pohl M, Bhakdi S (1991):Staphylococcus aureus alpha-toxin. Dual mechanisms of binding to target cells. In J Biol Chem 266: 17195-17200. Howard SP, Buckley JT (1982):Membrane glycoprotein receptor and hole-forming properties of a cytolytic protein toxin. In Biochemistry 21: 1662-1667. lssartel J-P, Koronakis V, Hughes C (1991):Activation of Escherichia coli prohaemolysin to the mature toxin by acyl carrier protein-dependent fatty acylation. In Nature 351 :759-761. lwamoto M, Ohno-lwashita V, Ando S (1990): Effect of isolated C-terminal fragment of @toxin (perfringolysin0)on toxin assembly and membrane lysis. In Eur J Biochern 194: 25-31. Jonas D, Walev I, Berger T et al. (1994):Small transmembrane pores created by staphylococcal alpha-toxin in T lymphocytes evoke internucleosomal DNAdegradation. In Infect lrnrnun 62: 1304-1312. Li JD, Carroll J, Ellar DJ (1991):Crystal structure of insecticidal delta-endotoxin from Bacillus thuringiensis at 2.5 A resolution. In Nature 353: 815-821. Mackiewicz A, Schooltink H, Heinrich PC et al. (1992):Complex of soluble human IL-6-receptor/lL-6up-regulates expression of acute-phase proteins. In J lmrnunol 149: 2021 -2027. Mayer MM (1972): Mechanism of cytolysis by complement. In Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 69: 2954-2959. Milne JC, Furlong D, Hannah PC etal. (1994):Anthrax protective antigen forms oligomers during intoxication of mammalian cells. In J Biol Chem 269: 20607-20612. Montecucco C, Papini E, Schiavo G (1994):Bacterial protein toxins penetrate cells via a four-step mechanism. In FEBS Lett 346: 92-98. O’Hanley P, Lalonde G, Ji G (1991):Alpha-hemolysin contributes to the pathogenicity of piliated digalactoside-binding Escherichia coli in the kidney: efficacy of an alpha-hemolysin vaccine in preventing renal injury in the BALB/c mouse model of pyelonephritis. In Infect lrnrnun 59: 1153-1161. O’Reilly M, Azavedo JCS, Kennedy S et al. (1986): Inactivation of the alphahaemolysin gene of Staphylococus aureus 8325-4 by site-directed mutagenesis and studies on the expression of its haemolysins. In Microb Pathog 1: 125-138. Ohno-lwashita V, Ywamoto M, Mitsui K et al. (1988): Protease nicked @-toxin of Clostridium perfringens a new membrane probe with no catalytic effect reveals two classes of cholesterol as toxin-binding sites on sheep erythrocytes. In EurJ Biochem 176: 95-101. Palmer M, Valeva A, Kehoe M et al. (1995):Kinetics of streptolysin 0 assembly. In Eur J Biochern 231 : 388-395. Palmer M, Weller U, MeOner M et al. (1993):Altered pore-forming properties of proteolytically nicked staphylococcal a-toxin. In J Biol Chern 268: 11963-11967. Parker MW, Buckley JT, Postma JPM et al. (1994):Structure of the Aerornonas toxin proaerolysin in its water-soluble and membrane-channelstates. In Nature 367: 292-295. Parker MW, van der Goot FG, Buckley JT (1996):Aerolysin -the ins and outs of a model channel-forming toxin. In Mol Microbiol 19: 205-212. Paton JC, Andrew PW, Boulnois GJ et al. (1993):Molecular analysis of the pathogenicity of Streptococcus pneumoniae: The role of pneumococal proteins. In Annu Rev Microbiol47: 89- 115. Pinkney M, Kapur V, Smith J et al. (1995): Different forms of streptolysin 0 produced by Streptococcus pyogenes and by Escherichia coli expressing recombinant toxin: cleavage by streptococcal cystein protease. In Infect lrnrnun 63: 2776-2779. S. BHAKDI et al

Prevost G, Cribier B, Couppie P et al. (1995): Panton-Valentine leucocidin and gamma-hemolysin from Staphylococcus aureus ATCC 49775 are encoded by distinct genetic loci and have different biological activities. In Infect lmmun 63: 4121 -4129. Schwartz JL, Garneau L, Savaria D et al. (1993): Lepidopteran-specific crystal toxins from Bacillus thurnigiensis form cation- and anion-selective channels in planar lipid bilayers. In J Membr Biol 132: 53-62. Stanley P, Packman LC, Koronakis V et al. (1994): Fatty acylation of two internal lysine residues required for the toxic activity of Escherichia coli hemolysin. In: Science 266: 1992-1996. Suttorp N, Seeger W, Dewein E et al. (1985):Staphylococcal alpha-toxin-induced PG12 production in endothelial cells: role of calcium. In Am J Physiol248: C127C135. Suttorp N, Buerke M, Tannert-Otto S et al. (1992):Stimulation of PAF-synthesis in pulmonary artery endothelial cells by Staphylococcus aureus alpha-toxin. In Thrornb Res 67: 243-252. Suttorp N, Fuhrmann M, Tannert-Otto S et al. (1993):Pore-forming bacterial toxins potently induce release of nitric oxide in porcine endothelial cells. In J Exp Med 178:337-341. Suttorp N, Floer B, Seeger W et al. (1990):Effects of E coli hemolysin on endothelial cell function. In Infect lmmun 58: 3796-3801. Suttorp N, Hessz T, Seeger W et al. (1988):Bacterial exotoxins and endothelial permeability for water and albumin. In Am J Physiol255: C369-C376. Thelestam M, Mollby R (1975):Sensitive assay for detection of toxin-induced damage to the cytoplasmic membrane of human diploid fibroblasts. In Infect lmmun 12: 225-232. Trifillis AL, Donnenberg MS, Cui X etal. (1994):Binding to and killing of human renal epithelial cells by hemolytic P-fimbriated E. coli. In Kidney.Int 46: 1083- 1091. Valeva A, Weisser A, Walker B et al. (1996): Molecular architecture of a toxin pore: a 15-residue sequence lines the transmembrane channel of staphylococal atoxin. In EM60 J 15: 15: 1857-1864 Van der Goot FG, Lakey J, Pattus F et al. (1992):Spectroscopic study of the activation and oligomerization of the channel-forming toxin aerolysin: identification of the site of proteolytic activation. In Biochemistry 31 : 8566-8570. Van der Goot FG, Ausio J, Wong KR et al. (1993):Dimerization stabilizes the poreforming toxin aerolysin in solution. In J Biol Chem 268: 18272-18279. Van der Goot FG, Pattus F, Parker MW etal. (1994):Aerolysin: from the soluble form to the transmembrane channel. In Toxic01 87: 19-28. Walev I, Reske K, Palmer M etal. (1995):Potassium-inhibitedprocessing of 11-18 in human monocytes. In EM60 J 14: 1607-1614. Walev I, Vollmer P, Palmer M et al. (1996):Pore-forming toxins trigger shedding of receptors for interleukin 6 and lipopolysaccharide. In Proc Natl Acad Sci USA93: 7882- 7887. Walker B, Bayley H (1994):A pore-forming protein with a protease-activated trigger. In Protein Engineering 7: 91 -97. Walker B, Braha 0, Cheley S et al. (1995):An intermediate in the assembly of a pore-forming protein trapped with a genetically-engineered switch. In Chemistry & Biology 2: 99- 105. Welch RA (1991):Pore-formingcytolysins of gram-negative bacteria. In Mol Microbiol5: 521 -529. Welch RA, Bauer ME, Kent AD et al. (1995):Battling against host phagocytes: the wherefore of the RTX family of toxins? In Infect. Agents and Disease 4: 254-272. Welch RA, Dellinger EP, Minshew B et al. (1981): Haemolysin contributes to virulence of extra-intestinal E. coli infections. In Nature 294: 665-667. Weller, U, Muller L, Messner M et al. (1996): Expression of active streptolysin-0 in E. coli as MBP-SLO fusion protein. The N-terminal 70 amino acids are not required for hemolytic activity. In EurJ Biochem, 236: 34-39.

Pore-forming Toxins

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 18

Application of Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in Cell Biological Research G. AHNERT-HILGER and U. WELLER

18.1 Permeabilized Cells: an Approach to Study lntracellular Processes Permeabilized cells allow the study of intracellular processes in situ under conditions which are believed to be close to the physiological situation in intact cells. Permeabilization by bacterial pore-forming toxins, alpha-toxin and streptolysin 0 (SLO)is now a widely accepted approach in the functional analysis of intracellular organelles. The native forms of the toxins assemble into amphiphilic polymers in the target lipid bilayers where they generate stable transmembrane pores. Alpha-toxin pores comprise a homogeneous population of ring-structured heptamers that allow the free passage of low molecular mass solutes (for review see Bhakdi and Tranum-Jensen, 1987). SLO pores are heterogeneous with a larger diameter which permits the exchange of proteins (Bhakdi and Tranum-Jensen, 1987; AhnertHilger et al., 1989a,b; Ahnert-Hilger et a/., 1993; Bhakdi et al., 1993). The intracellular processes studied after permeabilization with bacterial pore-forming toxins comprise:

1. exocytotic membrane fusion in a growing variety of secretory cells and preparations (Ahnert-Hilger et a/., 1985, 1987; 1989c; 1992; Bader et al., 1986; Howell et al., 1987; Schrezenmeier et al., 1988; van der Merwe etal., 1989; Dekker etal., 1989; Stecher et al., 1989; Stecher et al., 1991, Galli etal., 1994; Sadoul et al., 1995; Lung et al., 1995),

structure of pore-forming toxins

applications

2. intracellular calcium regulation (Fohr et al., 1989; 1991),

3. glucose (McEwen and Arion, 1985; Baldini et al., 1991) and arachidonic acid (Suttorp et al., 1985) metabolism, 4. stimulus-contraction coupling (Kitazawa et al., 1989),

5. intracellular membrane trafficking (Pimplikar and Simon, 1993).


18.2 Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in the Study of Secretory Processes Alpha-toxin permeabilizes cells for small molecules ( 53 kDa) whereas SLO renders cells permeable for both small and large molecules (? 150 kDa). In this respect SLO resembles digitonin (AhnertHilger et a/., 1989a,b; 1993; Bhakdi et al., 1993).

18.2.1 Biological Activity Alpha-toxin from Staphylococcus aureus (strain Wood 46, ATCC 10832, DSM 20491) was kindly provided by S. Bhakdi, lnstitut fur Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes Gutenberg Universitat, Mainz, Germany. The toxin can be easily purified from the culture supernatant (Lind et al., 1987; Palmer et al., 1994). The purified toxin can be lyophilized or if necessary dialyzed against an intracellular buffer (see below). Dissolved alpha-toxin can be stored in aliquots at -20°C for months without loss of activity. Streptolysin 0 was purified from the culture supernatant of group A (3-hemolytic streptococci (S. pyogenes) (Pinkney et al., 1995). The excellent final product can be stored in aliquots at -20 "C for years. Wildtype SLO is only active in the reduced form, thus addition of 1 m M dithiothreitol is recommended. The yield of SLO-production from S. pyogenes is low. To overcome this problem a translational fusion between the genes of E. coli maltose binding protein (MBP) and SLO was constructed using the commercially available plasmid pMAL-c2. After transfection into Ecoli high levels of the soluble fusion protein MBP-SLO can be produced. After purification on amylose resin, free active SLO can be obtained by cleaving with factor Xa or trypsin, followed by ion exchange chromatography on hydroxyapatite (Weller et al., 1996). Uncleaved MBP-SLO exhibits similar biological activity to native SLO. This approach allows the production of large amounts of pure SLO for permeabilization. Introduction of a mutant in which cysteine 530 was replaced by alanine provides a SLO with similar biological activity but without the necessity for reduction by DTT (Pinkey et al., 1989; 1995) (see Fig. 1). Both toxins are also commercially available. An alpha-toxin preparation from lnstitut Pasteur has a relatively low titre, but can be concentrated by two successive ammonium sulfate precipitations (55 % and 65 %), followed by dialysis against an intracellular buffer (Schrezenmeier et al., 1988). SLO can also be obtained from Wellcome Diagnostics (Dartford, United Kingdom). The international units (I.U.) given by the company referred to its application to determine the antistreptolysin 0-titre and cannot be compared directly to the hemolytic units mentioned above. However, the material is rather impure (freeze-dried preparation of a partially purified culture filtrate) containing large amounts of reducing cysteine which, when used without further purification, may impair the processes under study. G. AHNERT-HILGERandU. WELLER

8o w

u

1

0-

m+

7J

p

I

20

2~g/rnl SLO

5pg/ml IKg/ml SLO fusion protein

5pg/rnl lbg/ml SLO-mutant

Fig. 1. Comparison of various SLO preparations using Ca2+-stimulatedexocytosis from PC 12 cells. The experiment was performed as described in section 2.2 of this chapter using either SLO purified from the culture supernatant, SLO fusion protein, or the fusion protein of the alanine mutant. In this assay the SLO fusion protein was slightly more effective than the mutant protein

The biological activity of various preparations of both toxins can be easily checked using rabbit red blood cells. Normally, a red blood cell suspension (2.5 Yofinal concentration) in PBS (50 mM phosphate, pH 7, supplemented with 4 % sodium citrate), which can be stored for 3-4 days at 4 "C, was mixed with various toxin dilutions (final volume 55 PI). After 40 min at 37 "C hemolysis is monitored spectrophotometrically at 412 nm in 30 PI of the supernatant, diluted with 1 ml of distilled water. Total hemolysis is determined after the addition of SDS (0.2 %) which gives an extinction of about 1.2. The dilution of toxin hemolyzing 50 % of the red blood cells is taken as the number of hemolytic units per milliliter of the undiluted toxin solution (Lind et al., 1987; AhnertHilger et al., 1989a,b).

78.2.7.7 Assay to Compare Biological Activity of Various PoreForming Toxins Using Rabbit Erythrocytes Solutions

4 Yo sodium citrate:To make 100 ml, dissolve 4g of sodium citrate in distilled water and adjust to a total volume of 100 ml. Phosphate buffered saline (PBS): To make 1 I dissolve 6.9 g NaH2P04x 2 H 2 0 and Z6 g NaCl in about 600ml of distilled water, titrate to pH 7.2 with N a O H and adjust to a total volume of 1 I. Store at 4 "C. 2 % SDS: To make 100 ml dissolve 2 g of sodium dodecylsulfate in 100 ml of distilled water.

Application of Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in Cell Biological Research

Protocol

1. Mix 9 volumes of fresh rabbit blood with 1 volume of 4 % sodium citrate. assay of pore-forming ability

2. Wash 3 times with PBS by a 5 min centrifugation at 3000 g. 3. Dilute the erythrocyte pellet 1 :40 in PBS, which gives a suspension containing about 2.5 % erythrocytes. 4. Mix 5yl of toxin (diluted in PBS, supplemented with 1 m M dithiothreitol in the case of SLO in PBS), 5 pl PBS alone for control, or 5 yI 2 % SDS with 50 yI of the 2.5 70erythrocyte suspension.

5. Incubate for 40min at 37 "C with constant shaking in a water bath.

6. Centrifuge at 12000 g for 2 min. 7. Remove 30 pI of the supernatant and dilute with 1 ml of water. 8. Estimate hemoglobin content spectrophotometrically at 412 nm. The reciprocal dilution of the toxin hemolyzing 50% of the erythrocyte suspension at 37 "C within 40min is taken as the number of hemolytic units per milliliter of the undiluted toxin solution.

checking membrane permeability

An increased permeability of cells can easily be checked using membrane-impermeable dyes which stain either various components of the cell body (trypan blue or eosin) or the nucleus (azure A). Toxintreated cells and the dye, both in an isotonic medium, are mixed to yield a final dye concentration of 0.2%. The percentage of stained cells should be determined immediately in the light microscope, since prolonged incubation leads to staining of intact cells as well. Release of other low molecular weight substances such as Rb+,ATP, or Ca2+is also suitable as a first check of permeability. The permeability of alpha-toxin-treated cells to all small molecules was the same as after treatment with SLO or digitonin (Ahnert-Hilger et al., 1989). The release of cytoplasmic enzymes such as lactate dehydrogenase (mol. wt. 135 kDa) can be used to monitor the permeability for proteins after application of SLO or digitonin (Ahnert-Hilger et a/., 1985; Howell et a/., 1987).Another approach involves the accumulation of antibodies to intracellular proteins (Ahnert-Hilger et al., 1989a) or the application of membrane-impermeable clostridial neurotoxins (Ahnert-Hilger et al., 1989a,c; Stecher et al., 1989; 1991) after permeabilization with SLO or digitonin. The permeability due to alpha-toxin is restricted to the plasma membrane, as the alpha-toxin monomers (34 kDa) are too large to pass through the pores generated by the heptamer (Bhakdi and Tranum-Jensen, 1987; Bhakdi et al., 1993). Accordingly, proteins are not lost during permeabilization. The large pores generated by the SLO monomers after oligomerization also allow proteins to pass. To avoid damage to intracellular membranes by SLO monomers, the cells were incubated very briefly, or at 0 "C. Under the latter conditions the SLO monomers only bind to the plasma membrane. After

G. AHNERT-HILGER and U. WELLER

washing, pore-formation is initiated by warming up the preparation. In contrast to SLO, membrane permeabilization with digitonin is insensitive to the temperature and therefore more difficult to control (Ahnert-Hilger et al., 1989a,b).

avoiding damage to intracellular membranes

18.2.2 Assay for Exocytosis in Permeabilized Cells Permeabilized secretory cells are widely used to study the final events during secretion by exocytosis. Convenient cellular models are bovine adrenal chromaffin cells in short term culture and the rat pheochromocytoma cell line PC 12. Both cell types take up labeled catecholamines and store them in secretory vesicles, from which they can be released upon stimulation. The released catecholamines can be detected in the supernatant. After permeabilization of the plasma membrane, release of catecholamines can be triggered by micromolar concentrations of Ca2+. In most of the studies dealing with exocytosis by permeabilized cells an "intracellular medium" is applied, containing potassium as the main cation, and glutamate as an anion (Ahnert-Hilger et al., 1989b; 1993).Since the free Ca2+concentration within the cells under resting conditions as well as during stimulation is in the micromolar range, this ion must be carefully controlled in the buffers used. A combination of chelators for divalent cations is suitable to buffer the free Ca2+concentration from 0.1-100 pM under experimental conditions. Added Mg2+and ATP as well as the pH of the medium must be considered, because they alter the equilibrium between Ca2+and the chelators present. The free Ca2+and Mg2+concentrations are calculated by a computer program and controlled by Ca2+and Mg2+ specific electrodes (Fohr et a/., 1993). Each Ca2+buffer is prepared separately from stock solutions, with a final check of pH, pCa, or pMg. If no Ca2+electrode is available, the calculated total amount of Ca2+(as CaCI2)and Mg2+(as M g ( C H 3 C 0 0 ) 2must ) be added before the pH adjustment. Buffers can be stored at -20°C but should be thawed only once, mainly because of decomposition of ATE The experimental procedures for both PC 12 and adrenal chromaffin cells, using alpha-toxin or SLO to permeabilize the plasma membrane, are given below. The secretory response decreases with time after permeabilization. The amount of the decrease differs between different cells and preparations. In SLO-permeabilized PC 12 cells, exocytosis can be restored using cytosolic fractions. The free Ca2+concentration necessary to elicit exocytosis varies between 1 and 10 p M depending on the cell preparations, but is always 3-5 fold higher in alpha-toxinpermeabilized cells. Since the permeability to Ca2+is the same in cells treated with alpha-toxin, SLO or digitonin (Fohr et al., 1989, 1991) buffering by intracellular proteins may be the reason for this variability.

control of CaZ+ concentration


Solutions for the assay of exocytosis

Examples of KG-buffers used in the analysis of exocytosis from permeabilized chromaffin or PC 12 cells: 1 M M g ( C H 3 C 0 0 ) 2stock solution: prepare by dissolving 2.145 g M g ( C H 3 C 0 0 ) 2x 4 H 2 0 in 10 mI of distilled water.

1 M CaCI2stock solution: prepare by dissolving 1.47 g CaCI2x 2 H 2 0 in 10 ml of distilled water. KG-buffer I with Mg2+/ATP for permeabilization and incubation before the stimulation (150m M K+-glutamate, 2 mM EGTA, 2 m M EDTA, 20 m M PIPES, 2 m M Na+/ATP,1 m M free Mg2+):For 500 ml dissolve 13.9 g K+-glutamate, 0.38 g EGTA (free acid), 0.2 g EDTA (free acid), 3.02 g PIPES (free acid) and 0.61 g Na/ATP in about 300ml of water, add KOH to give a pH of 7.0 and stir at room temperature. Add 2.4 ml of 1 M M g ( C H 3 C 0 0 ) 2 to give a final free Mg2+concentration of 1 m M and adjust pH exactly to 7.0 with KOH. Make up to 500ml. KG-buffer II with Mg2'/ATP and Ca2+(15 p M free) for stimulation: For 100ml dissolve one fifth of the amount of salts for KG buffer I in about 60ml. Add 370pl of 1 M Mg(CH3C00)2and 310y.1of 1 M Ca(C1)2,to give a final free Mg2+concentration of 1 m M and a final free Ca2+concentration of 15 pM. Adjust pH exactly to 7.0 with KOH. Make up to 100ml. In some experiments (i.e. in permeabilized PC 12 cells) ATP may be omitted during permeabilization and/or stimulation (Ahnert-Hilger et a/., 1985, 1989a,b). KG-buffer 111 without ATP and Ca2+:For 500 ml the procedure is the same except that Na/ATP is left out. Add 1.55ml of 1 M M g ( C H 3 C 0 0 ) to 2 give a final free Mg2+concentration of 1 mM, and adjust pH exactly to 70 with KOH. Make up to 500 ml. KG-buffer IV without ATP but with Ca2+(15 y M free): For 100 ml the procedure is the same as for KG-buffer II except that Na/ATP is left out. Add 1901.11of 1 M Mg(CH3C00)2and 3101.11 of 1 M Ca(Q2 to give a final free Mg2+concentration of 1 m M and a final free Ca2+ concentration of 15 pM. Adjust pH to ZO and make up to 100 ml. Ca2+-freeKrebs-buffer (140mM NaCI, 4.7 m M KCI, 1.2 m M KH2P04, 1.2mM MgS04, 20mM PIPES, 11 mM glucose, pH 7.0): For 1 I weigh

the following substances: 8.2 g NaCI, 0.35 g KCI, 0.16 g KH2P04,0.3 g MgS04 x 7H20, 4.8 g HEPES (free acid), dissolve in 800ml of distilled water, adjust pH to 7.0 with NaOH and make up to 1 I. Store in appropriate aliquots at -20 "C. Add glucose (0.218 g per 100ml) immediately before use. 100mM ascorbic acid: For lOml, weigh 0.176 g and dissolve in distilled water. Store in aliquots at -20 "C. G. AHNERT-HILGERand U. WELLER

l-[7,8-3H] Noradrenaline, ( [3H]NE, 15 Ci/mmol): Cat No. TRA.584, Am ers ha m BuchIer, Braunsc hwe ig , Germa ny. To load one 100 mm culture dish mix 100 pI 100 m M ascorbic acid with 10 pI [3H]NEand 10 ml of DMEM. For one 24 multiwell mix 66 pI of 100 m M ascorbic acid with 7 p.1 [3H]NEand 6.6 ml DMEM. Assay of exocytosis for cells in suspension, e.g. PC 12 cells

1. Label one 100mm dish with 10 ml [3H]NE-solutionfor 2 h in the cell incubator

2. Aspirate the labelling medium and chase cells for 1-2 h in DMEM.

exocy+osisof cells in suspension

3. Aspirate DMEM and wash cells with KR-buffer four times for 5 min.

4. Wash cells once with 10ml KG buffer I or Ill.

5. Suspend cells in 0.6-0.9ml KG buffer I or Ill and divide among 12-18 vials (50pl each, corresponding to about 2-3 x lo5cells/ sample) already containing 50 pI of 100 HU/ml alpha-toxin or SLO, corresponding to about 300-500 HU/107 cells. Incubate for 20-30 min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C with alpha-toxin or 5 min on ice with SLO. 6. Centrifuge each sample at 30009 for 20 sec and remove supernatant.

7. Resuspend pellet in 1OOp.I of KG-buffer I or Ill containing the substances to be tested and incubate for 5 up to 40min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C. 8. Repeat step 6. 9. Stimulation: Resuspend in loop1 KG-buffer II or Wand incubate for 3- 10 min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C. 10. Remove supernatant and determine released catecholamines by liquid scintillation counting.

11. Add 200 pl/well of 0.2 % SDS to solubilize the cells and to determine the remaining catecholamines. Assay of exocytosis for cells attached to culture plates

1.

Label cells (250 pl/well with a diameter of 20 mm) with radioactive noradrenaline for 2 h in the cell incubator.

2. Aspirate the labeling medium and chase cells for 1-2h in DMEM. 3. Aspirate DMEM and wash cells with KR-buffer four times for 5 min.

W

exocytosisof attached cells


4. Wash cells once with 200yl KG buffer I or Ill 5. Aspirate supernatant and add 200yl of alpha-toxin or SLO dissolved in KG-buffer I or Ill. Incubate with pore forming toxins: alpha-toxin 20-30 min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C, SLO 5 min at 0 "C or between 1 and 2 min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C. About 30 HU/ml alpha-toxin or SLO, corresponding to 300 HU/107 cells are used.

6. Aspirate solution. 7. Incubate with substances to be tested, dissolved in KG buffer I or Ill, for 5 to 40min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C. 8. Same procedure as in step 6. 9. Stimulation: Add 200 pl KG-buffer II and incubate for 3-10 min at 25 "C, 30 "C or 37 "C. 10. Remove supernatant and determine released catecholamines by liquid scintillation counting.

11. Add 200yllwell of 0.2% SDS to solubilize the cells and to determine the remaining catecholamines. Fig. 1 shows the result of a representative experiment using Ca2+induced exocytosis from PC 12 cells. Here, native SLO, the fusion protein, and the fusion protein of the alanine mutant, were compared.

18.3 Regulation of Vesicular Transmitter Transporters in Permeabilized Cells and Synaptosomes Transmitter uptake into secretory vesicles is an ATP-dependent process. So far these studies have been restricted to isolated secretory vesicles, where intracellular substances necessary for regulation may be lost during purification. Neuroendocrine cells or synaptosomes permeabilized with both pore-forming toxins can be used to study the regulation of transmitter storage without the necessity of purifying secretory vesicles.

18.3.1 Catecholamine Uptake into SLO-Permeabilized PC 12 Cells Catecholamine uptake is driven by the pH gradient across the vesicle membrane (Schuldiner et al., 1979).


Solutions for transmitter uptake into secretory vesicles in permeabilized cells Buffer I: For 500 ml dissolve 34.23 g sucrose (200mM), 1.86 g KCI (50mM), 3.024 g PIPES (20mM), 0.7608 g EGTA (4 mM) and 0.1017 g MgCI2 (1 mM) adjust to pH 7.0 using KOH Buffer II: use the same constitutents as for buffer I, add 2.87 g Mg/ ATP (2 mM) for 50 ml, and adjust to pH 7.0 with KOH. Assay of ATP-dependent uptake of catecholamines or amino acid transmitters The assay is performed in suspension. 1. Remove medium from cells, and resuspend them in KrebsRinger-HEPES and wash them twice with Krebs-Ringer-HEPES buffer by centrifugation.

2. Resuspend pellet in ice cold buffer I containing SLO or alphatoxin.

assay of catecholamine

uptake

3. Incubate samples with SLO for 5min on ice, alpha-toxinsamples for 10 min at 32 "C (incubation time may be increased). 4. Centrifuge at 4 "C and resuspend in ice-cold buffer I.

5. Incubate for 20min at 36 "C to remove soluble cytosolic components.

6. Centrifuge at 4 "C and aspirate supernatant.

7. Resuspend in buffer II containing 3H labeled transmitters such as GABA or noradrenaline and incubate for 20 min at 36 "C. 8. Stop the reaction by diluting with 1 ml ice-cold buffer I followed by centrifugation.

9. Remove supernatant and dissolve pellet in 0.2 % SDS. 10. Use one aliquot to count radioactivity, and the other one for the determination of protein content. Results of a representative experiment are given in Table 1. As expected the ATP-dependent uptake is inhibited by reserpine. A similar experimental protocol can be applied to bovine adrenal chromaffin cells attached to culture plates.

18.3.2 Acidification of Small Synaptic Vesicles in SLO-Permeabilized Synaptosomes The uptake of aminoacid neurotransmitter has been characterized by bioenergetic studies (Hell et al., 1992; Hartinger and Jahn, 1993). In contrast to catecholamine and GABA uptake, glutamate uptake does not depend on a pH gradient over the vesicle membrane. Application of Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in Cell Biological Research

Table 1. Catecholamine uptake into permeabilized PC 12 cells

3H noradrenaline uptake (pmoles/mg protein) no ATP ATP ATP + reserpine 2 pM ATP + reserpine 0.5 pM

11.0 f 0.8 30.6 f 3.2 9.9 f 1.8 12.3 f 0.7

PC 12 cells were permeabilized with purified SLO as given in section 18.31 of this chapter. Protein content was measured using the BCA-method. Values are the mean of three samples k SD. Similar results were obtained using either wild-type SLO fusion protein or its alanine mutant. The assay can also be performed using alpha-toxin for permeabilization.

uptake of glutamate

Uptake of glutamate results in an acidification of the intravesicular lumen. This acidification can be indicated by the fluorescent dye acridine orange, which accumulates in acid compartments. Synaptosomes were prepared (McMahon etal., 1992) and stored as pellets of about 1 mg overlaid with 200 pl Krebs-Ringer-HEPES buffer on ice. Acidification was performed with either glutamate or chloride (Hell et al., 1992; Hartinger and Jahn, 1993).To get rid of the non-vesicular glutamate extensive washing of the permeabilized synaptosomes is required. Measurement is performed under constant stirring at 492 nm using 530 nm as a reference with the Aminco dual beam spectrophotometer. Acidification in permeabilized synaptosomes Solutions: Acidification buffer: To prepare 500 ml dissolve 51.35 g sucrose (300mM); 246.5mg M g S 0 4 (2mM); 203mg MgC& (2mM); 1.046 g MOPS (10mM) and adjust to pH Z4 with KOH.

EGTA K+-salt100 mM: dissolve 3.8 g free acid in 100 ml and adjust to pH 7.0 with KOH. Oligomycin B stock solution 805.1 pg in 1 ml ethanol (1 mM); store in aliquots of 100-200 pI. Ouabain 7.288 mg in 1 ml water (10mM), store in aliquots of 200 pl. NaVanadate 550 pg in 1 ml water (5 mM), prepare immediately before use ATP-generating system: Creatine kinase (Boehringer Mannheim) 4 mg/ml in glyceroVwater (1 + 1) store in aliquots of 200 PI; creatine phosphate (800mM) 261.76 mg/ml in water, store in aliquots of 200 pl; mix 1 part of CP and one part of CK.

G. AHNERT-HILGERand U. WELLER

ATP disodium salt: dissolve 73.2 mg in 1 ml water (120mM) adjust to about pH 6 with KOH. 1 M K-glutamate: dissolve 185,2 mg glutamic acid, monopotassium salt in 1 ml distilled water. 3 M KCI: dissolve 223,7 mg in 1 ml distilled water. 3 M (NH4)2S04: dissolve 396,3 mg in 1 ml distilled water. Acridine orange 1 mM: dissolve 2,654 mg/lO ml 30 % ethanol, store at -20 "Cin the dark. Permeabilization:

1. Remove the Ringer solution from the synaptosomal pellet, resuspend the pellet in 200 pI acidification buffer containing EGTA and SLO (5p1/200pl, dilution depends on batch) or alpha-toxin (12-20 pV200 pl, dilution depends on batch). 2. Incubate SLO-samples for 5min on ice, a-toxin-samples for 10 min at 32 "C (incubation time may be increased).

permeabilization of synaptosomes

3. Spin down for 2min at 5500 rpm, remove supernatant and resuspend pellet in 200 pl permeabilization buffer. 4. Incubate for 5 min at 32 "C dilute with 1 ml of ice cold permeabilization buffer (acidification buffer plus EGTA).

5. Spin down for 2 min at 5500 rpm. 6. Wash three times with ice cold buffer. 7. Resuspend pellet in 1 ml acidification buffer, incubate at 32 "C for 5 min, and spin down. 8. Store the permeabilized synaptosomes as pellets on ice until use.

Glutamate- and chloride-induced acidification: 1. Resuspend permeabilized synaptosomes in 1 ml acidification buffer containing 200 p M ouabain, 100 p M vanadate, 100 p M oligomycin B pre-warmed to 32 "C,

2. Add 34 pl of CK/CP plus 20 pl 1 mM acridine orange.

assay of permeabilization

3. Start measurement. 4. Add subsequently 40 pl 120 m M ATP, 10 pI 1 M K-glutamate, 15 pl 3 M KCI, and 101.113 M (NH4)2 SO4(see Figure 2). Figure 2 illustrates representative experiments using rat brain synaptosomes. Acidification can be measured only in permeabilized synaptosomes.

Application of Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 os Tools in Cell Biological Research

3

i

min -

Glut

KCI

NH,'

-1

-1

-1

k

Fig. 2. Acidification of small synaptic vesicles by glutamate and chloride in synaptosomes. The acidification assay was performed as described in section 3.2 of this chapter. Two representative experiments with intact (upper trace) or SLOpermeabilized (lower trace) synaptosomes are shown. The ordinate gives the changes of absorbance obtained ( A 492-530). Final concentrations of potassium glutamate (Glut), KCI, and ammonium sulfate (NH,') were lOmM, 45mM and 30 mM, respectively.The uptake of glutamate and chloride result in an acidification of the lumen of small synaptic vesicles, which increases the vesicular uptake of acridine orange, resulting in a decrease in the amount of extravesicular dye. This acidification can be only observed when the plasma membrane is permeabilized


Supplier

Cat-No.

Acridine orange ATP (sodium salt) Creatine kinase Creatine phosphate 3H Noradrenaline Oligomycin B Ouabain Reserpine Vanadate (sodium salt)

Sigma Sigma Boehringer Sigma Amersham Sigma Sigma Sigma Fluka

A 4921 A 3377 127566 P 7936 TRA.584 0 5126 0 3125

R 0875 72060

Acknowledgements The author would like to thank B. Wiedenmann and S. Bebenroth, Medizinische Klinik und Poliklinik Abteilung Gastroenterologie, Universitatsklinikurn Benjamin Franklin, Freie Universitat Berlin, S. Bhakdi Medizinische Mikrobiologie und Hygiene, Johannes Gutenberg Universitat, Mainz, Germany and R. Jahn, Howard Hughes Medical School Department of Pharmacology, Yale University, New Haven USA. Work was supported by the DFG (SFB 515) and by a short term grant of the Boehringer lngelheirn Fonds to G.A.H. G. AHNERT-HILGERand U. WELLER

References Ahnert-Hilger G, Bhakdi S, Gratzl M (1985):Minimal requirements for exocytosis.A study using PC12 cells permeabilized with staphylococcal alphatoxin. J. Biol. Chem. 260: 12730-12734. Ahnert-Hilger G, Brautigam M, Gratzl M (1987): Ca2+-stimulatedcatecholamine release from permeabilized PC 12 cells: Biochemical evidence for exocytosis and its modulation by protein kinase C and G-proteins. Biochemistry 26: 7842- 7848. Ahnert-Hilger G, Bader M-F, Bhakdi S, et al. (19890): Introduction of macromolecules into bovine adrenal medullary chromaffin cells and rat pheochromocytoma cells (PC12) by permeabilization with streptolysin 0: Inhibitory effect of tetanus toxin on catecholamine secretion. J. Neurochem. 52: 1751-1758. Ahnert-Hilger G, Mach W, Fohr KJ etal. (l989b): Poration by alphatoxin and streptolysin 0:An approach to analyze intracellular processes. Methods in Cell Biol. 31: 63-90. The tetanus toxin light Ahnert-Hilger G, Weller U, Dauzenroth ME, et 01. (1989~): chain inhibits exocytosis. FEBS Lett. 242: 245-248. Ahnert-Hilger G, Wegenhorst U, Stecher B et al. (1992): Exocytosis from permeabilized bovine adrenal chromaffin cells is differently modulated by GTPyS and GMPPNHF! Evidence for the involvement of various guanine nucleotide-binding proteins. Biochem. J. 284: 321 -326. Ahnert-Hilger G, Stecher B, Beyer C et al. (1993): Exocytotic membrane fusion as studied in toxin-permeabilized cells. Methods in Enzymology, 221 : 139- 149. Bader MF, Thierse D, Aunis D etal. (1986):Characterization of hormone and protein release from alphatoxin-permeabilized chromaffin cells in primary culture. J. Biol. Chem. 261 : 5777-5783. Baldini G, Hohman R, Charron MJ et al. (1991): Insulin and nonhydrolyzable GTP analogs induce translocation of GLUT4 to the plasma membrane in alphatoxinpermeabilized rat adipose cells. J. Biol. Chem. 7: 4037-4040. Bhakdi S, Tranum-Jensen J (1987): Damage to mammalian cells by proteins that form transmembrane pores. Rev. Physiol. Biochem. Pharmacol. 107: 147-223. Bhakdi S, Weller U, Walev I et al. (1993):A guide to the use of pore-forming toxins for the controlled permeabilization of cell membranes. Med. Microbiol. Immunol. 183: 167-175. Dekker LV, De Graan PNE, Oestreicher AB etal. (1989):Inhibition of noradrenaline release by antibodies to B-50 (GAP-43).Nature 342: 74-76. Fohr KJ, Warchol W, Gratzl M. (1991): Calculation and control of free divalent cations in solutions used for membrane fusion studies. Methods in Enzymology, 221 : 149- 153. Fohr KJ, Scott J, Ahnert-Hilger G et al. (1989):Characterizationof the inositol 1,4,5,trisphosphate-induced calcium release from permeabilized endocrine cells and its inhibition by decavanadate and p-hydroxymercuribenzoate. Biochem. J. 262: 83-89. Fohr KJ, Ahnert-Hilger G, Stecher B etal. (1991): GTP and Ca2+modulate the inosito1 1,4,5,-trisphosphate-dependentCa2+release in streptolysin 0-permeabilized bovine adrenal chromaffin cells. J. Neurochem. 56: 665-670. Galli T, Chilcote T, Mundigl 0 et a/. (1994):Tetanus toxin-mediated cleavage of cellubrevin impairs exocytosis of transferrin receptor-containing vesicles in CHO cells. J. Cell Biol. 125: 1015-1024. Hartinger J, Jahn R (1993):An anion binding site that regulates the glutamate transporter of synaptic vesicles. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 23122-23127. Hell JW, Maycox PR, Jahn R (1990):Energy dependence and functional reconstitution of the y-aminobutyric acid carrier from synaptic vesicles. J. Biol. Chem. 265: 2111-211z Howell Tw, Cockcroft S, Gomperts BD (1987):Essential synergy between Ca2+and guanine nucleotides in exocytotic secretion from permeabilized mast cells. J. Cell Biol. 105: 191- 197. Kitazawa T, Kobayashi S, Horiuti K et a/. (1989):Receptor coupled, permeabilized smooth muscle: Role of the phosphatidylinositol cascade, G-proteins and Application of Alpha-Toxin and Streptolysin 0 as Tools in Cell Biological Research

modulation of the contractile response to Ca”. J. Biol. Chem. 264: 5339-5342. Lung J, Nishimoto I, Okamoto T, et a/. (1995): Direct control of exocytosis by receptor-mediatedactivation of the heterotrimericGTPases G, and Goor by the expression of their active G, subunits. EMBO J. 14: 3635-3644. Lind I, Ahnert-Hilger G, Fuchs G et a/. (1987):Purification of alpha-toxin from staphylococcus aureus and application to cell permeabilization. Analyt. Biochem. 164: 84-89. McEwen BF, Arion WJ (1985): Permeabilization of rat hepatocytes with Staphylococcus aureus alphatoxin. J. Cell Biol. 100: 1922-1929. McMahon HT, Foran P, Dolly JO et al. (1992):Tetanus toxin and botulinum toxins type A and B inhibit glutamate, y-aminobutyric acid, aspartate, and metenkephalin release from synaptosomes. J. Biol. Chem. 276: 21338-21343. Palmer M, Jursch R, Weller U et a/. (1993):Staphylococcus aureus a-toxin. Production of functionally intact, site-specifically modifiable protein by intoduction of cysteine at positions 69, 130, and 186. J. Biol. Chem. 68: 119-11962. Palmer M, Valeva A, Kehoe M etal. (1995):Kinetics of streptolysin 0 self-assembly. Eur. J. Biochem. 231 : 388-395. Pimplikar S, Simons K (1993): Role of heterotrimeric G-proteins in polarized membrane transport. J. Cell Sci. 17: 27-32. Pinkney M, Beachey E, Kehoe M (1989):The thiol-activated toxin streptolysin 0 does not require a thiol group for activity. Infect. Immun. 57: 2553-2558. Pinkney M, Kapur V, Smith J etal. (1995):Different forms of streptolysin 0 produced by Streptococcus pyogenes and by Escherichia coli expressing recombinant toxin: cleavage by streptococcal protease. Infect. Immun. 63: 2776-2779. Sadoul K, Lung J, Montecucco C etal. (1995):SNAP-25 is expressed in islets of Langerhans and is involed in insuline release. J. Cell Biol. 128: 1019-1025. Schrezenmeier H, Ahnert-Hilger G, Fleischer B (1988):AT cell receptor-associated GTP-binding protein triggers T cell receptor-mediatedgranule exocytosis in cytotoxic T lymphocytes. J. Immunol. 141: 3785-3790. Schuldiner S, Fishkes H, Kanner BI (1978):Role of a transmembrane pH gradient in epinephrine transport by chromaffin granule membrane vesicles. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 75: 3713-3716. v Stecher B, Weller U, Habermann E et a/. (1989):The light chain but not the heavy chain of botulinum A toxin inhibits exocytosis from permeabilized adrenal chromaffin cells. FEBS Lett. 255: 391 -394. Stecher B, Ahnert-Hilger G, Weller U etal. (1992):Amylase release from streptolysin 0-permeabilized pancreatic acinar cells: effects of Ca2+,GTPyS, CAMP,tetanus toxin and botulinum A toxin. Biochem. J. 283: 899-904. Suttorp N, Seeger W, Dewein E et a/. (1985):Staphylococcal alpha-toxin-induced PGI, production in endothelial cells: Role of calcium. Am. J. Physiol. 248: C127C134. van der Merwe PA, Millar RP, Wakefield IK et a/. (1989):Mechanism of luteinizinghormone exocytosis in Staphylococcus aureus-alphatoxin-permeabilized sheep gonadotropes. Biochem. J. 264: 901 -908. Weller U, Muller L, MeOner M et al. (1996):Expression of active streptolysin-0 in E. coli as maltose-binding protein-streptolysin-0 fusion protein: The N-terminal 70 amino acids are not required for hemolytic activity. Eur. J. Biochem. 236: 34-39


Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 19

Toxins as Transporting Tools S. OLSNES, 0. KLINGENBERG, R. MUNOZ, I? 0. FALNES, and A. WIEDLOCHA

19.1 Introduction It is being recognized that an increasing number of protein toxins from bacteria and plants act on targets located in the cytosol. Recently it has been shown that such toxins can be used to carry passenger proteins across cellular membranes into the cytosol. A common feature of the toxins in question is that they consist of two functionally different parts, A and B. The B-moiety binds the toxin to cell surface receptors, a binding which is required to produce the toxic effect at low concentrations of the toxin. The A-moiety is an enzyme that enters the cytosol and damages intracellular components. The B-moiety may be a separate part of the same protein as the A-moiety, or it may consist of one or several separate polypeptides. Toxins of this group include diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, cholera toxin, E. coli heat labile toxin, Shigella toxin, Shiga-like toxin, tetanus and botulinum toxins, Clostridium difficile toxin, anthrax toxin, invasive adenylate cyclase from Bordetella pertussis, and possibly Pasteurella multocida toxin. A number of plant cytotoxins, such as ricin, abrin, modeccin, viscumin and volkensin also act on targets in the cytosol (Olsnes and Sandvig, 1985).All these toxins are potential carriers for peptides and proteins targeted to the cytosol. So far, however, only diphtheria toxin and, to a lesser extent Pseudomonas toxin and anthrax toxin, have been exploited for this purpose.

toxins that act in cytosol

19.2 Diphtheria Toxin Diphtheria toxin is the main pathogenicity factor in diphtheria (Pappenheimer, 1977).The toxin gene is carried by a bacteriophage, fir which is lysogenic in Corynebacterium diphtheriae. Toxigenic strains of the bacteria cause local infection of the throat. After recovery from the acute phase of the disease, life-threatening organ complications often occur, mainly in the heart, which are due to toxin produced by the bacteria in the throat and released into the circulation. Due to mass vaccination, the disease is now almost extinct in developed countries. K. Aktories (Ed.), Bacterial Toxins. 0 Chapman & Hall, Weinheim, 1997. ISBN 3-8261-0080-8

-

a

A-fragment(21 kD)

w

b

Passenger protein A-fragment

B-fragment(38 kD)

&fragment

1

Trypsln

Catalytic domain

d

u

Binding domaln

Transmembrane domain

Fig. 1. Schematic structure of intact and nicked diphtheria toxin (a) and of a fusion protein where a passenger protein has been fused to the N-terminus of the Afragment (b)

structure

Diphtheria toxin is produced as a single polypeptide chain (Fig. 1a) which is easily cleaved ("nicked") by trypsin and trypsin-like proteases into two disulfide-linked fragments, A and B (Pappenheimer, 1977).The structure of the nicked toxin resembles that of the plant toxins ricin, abrin, modeccin, viscumin and others (Olsnes and Sandvig,

1985). Diphtheria toxin inactivates elongation factor 2, an enzyme required for protein synthesis (Pappenheimer, 1977) through catalyzing its ADP-ribosylation, thereby inhibiting protein synthesis and inducing cell death. Elongation factor 2 contains a unique amino acid, diphthamide, which is formed by posttranslational modification of a histidine residue (Van Ness et al., 1980).The ADP-ribose binds covalently to this unusual amino acid.

19.2.1 Toxin-resistant Cell Mutants toxin-resistant mutants

S. OLSNES et 01.

It is important that toxin-resistant mutants can be obtained easily. Mutations in the coding region of the elongation factor 2 gene close to the histidine residues that normally becomes modified to form diphthamide, may render the protein unrecognizable by the modifying enzymes, so that diphthamide is not formed (Moehring et al., 1980; Omura et a/., 1989, Foley et al., 1995).Mutations in the gene for one of the modifying enzymes may also result in the absence of diphthamide. Surprisingly, elongation factor lacking diphthamide is still fully active and the cells may exhibit normal growth, but they are completely resistant to diphtheria toxin (and to Pseudomonas toxin).

19.2.2 Receptor for Diphtheria Toxin The entry of diphtheria toxin to reach its intracellular target is initiated by binding to cell surface receptors (Boquet and Pappenheimer, 1976). The receptor has been identified as the uncleaved precursor of heparin-binding epidermal growth factor-like growth factor (Naglich etal., 1992).This precursor is easily cleaved close to the membrane to release the growth factor. Such cleavage is induced by phorbol esters, which also renders the cell highly resistant to diphtheria toxin (Olsnes et al., 1986; Dluz et al., 1993; Lanzrein et al., 1995).The cleaved receptor remains to a large extent bound at the cell surface due to interaction with surface heparans (Lanzreinet al., 1995),so that the ability of the cells to bind toxin is therefore not much reduced. However, in the presence of soluble heparin the cleaved receptor is released from the cells. Cells vary greatly in the number of toxin-binding sites. The most sensitive cell lines are certain strains obtained from the kidney of the African green monkey; such as Vero, COS and CV-1 (Middlebrook et al., 1978).These cells contain of the order lo5 binding sites per cell. The human osteosarcoma cell line, U2 OS, also contains a high number of receptors. Other cell lines, such as HeLa, exhibit an order of magnitude fewer binding sites, but the cells are still sensitive to the toxin (Middlebrok et al., 1978; Sundan et al., 1982). Mouse and rat cells are highly resistant to the toxin, and they show little or no specific binding due to minor differences in the amino acid sequence of the growth factor precursor (Hooper and Eidels, 1995). Insect cells are also resistant to the toxin (Valdizan et al., 1995). In cells containing low amounts of surface heparans, the toxin does not bind well unless soluble heparin is added (Valdizan et al., 1995). Apparently, the heparin-binding site of the toxin receptor covers the binding site for the toxin until heparin is bound. In normal animal cells surface heparan proteoglycans carry out this function. Murine or insect cells transfected with human or simian diphtheria toxin receptor become highly sensitive to the toxin (Naglich et al., 1992; Valdizan et al., 1995). The transmembrane domain of the receptor is apparently not required for activity, since cells transfected with a mutant receptor in which the transmembrane and intracellular domains have been replaced by a sequence signalling the addition of a glycophosphoinositol (GPI)anchor are highly sensitive to the toxin (Lanzrein et al., 1996).The finding that a GPI anchor can replace the transmembrane domain to yield functional receptor, whereas the cleaved but cell-associated receptor is not functional, indicates that the main function of the receptor is to position the toxin in the correct orientation and the correct distance with respect to the membrane, so that the toxin is ready to insert once the pH is reduced, which is the event inducing translocation of the A-fragment of diphtheria toxin (see below).

number of binding sites

Toxins os Transporting Tools

19.2.3 Translocation of the Toxin The next step in the entry process is endocytic uptake of the bound toxin. The uptake is comparatively slow and appears to occur from clathrin-coated pits (Morris et a/., 1985). Once in endosomes, the toxin is exposed to acidic conditions: a pH below 5.3 is necessary for the penetration to the cytosol (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1981).If acidification of the endosomes is prevented by exposure of the cells to NH&I or monensin, the cells are protected from poisoning. However, the protection can be overcome if the cells are exposed to buffer with acidic pH (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1981). Under these conditions toxin bound at the cell surface penetrates directly through the surface membrane (Moskaug et a/., 1988). Low pH induces a conformational change in the B-fragment to expose hydrophobic regions that are normally hidden (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1981, Zhao and London, 1990). As a result, the B-fragment inserts itself into the membrane and apparently becomes an integral membrane protein. Simultaneously, the A-fragment is translocated to the cytosol (Moskaug et al., 1988). If, at this stage, the cells are treated with proteolytic enzymes, such as pronase, the translocated A-fragment and a 25 kDa piece of the B-fragment are protected against proteolytic digestion. The protected part of the B-fragment which represents its C-terminal region, is inserted into the membrane or translocated into the cell (Moskaug et al., 1991). If the cells are subsequently permeabilized with low concentrations of saponin, the Afragment is released into the medium, whereas the B-fragment remains associated with the membranes. This indicates that only the A-fragment is free in the cytosol. Extensive unfolding of the A-fragment appears to be required for translocation to occur. The A-fragment does not contain an internal disulfide bond, but when such a bond was introduced, translocation did not take place (Falnes etal., 1994).In fact, experiments where one disulfide bond was introduced at four different locations in the Afragment showed that translocation was prevented in each case. This indicates that if the protein is not able to unfold, translocation does not take place (Fig. 2). When the intrafragment disulfide was placed close to the N-terminal end of the A-fragment, the interfragment disulfide was reduced upon exposure to low pH and the A-fragment became stuck half-way during translocation (Falnes and Olsnes, 1995).When the disulfide was C-terminal, the inter-fragment disulfide was also reduced, but the A-fragment was released into the medium. This indicates that the translocation is initiated from the C-terminal end of the A-fragment.

19.2.4 Further Requirements for Translocation When translocation is induced at the surface membrane, by exposure to low pH, only a fraction (10-50 %) of the bound toxin is translocated (Falnes et a/., 1994; Moskaug et a/., 1987).A number of requirements S. OLSNES etal.

@I B

AA

inhibitors

4 --I++ low pH

7 Mutants

'S

Fig. 2. Mechanism for the low pH-induced translocation of the diphtheria toxin Afragment across the plasma membrane. The first step in the translocation process is the cell-mediated reduction of the interfragment disulfide bond. This step is dependent on low pH and can be inhibited by various inhibitors, such as the alkyluting agent N-ethylmaleimide, the anion transport inhibitor DIDS, and acidification of the cytosol. The second step is the complete translocation of the A-fragment to the cytosol, and various mutant A-fragments containing internal disulfide bonds are blocked at this step, leading either to partial translocation of the A-fragment or to a release of the A-fragment into the medium surrounding the cells

must be fulfilled for translocation to take place. In addition to low external pH, it is necessary that the internal pH is not too low. Thus, an inwardly directed pH-gradient is required (Moskaug et a/., 1988). A further requirement is the presence of permeant anions in the external medium, so that there is no outwardly directed anion gradient (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1986; Moskaug etal., 1989).If these requirements are not fulfilled, insertion of the B-fragment still takes place upon exposure to low pH, but the translocation of the A-fragment to the cytosol is prevented. An inwardly directed proton gradient and permeant anions are therfore somehow involved in the penetration process. Inwardly directed proton gradient is required to unfold the A-fragment at low pH, and to refold it at the neutral pH in the cytosol. The pHgradient may therfore constitute the driving force in the translocation process. The role of permeant anions is not understood.

19.2.5 Formation of Cation Channels Concomitant with translocation, cation channels are formed in the membrane (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1988; Papini et a/., 1988) which are selective for monovalent cations. Small ions penetrate more easily Toxins as Transporting Tools

than larger ones, but even comparatively large cations such as choline and glucosamine penetrate to some extent. The ability to form cation channels resides in the B-fragment, and the B-fragment alone is more efficient in forming channels than the whole toxin (Stenmark et al., 1989). Binding to the specific toxin receptors is a requirement for channels to be formed. It is possible that the inserted B-fragment, alone or together with the toxin receptor, forms the channel. Certain mutations of the highly a-helical T-domain of the toxin B-fragment strongly reduce the ability of the toxin to form channels (Falnes et al., 1992; Silverman et al., 1994). In addition, when the transmembrane domain of the receptor was replaced by a GPI anchor, channel formation was not observed (Lanzrein etal., 1996).In spite of this, poisoning occurred in all cases, albeit to a somewhat reduced extent. This indicates that the channels are not directly involved in the translocation process. In fact, the number of active channels is much lower than that of translocated molecules (Lanzrein et al., 1996),further indicating that there is no close link between channels and translocation.

19.3 Pseudomonas Exotoxin A In contrast to diphtheria toxin, fseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A does not play a prominent role in a maior infectious disease. The bacterium is mainly pathogenic in immuno compromised patients with severe diseases. Like diphtheria toxin, also Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A inactivates elongation factor 2 by ADP-ribosylating diphthamide (Wick et al., 1990; Pastan et a/., 1989). In spite of the identical enzymatic activity, there is little resemblance in the primary structure of the two toxins. Some similarity can, however, be detected at the enzymatically active site. The structure/function relationship is less clear than in the case of diphtheria toxin. The toxin has been sequenced and analyzed by X-ray crystallography at 3 8, resolution (Alured et al., 1986). It was found to consist of three domains, one of which (domain Ill) carries the enzymatic activity, whereas another one (domain I) apparently binds to cell-surface receptors. The remaining domain (domain II) is believed to be involved in the translocation of domain Ill to the cytosol. Endocytosed toxin is cleaved near Arg297to yield two disulfide-linked fragments of 28 and 37 kDa (Ogata et al., 1990).Elimination of this disulfide was found to strongly reduce the toxicity (Madshus and Collier, 1989).The 37 kDa fragment appears to be translocated to the cytosol (Ogata et al., 1990). Like diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A requires low pH to act (FitzGerald et al., 1980). In spite of this, it has not been possible to induce translocation of fseudomonas toxin across the surface membrane by exposure to low pH. It appears that the toxin must be transported beyond the endosomes, possibly to the trans-Golgi network or even to the endoplasmic reticulum to find conditions required for translocation (Chaudhary et al., 1990). In fact domain Ill ends with an amino acid sequence that (after removal of a terminal S. OLSNES et al

arginine residue) resembles the KDEL sequence which is a recognition sequence for luminal proteins that are retained in the endoplasmic reticuIum. The plant toxins ricin, abrin, modeccin, volkensin and viscumin (van Deurs et al., 1989), as well as Shigella toxin, may also require retrograde transport to the Golgi apparatus or to the endoplasmic reticulum (Sandvig et al., 1992) to find conditions suitable for translocation. In the case of Shigella toxin it has been shown that it is in fact transported back to the endoplasmic reticulum and that transport to this location is correlated with the toxic effect. Some of the plant toxins require low pH for penetration, but others do not (Sandvig and Olsnes, 1982).The requirement of low pH in the case of some of these toxins is possibly related to correct routing or processing of the toxin, rather than to the translocation process as such.

19.4 Non-cytocidal Toxins with lntracellular Sites of Action The toxins mentioned above have the disadvantage as targeting vehicles that they can only be used on toxin-resistant cells as they will kill normal cells. It is possible to make mutant toxins with highly reduced toxicity, but so far such mutants have proved to be less active in translocation than the wild-type toxins. In future work it may therefore be necessary to look for other toxins that do not kill the cells. Cholera toxin and E. coli heat-labile toxin ADP-ribosylate the asubunit of trimeric G-proteins (G,) so that they are unable to hydrolyze GTP (Casey and Gilman, 1988; Neer and Claphan, 1988). As a result, the adenylate cyclase stays in a persistently active state. The toxin is taken up from the apical pole of the enterocytes, whereas the adenylate cyclase is located at the basolateral side. Since membrane glycolipids such as the toxin receptor (ganglioside GM,) tend not to cross tight junctions, it is unlikely that the toxin reaches the basolateral side by lateral diffusion. Most likely it enters the cytosol and diffuses to the target which is also located at the cytosolic side of the membrane. Pertussis toxin ADP-ribosylates a cysteine residue of a-subunits of G-proteins involved in the regulation of adenylate cyclase (G,,Go) and of transducin, with the result that the G-protein is unable to interact with the receptors and the signal is therefore not transmitted. This toxin consists of 5 subunits that are linked by noncovalent bonds to the enzymatically active S1-subunit(Casey and Gilman, 1988; Neer and Claphan, 1988). The Sl-subunit is activated by reduction of an internal disulfide bond. A number of toxins that act on intracellular targets have a somewhat different organization, being reconstituted at the cell surface from two different proteins (bipartite toxins).This type of organization was first discovered in the toxin from Bacillus anthracis (Leppla, 1982). This toxin has a three-component structure, consisting of two subunits

bipartite toxins

Toxins as Transporting Tools

toxins that ADP-ribosylate actin

that confer toxicity (the lethal factor (83 kDa) and the edema factor (89 kDa)) and one subunit called protective antigen (82.7 kDa) because it is used in vaccines. The protective antigen acts as a receptor for both the lethal factor and the edema factor. It binds to cellsurface receptors and is then cleaved and a fragment is released. The remaining fragment (63 kDa) becomes a binding site for the two toxic subunits which bind in a mutually exclusive manner. The lethal factor confers cytotoxicity by a mechanism not yet known, whereas the edema factor has adenylate cyclase activity (Leppla, 1982; Singh et a/., 1989).The adenylate cyclase enters the cytosol, where it binds to calmodulin and thereby becomes activated. A number of toxins that act by ADP-ribosylating actin have a similar molecular organization to that of anthrax toxin. Botulinum C2 toxin (not the neurotoxin) from Clostridium botulinum types C and D consists of two components, I and II (Aktories and Wegner, 1989; Aktories etal., 1986).Component II (- 100 kDa) binds to cell surface receptors and is cleaved by trypsin-like enzymes to generate a fragment (- 72 kDa) to form a binding site for the 50 kD component I. The toxin ADP-riboslyates non-muscle, monomeric G-actin at Arg-177. The modified actin is unpolymerizable, and acts as a capping agent inhibit ing f urther polymerization of microfilaments . Act in is therefore trapped in its monomeric G-form with the result that stress fibres disappear and the cells round up. The iota toxin from Clostridium perfringens, the Clostridium spiroforme toxin, and an ADP-ribosyl-transferase from Clostridium difficile have a similar structure and mechanism of action (Aktories and Wegner, 1989; Popoff et a/., 1989; Henrique et al., 1987). Endocytosis may not be required for the entry of an invasive adenylate cyclase from Bordella pertussis (Hanski and Ferfel, 1985; Donovan and Storm, 1990).This is a single chain protein (mol. wt. approx. 200 kDa) which resembles the edema factor from anthrax toxin in that it must interact with calmodulin to become active. In contrast to anthrax toxin, it consists of only one polypeptide which is, however, easily cleaved by proteases and thereby activated. An enzymatically active 45 kDa fragment is not active on whole cells, but it could in conjunction with the rest of the molecule enter the cytosol. The facts that this toxin acts much more rapidly than anthrax toxin, and that it is active even at 4 "C and on erythrocytes that have little, if any, endocytosis, suggest that the toxin is able to penetrate directly through the cell surface membrane.

19.5 Methods to Assess Translocation In a number of experimental situations it is desirable to translocate proteins from the exterior into the cytosol, and this may also be desirable for vaccination purposes. Since many proteins retain their function in fusion proteins, cDNA for the protein in question may be linked to the cDNA of a toxin A-moiety and, after expression and reconstituS. OLSNES et al.

tion with the appropriate B-moiety (Fig. 1 b), it may be translocated across cell membranes to reach the cytosol. In experiments on transmembrane translocation of fusion proteins it is necessary to have a reliable and convenient way of monitoring translocation of the fusion protein. Measuring the toxic effect of the fusion protein provides an indication of translocation, but is not sufficient, since it only shows that the enzymatic A-fragment has been translocated. Thus, the passenger peptide or protein could have been removed proteolytically before translocation takes place. It should also be noted that monitoring toxicity is not very accurate in assessing how much A-fragment (or fusion protein) is translocated. A number of more direct methods can be used to demonstrate that the fusion protein has indeed been translocated:

importance of reliable method for monitoring translocation

1. The fact that diphtheria toxin A-fragment is able to penetrate into cells from the surface membrane upon lowering the pH, opens the possibility of direct assay of the translocated material. Thus, by binding radioactively labeled toxin or reconstituted fusion protein to the cell surface under conditions where endocytosis is reduced, and then exposing the cells to a pulse at low pH, toxin or fusion protein may be translocated across the plasma membrane. Untranslocated material remaining at the cell surface can then be removed with pronase. In this way one can determine directly how much radioactive protein is translocated, and in which form it is translocated. Only if the protected molecule migrates in SDS-PAGE like the intact fusion protein, is it likely that it has been translocated in the intact form (Moskaug et al., 1988; Stenmark et al., 1991; Wiedlocha et al., 1992).

alternative methods for assessing tanslocation

2. The fusion protein can be supplied with a signal recognized by enzymes or other molecules exclusively present in the cytosol. (a) The protein can be supplied with a C-terminal prenylation signal, a CaaX (C, cysteine; a, an aliphatic amino acid; X, any out of several possible amino acids)-box (Fig. 3). If the four Cterminal amino acids of a cytosolic protein form a CaaX-box, enzymes in the cytosol will link a prenyl group (farnesyl or geranylgeranyl) onto the cysteine residue with subsequent removal of the three terminal amino acids and carboxylmethylation of the exposed terminal cysteine residue. We have used the CaaX-box Cys-Val-lle-Met (from Ki-Ras 4B), which signals the addition of a farnesyl group (Falnes et al., 1995; Wiedlocha et al., 1995). E. coli does not have farnesyl transferase, making it easy to produce unmodified protein. Farnesylating enzymes are present in the cytosol of eukaryotic cells and the modification can be assessed in different ways. (i) Labelling the cells with mevalonic acid, a precursor of the farnesyl group, will label all cytosolic proteins containing a CaaX box. The translocated protein can then be visualized by subsequent solubilisation of the cells and immunoprecipitation with specific antibody, followed by SDS-PAGE. Toxins as Transporting Tools

'

PP

(FPP)

V l CaaX

1

+

ra tFarnesyl n>

sy:;:>

m

EC-Methyl

Fig. 3. Farnesylation and further processing of proteins containing a C-terminal CaaX-motif. Farnesyl transferase catalyses the transfer of a farnesyl moiety from farnesyl pyrophosphate FPP) to the cysteine residue in the CaaX-motif, where C = Cys, a = usually aliphatic amino acids, and X = Met, Ser; Cys, Ala, Gln. The three C-terminal amino acids (aaX) are then cleaved off, and a methyl group is transferred from S-adenosyl methionine to the now C-terminal cysteine residue

(ii) The modified protein usually migrates slightly more rapidly in SDS-PAGE than the unmodified molecule (Fig. 4). (iii) The modified protein tends to partition into Triton X-114, even if the unmodified molecule does not.

Fig. 4. In vivo farnesylation of diphtheria toxin A-fragment with a C-terminal CaaXmotif. The mutant A-fragment was translated in vitro in a rabbit reticulocyte lysate in the presence of [35S]methionine, and full-length toxin was formed by adding a translation mixture containing unlabelled B-fragment, and then dialysing overnight. To this mixture was added 1 mM unlabelled methionine, and the complete mixture was incubated 1 h at 0 "C with Vero cells. The cells were subsequently washed, briefly exposed to pH 4.8 to induce translocation of the A-fragment to the cytosol, and then incubated for various time periods at 37 "C in the presence of 10 FM monensin. Finally, the cells were lysed, and the TCA-precipitable radioactivity from the post-nuclear supernatant was analysed by non-reducing SDS-PAGE and fluorography S. OLSNES et al.

(b) A nuclear localization signal can be added to the protein. After being translocated to the cytosol, the protein may then be transported to the nucleus (Wiedlocha et al., 1994; Wiedlocha et al., 1996). Cell fractionation followed by SDS-PAGE can be used to assess how much is present in the nucleus and, by inference, how much has been translocated into the cytosol. A caveat here is that many labelled proteins bind unspecifically to the plastic of the cell culture vessel and can be released when the cells are solubilized with a non-ionic detergent. In the subsequent centrifugation to separate the nuclear and cytosolic fractions they will often precipitate with the nuclei (R. Muiioz, unpublished observations). To avoid this problem, treatment of the cells with trypsin or pronase is recommended, followed by addition of a protease inhibitor, before the cells are solubilized. (c) A signal for degradation by the proteasome system can be added (I? Falnes, unpublished results). A control lacking this signal will also be required. If the protein is rapidly degraded after translocation has been induced, this indicates a cytosolic localization, if the control without the degradation signal is stable in the cytosol. The simplest modification is to place a destabilizing amino acid at the N-terminal end according to the N-end rule (Varshavsky, 1992).This can be done by expressing the protein as a fusion protein, e.g. with maltose binding protein behind a cleavage site specific for a rare-cutting protease, such as factor X,. In this case the N-terminal amino acid can be any amino acid except proline.

(d) Tyrosine phosphorylation (but not phosphorylation of serine and threonine) appears to occur selectively in the cytosol and in the nuclei. If an externally added protein carrying a tyrosine phosphorylation site becomes phosphorylated at this site, it may be taken as evidence that the protein has crossed the membrane to gain access to the cytosol or the nucleoplasm.

19.6 Examples of Translocated Peptides and Proteins It has been shown that a number of peptides linked to the N-terminal end of the diphtheria toxin A-fragment are translocated to the cytosol (Stenmark et al., 1991, Stenmark et al., 1992; Ariansen et al., 1993).It is an interesting question to what extent such peptides can subsequently be presented by class I major histocompatibility antigens. If this is the case, fusion proteins of viral or cancer-related peptides and enzymatically inactive mutants of diphtheria toxin could be used for vaccination purposes to expand desired populations of cytotoxic CD 8' T- Iy mphocytes. Toxins as Transporting Tools

The Clostridium botulinum exoenzyme C3 is able to ADP-ribosylate the small G-protein, rho, in a cell free system, but is unable to enter cells (except at very high concentrations) because it lacks a B-moiety. Constructs where exoenzyme C3 was linked to the N-terminal end of diphtheria toxin or to toxin where the N-terminal part of the Afragment had been deleted, were able to translocate the exoenzymecontaining fusion protein into the cytosol and interfere with the organization of actin filaments (Aullo et al., 1993). Externally added aFGF (acidic fibroblast growth factor) contained in a fusion protein with diphtheria toxin A-fragment is able to stimulate DNA synthesis in serum-starved cells without a measurable increase in tyrosine phosphorylation (Wiedlocha et al., 1994; Wiedlocha et al., 1996). The DNA synthesis is only stimulated when the fusion protein is translocated to the cytosol (and subsequently to the nucleus), but not when the translocation is prevented by the presence of heparin or by introduction of disulfide bridges into the toxin A-fragment to prevent unfolding of the protein. A deletion mutant of the growth factor lacking an N-terminal putative nuclear localization sequence was also unable to stimulate DNA synthesis, even though it was efficiently translocated to the cytosol. It is a tempting interpretation that accumulation of the growth factor in the nucleus is required to stimulate DNA synthesis (Imamura et al., 1990), but the possibility must also be kept in mind that deletion of the N-terminal region could induce a structural perturbation. Thus, the sensitivity to trypsin and pronase of the deletion mutant measured in the presence of heparin was clearly higher than that of full length aFGF. Once translocated into the cells, fusion protein with growth factor containing the nuclear localization signal was still detectable after 48 h. O n the other hand, AaFGF disappeared completely from the cells upon incubation for 24 h after removal of AaFGF from the medium. It is not clear if it is degraded in the cells, or if growth factor that is not retained in the nucleus is transported out of the cells using the same mechanism by which aFGF is exported from cells that produce this growth factor. Dihydrofolate reductase has been used extensively in translocation experiments. A fusion protein with diphtheria toxin A-fragment was shown to be translocated to the cytosol (Klingenberg and Olsnes, 1996). The translocation was inhibited by methotrexate, which induces a tight folding of the protein. A fusion with a mutated dihydrofolate reductase that does not bind methotrexate tightly was also translocated, and in this case methotrexate was not able to prevent the translocation. This indicates that not only must the toxin Afragment be unfolded, but the passenger protein must also be able to unfold for translocation to occur. The bacterial RNase, barnase, linked to Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A or to a non-toxic deletion mutant of the toxin lacking the enzymatic domain, was found to be toxic to cells to a greater extent than either component alone (Prior et al., 1991; 1992). A C-terminal KDEL sequence was required for toxicity. Cells resistant to the intracellular action of the toxin were also sensitive to the fusion protein. This S. OLSNES etal.

suggests that the fusion protein is translocated to the cytosol, although direct evidence for this was not provided. Fusion proteins have been constructed from peptide epitopes from influenza A antigens and the binding and translocation domains of Pseudomonas exotoxin A (Donelly et al., 1993).When target cells were incubated with these fusion proteins, and subsequently exposed to cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs) specific for the relevant epitopes, a CTL mediate lysis of the target cells was observed. These experiments suggest that the translocation machinery supplied by protein toxins may be useful tools for bringing peptides into cells for presentation via the maior histocompatibility class I (MHC I) system. It should be noted that no direct evidence was provided that the translocation occurred by the toxin pathway, and it cannot be excluded that the toxin was only instrumental in accumulating the peptide on the surface of the cells and in the endocytic pathway. The N-terminal part (residues 1-254) of the lethal factor (LF) component of anthrax toxin is nontoxic, but its binding to the protective antigen (PA) is retained (Arora and Leppla, 1993). When the enzymatic domains of diphtheria toxin (Arora and Leppla, 1994; Milne et al., 1995), Pseudomonas exotoxin A (Arora and Leppla, 1994), or shiga toxin (Arora and Leppla, 1994) were fused to this fragment of LF, the resulting fusion proteins were highly toxic to cells in the presence of PA. These results suggest that the anthrax toxin translocation machinery may be useful for bringing foreign peptides and proteins into cells, but more work remains to be done to establish the efficiency of the translocation process.

19.7 limitations and Possibilities of the System The main limitations of the translocation system described here are that (a) many passenger proteins interfere with the structure of the toxin so that it cannot recognize the toxin receptor, and that (b) the passenger protein may not be able to unfold. We have tested a large number of proteins, and most of them are not translocated due to one of these problems (Klingenberg and Olsnes, 1996).This may also be a problem with smaller peptides, but usually less than with protein passengers. Conceivably, modification of the fusion proteins with polypeptide linkers and by mutations in the passenger protein may overcome the problem, but this will require a considerable amount of work in each case. The question whether toxins can be used to translocate nucleic acids into cells is very interesting, but this has not been tested seriously up to now. Toxins are interesting candidates for delivery of antisense RNA, ribozymes and genes for transformation and gene therapy. So far there is not convincing evidence that toxins have been effective for such purposes. From what is now known about the translocation of diphtheria toxin, it is likely that the nucleic acid would have to be linked end-to-end to the N-terminus of the A-fragment of this

factors affecting tr~nslocation


toxin. This would have to be done chemically and with high specificity. It is more difficult to predict what would be the requirements for other toxins. Once the conditions for linkage were worked out, there is no obvious reason why toxins should not be useful for this purpose.

19.8 Methods 19.8.1 In vitro Transcription and Translation The cDNA encoding the fusion protein is cloned into a plasmid downstream of a SP6, T7 or T3 RNA polymerase promoter. The plasmid is linearized downstream of the inserts by digesting with an appropriate restriction enzyme, and transcribed in vitro with the appropriate RNA polymerase (75).

transcription and translation of plasmid

1. Mix in an Eppendorf tube: 20 pI 5 x transcription buffer (200 m M Tris-HCI, pH 7.9, 30 m M MgCI2, 10 m M spermidine, 50 m M NaCI) 10 pI 100 m M dithiothreitol 4 pI RNasin (Promega) 20 pl of a mixture containing 2.5 m M each of ATP, CTP, UTP and GTP 2 p1 of linearized plasmid 10-20 U of either T3, T7 or SP6 RNA polymerase H 2 0to a total volume of 100 pI

2. Incubate at 37 for 60 min O

3. The mRNA is then precipitated with 2.5 volumes ethanol and dissolved in 10 pI H 2 0containing 10 m M dithiothreitol and 0.1 U/ pI RNasin

4. The transcripts is translated in a rabbit reticulocyte lysate system (Promega, WI, USA), as follows: To 35 pl nuclease-treated reticulocyte lysate, add: 7 PI H20 1 pl 1 m M amino acide mixture (19 amino acids without methionine)

2 pI mRNA 5 pL [35S]methionine(1200 Ci/mmole, 10 mCi/ml, Amersham) Total volume 50 pl.

5. Incubate at 30 "C for 60 min to obtain labeled fusion protein. To obtain unlabeled fusion protein, the incubation is carried out in the presence of 25 p M unlabelled methionine instead of [35S]methionine to obtain maximal yield of fusion protein. synthesis of unlabeled protein S. OLSNES et al.

To estimate the amount of translation product in this case, an aliquot (5 PI) is incubated in parallel in the presence of 5 pM [35S]methionine in addition to the unlabelled methionine. The radioactive translation product is analyzed by SDS-PAGE and fluorography. The amount of 35S-labelled protein is calculated by incubating the isolated gel band with Opti-Fluor (Amersham) for 30 min and then measuring the radioactivity by scintillation counting. After translation, the whole cell-free translation mixture (referred to as lysate below) is dialyzed at 4 "C first for 16 h against PBS and then for 4 h against HEPES medium, to remove free [35S]methionineand the reducing agent, allowing disulfide bridges to be formed (Fig. 5). An aliquot of the lysate is then analyzed by SDS-PAGE under reducing and non-reducing conditions as indicated, followed by fluorography. Translation mixtures can either be used undiluted or diluted with HEPES medium, pH 7.2.

estimation of amount of Protein

19.8.2 SDS-PAGE SDS-PAGE is carried out in 0.75 mm thick slab gels as described by Leammli (1970). In most cases 10-12% acrylamide and 0.27% N,N'-methylenebisacrylamide gels were used. The gels are subsequently fixed in 4 % acetic acid/27 % methanol for 30 min and then treated with 1 M Na-salicylate, pH 5.8., in 2 % glycerol for 30 min, to visualize proteins labeled with [35S] methionine. Dried gels are exposed to Kodak XAR-5 films in the absence of intensifying screens at -80 "C for fluorography. When '251-labeledproteins were analyzed, the gels were not amplified and the dried gels were layered on Kodak XARS films in the presence of an intensifying screen at -

SDS-PAGE of fusion proteins

80 "C.

Dialysis membrane

F&+g&+ +e Add sample

Dialyse

Fig. 5. Convenient method for dialysing small sample volumes. The bottom part of an Eppendorf tube is cut away, and a hole is cut in the cap. A dialysis membrane which has been pre-soaked in water is streched across the inner cylinder of the cap, and the sample (typically 40-80 PI) is added through the whole in the cap. Finally, the cap containing the sample is gently placed floating (e.g. using tweezers) in the desired buffer, and gentle stirring can be applied. It is advisable to check that the cap is not leaky by floating it on the buffer before the sample is added


19.8.3 Cell Culture Cells are maintained and propagated under standard conditions (5 % C 0 2 in EagleS minimal essential medium containing 5 % FCS, 2 m M glutamic acid and 50 pg gentamycin). Two days prior to the experiments, the cells are seeded into 12 or 24 well Costar (Cambridge, MA) plates at a density of lo5 and 5 x lo4 cells/well, respectively in the same medium at 37 "C in a humidified atmosphere with 5 % c0;I.

19.8.4 Cell Binding and Translocation Assay To measure binding, dialyzed translation mixture (diluted 5 times in HEPES medium) is added to Vero cells growing as monolayers in 12 well microtiter plates and kept at 24 "C for 20 min in the presence of 1 mM unlabelled methionine and 10 p M monensin (Moskaug et al., 1988).To measure translocation, undiluted, dialyzed lysates are added to cells and kept for 20 min at 24 "C in the presence of 1 mM methionine (to reduce incorporation of any labeled methionine that had not been completely removed during dialysis) and 10 p M monensin. The cells are then washed 3 times with ice cold HEPES medium and exposed to pH 4.5 for 3-5 min at 37 "C, treated with pronase and analyzed by SDS-PAGE and fluorography as described above.

19.8.5 Expression in Bacteria and Purification of Recombinant Proteins A CaaX motif (Cys-Val-lle-Met) can be introduced C-terminally into the protein in question by standard techniques. The cDNA obtained can be cloned into an expression vector for E. coli, such as pTrc-99A (Pharmacia), and then transfected into E. coli DH5 a and induced with 5 m M isopropyl-(3-D-thioglactopyranoside (IPTG).The protein is isolated from the bacterial pellet. For purification of aFGF-CaaX, the bacterial pellet was suspended in 20 mM Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 0.5 M NaCI, 1 m M DTT, 1 m M EDTA and sonicated. The clear supernatant, after centrifugation, was applied to a heparin cartridge (Bio-Rad), and the bound material was eluted with a linear NaCl gradient (0.5-2 M) in the above buffer. For purification of dtA-CaaX, the bacteria were harvested, washed with PBS, resuspended in PBS and sonicated. After centrifugation, the supernatant was chromatographed on a Sephacryl S-100HR column equilibrated with 20 m M Tris-HCI, pH 7.5, 0.5 M NaCI, 1 m M DTT. Fractions containing dtA-CaaX were collected, dialyzed against 20 mM phosphate buffer, pH 6.0, 1 m M DTT, and chromatographed on a Q-cartridge (Bio-Rad)with a linear NaCl gradient (0-1 M) in the same buffer. S. OLSNES efal.

19.8.6 In vitro Farnesylation For in vitro labeling, 0.2 pCi [3H]farnesyl pyrophosphate (Du Pont New England Nuclear) and 2 ng of the CaaX-tagged protein is added to 20 1-11 of reticulocyte lysate (Promega) as source of farnesyl transferase. The mixture is adjusted to contain 5 mM MgCI2.To carry out the full modification, 1 pl of dog pancreatic microsomes (Promega), must also be added. The mixture is then incubated for 30 min at 37 "C. Labeled proteins can be recovered from the reaction mixture by immunoprecipitation with an appropriate antibody adsorbed to protein A-Sepharose, and analyzed by SDS-PAGE and fluorography (Wiedlocha et al., 1992). 1. Mix in an Eppendorf tube: 0.2 pl farnesyl pyrophosphate (0.2 pCi) (Du Pont) 20 pl rabbit reticulocyte lysate (Promega) 2-20 ng CaaX-tagged protein MgCI2to a final concentration of 5 m M 1 pl dog pancreatic microscomes (Promega). (Optional, to carry out the full modification, but not required to obtain labelling)

farnesylation procedure

2. Incubate for 30 min at 37 "C.

3. Analyse by immunoprecipitation, SDS-PAGE and fluorography,

19.8.7 Analysis of in vivo Farnesylation Cells growing in 25 cm2 flasks are serum-starved for 36 hr and then preincubated overnight in serum free medium containing 1 pCi/ml [3H]mevalonic acid (Du Pont), 1 pCi/ml ["C] mevalonic acid and 4 yg/ml of lovastatin (to prevent formation of endogenous mevalonic acid). Protein with a CaaX-box is added and the cells are incubated overnight. In some cases the protein is added at the same time as the labeled mevalonic acid. The cells are then washed twice with HEPES medium, lysed (Wiedlocha et al., 1994) and centrifuged for 5 min at 14000 r.p.m. at 4 "C. The supernatant is centrifuged once more and the second supernatant (the cytoplasmic fraction) is mixed by rotation for 2 h at 4 "C with protein A-Sepharose C-4B that had previously been treated with 2 pI of antibody against the protein.

1. Cells, growing in one well of a 6-well plate - a 25 cm2 flask, serum-starved if needed.


2. Add an appropriate volume of serum-free medium containing: 1-6 pCi/ml [3H]Mevalonic acid (Du Pont) (Dry in a spin-vac) 1 pCi/ml ['4C]Mevalonic acid (Du Pont) (Dry in a spin-vac) 4-10 pg/ml Lovastatin

3. Preincubate at 37 "C for 0-12 h, add CaaX-tagged protein. 4. Incubate at 37 "C for 8-24 h.

5. Wash twice with HEPES medium 6. Lyse cells in the presence of protease inhibitors.

7. Centrifuge for 5 min at 12000 r.p.m. in an Eppendorf centrifuge (to remove nuclei).

8. Collect CaaX-tagged protein from the supernatant by immunoprecipitation, TCA-precipitation, Heparin-sepharose-precipitation or by another suitable method.

9. Analyse by SDS-PAGE and fluorography.

19.8.8 Triton X-114 Partitioning of Farnesylated Proteins 1. Triton X-114 equilibrated with PBS is diluted to a 20 % stock solution (Madshus et a/., 1984). 2. PBS (300 pl) and 100 pl of the Triton X-114 stock solution are mixed and kept on ice.

3. Protein is added, and the mixture is kept at 0°C for further 15 min. 4. To separate the phases, the solution is incubated for 15 min at 37 "C, and then centrifuged for 2 min at room temperature in an Eppendorf centrifuge.

5. The upper (water) phase is transferred to a new tube, and the lower (Triton) phase is washed at 37 "C with 500 pI PBS.

6. Both phases are then diluted to 1 ml with PBS (0 "C), followed by immunoprecipitation with antibodies adsorbed to protein ASepharose. The precipitated material is analyzed with SDSPAGE and fluorography.

J\

remOve detergents

S. OLSNES etal.

To study partitioning of proteins from cells, the cells are lysed directly in the Triton/PBS mixture in the presence of 1 m M PMSF, and, after removal of the nuclei by centrifugation, the procedure for phase separation described above is followed. It should be noted that many antibodies do not bind well to their antigens in the presence of high concentrations of detergent. It is therefore advisable to dilute the Triton X-114 phase with water at 0 "C before immunoabsorbtion.

Acknowledgements This work was supported by grants from The Norwegian Cancer Society, The Norwegian Research Council, Rake1 og Kristian Bruun’s legat, Torsteds legat, The Family Blix legat, The Jahre Foundation and The Novo Nordisk Foundation.

References Aktories K, Barmann M, Presek P, Tsuyama S, Jacobs KH, Habermann, E (1986): Botulinum C2 toxin ADP-ribosylates actin. Nature 322: 390-392. Aktories K, Wegner A (1989):ADP-ribosylafion of actin by clostridial toxins. J. Cell. Biol. 109: 1385-1387. Alured VS, Collier RJ, Carroll SF, McKay DB (1986):Structure of exotoxin A of Pseudomonas aeruginosa at 3.0 A resolution. Proc NatlAcad Sci USA83: 1320-1324. Ariansen SA, Afanasiev BN, Moskaug J 0 , Stenmark H, Madshus IH, Olsnes S (1993):Membrane translocation of diphtheria toxin A-fragment: Role of carboxyterminal region. Biochemistry 32: 83-90. Arora N, Leppla SH (1994):Fusions of anthrax toxin lethal factor with shiga toxin, diphtheria toxin enzymatic domains are toxic to mammalian cells. Infect. Immun. 62: 4955-4961. Arora N, Leppla SH (1993):Residues 1-254 of anthrax toxin lethal factor are sufficient to cause cellular uptake of fused polypeptides. J. Biol. Chem. 268: 3334-3341. Aullo P, Giry M, Olsnes S, Popoff MR, Kocks C, Boquet P (1993):A chimeric toxin to study the role of the 21 kDa GTP-binding protein rho in the control of actin polymerization. EM60 J. 12: 921-931. Boquet P, Pappenheimer AM Jr. (1976):Interactionof diphtheria toxin with mammalian cell membranes. J Biol Chem 215: 5770-5778. Casey PJ, Gilman AG (1988):G protein involvement in receptor-effectorcoupling. J Biol Chem 263: 2577-2580. Chaudhary VK, Jinno Y, FitzGerald D, Pastan I (1990):Pseudomonas exotoxin contains a specific sequence at the carboxyl terminus that is required for cytotoxicity. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 87: 308-312. Dluz SM, Higashiyama S, Damm D, Abraham JA, Klagsbrun M (1993): Heparinbinding growth factor-like growth factor expression in cultured fetal human smooth muscle cells. Induction of mRNA levels and secretion of active mitogen. J Biol Chem 268: 18330-18334. Donnelly JJ, Ulmer JB, Hawe JA, Friedman A, Shi XP, Leander KR, Shiver JW, Oliff Al, Martinez D, Montgomery D (1993):Targeted delivery of peptide epitopes to class I maior histocompatibility molecules by a modified Pseudomonas exotoxin. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 3530-3534. Donovan MG, Storm DR (1990):Evidence that the adenylate cyclase secreted from Bordetella pertussis does not enter animal cells by receptor-mediatedendocytosis. J Cell Physiol 145: 444-449. Falnes PO, Wiedlocha A, Rapak A, Olsnes S (1995):Diphtheria toxin A-fragment with an added CaaX-motiv is farnesylated upon translocaton to the cytosol. Biochemistry 34: 11152-11159. Falnes PO, Choe S, Madshus I H, Wilson B, Olsnes S (1994): Inhibition of membrane translocation of diphtheria toxin A-fragment by internal disulfide bridges. J Biol Chem 269: 8402-8407. Falnes PO, Madshus IH, Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1992):Replacement of negative by positive charges in the presumed membrane-inserted part of diphtheria toxin Bfragment. Effect on membrane translocation and formation of cation channels. J Biol Chem 267: 12284-12290. Falnes P 0 , Olsnes S (1995):Cell-mediated reduction and incomplete membrane translocation of diphtheria toxin mutants with internal disulfides in the Afragment. J Biol Chem 270: 20787-20793. Toxins as Transporting Tools

FitzGerald D, Morris RE, Saelinger CB (1980):Receptor-mediated internalization of pseudomonas toxin by mouse fibroblasts. Cell 21 : 867-873. Foley T, Moehring JM, Moehring TJ (1995): Mutations in the elongation factor 2 gene which confer resistance to diphteria toxin and Pseudomonas exotoxin A. J Biol Chem 270: 23218-23225. Hanski H, Farfel Z (1985): Bordetella pertussis invasive adenylate cyclase. J Biol Chem 260: 5526-5532. Henriques B, Florin I, Thelestam M (1987):Cellular internalizationof Clostridiurn difficile toxin A. Microb Pathogen 2: 455-563. Hooper KP, Eidels L (1995): Localization of a critical diphtheria toxin-binding domain to the C-terminus of the mature heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor region of the diphtheria toxin receptor. Biochem Biophys Res Cornrnun 206: 710-717. lmamura T, Engleka K, Zhan X, Tokita Y, Forough R, Roeder D, Jackson M, Maier JAM, Hla, T, Maciag T (1990):Recovery of mitogenic activity of a growth factor mutant with a nuclear translocation sequence. Science 249: 1567-1570. Just I, Selzer J, Wilm M, von Eichel-Streiber C, Mann M, Aktories K (1995):Glucosylation of Rho proteins by Clostridium difficile toxin B Nature 375: 500-503. Just I, Wilm M, Selzer J, Rex G, von Eichel-Streiber C, Mann M and Aktories K (1995):The enterotoxin from Clostridiurn difficile (ToxA) monoglucosylates the Rho protein. J Biol Chem 270: 13932-13936. Klingenberg 0, Olsnes S (1996):Ability of methotrexate to inhibit translocation to the cytosol of dihydrofolate reductase linked to diphtheria toxin. Biochem J 313: 647-653. Laemmli UK (1970): Cleavage of structural proteins during the assembly of the head of bacteriophage T4. Nature 227: 680-685. Lanzrein M, Garred 0, Olsnes S, Sandvig K (1995): Diphtheria toxin endocytosis and membrane translocation is dependent on the intact membrane anchored receptor (HB-EGF precursor): Studies on the cell-associated receptor cleaved by a metalloprotease in TPA-treated cells. Biochem J 310: 285-289. Lanzrein M, Sand 0, Olsnes S (1996): GPI-anchored diphtheria toxin receptor allows membrane translocation of the toxin without ion channel activity. EM60 J 15: 725-734. Leppla SH (1982): Anthrax toxin edema factor: a bacterial adenylate cyclase that increases CAMP concentrations in eucaryotic cells. Proc Nut1Acad Sci USA 79: 3162-3166. Link E, Edelmann L, Chou JH, Binz T, Yamasaki S, Eisel U, Baumert M, Sudhof T C, Niemann H, Jahn R (1992):Tetanus toxin action: Inhibition of neurotransmitter release linked to synaptobrevin proteolysis. Biochem Biophys Res Comrnun 189: 1017-1023. Madshus I H, Collier R J (1989): Effect of eliminating a disulfide bridge within domain II of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A. Infect lmrnun 57: 1873-1878. Madshus I H, Olsnes S, Sandvig K (1984):Requirements for entry of poliovirus RNA into cells at low pH. EMBOJ. 3: 1945-1950. McGill S, Stenmark H, Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1989):Membrane interactions of diphtheria toxin analysed using in vitro synthesised mutants. EM60 J 8: 2843-2848. Middlebrook JL, Dorland R B, Leppla SH (1978):Association of diphtheria toxin with Vero cells: Demonstration of a receptor. J Biol Chern 253: 7325-7330. Milne JC, Blanke SR, Hanna PC, Collier RJ (1995): Protective antigen-binding domain of anthrax lethal factor mediates translocation of a heterologous protein fused to its amino- or carboxy-terminus.Mol Microbioll5: 661-666. Moehring JM, Moehring TJ, Danley DE (1980): Posttranslational modification of elongation factor 2 in diphtheria-toxin-resistantmutants of CHO-K1 cells. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 77: 1010- 1014.

S. OLSNES et al.

Morris RE, Gerstein AS, Bonventre PF, Saelinger CB (1985): Receptor-mediated entry of diphtheria toxin into monkey (Vero) cells: Electron microscopic evaluation. Infect lmmun 50: 721-727. Moskaug J 0 , Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1989):Role of anions in low pH-induced translocation of diphtheria toxin. J Biol Chern 264: 11367-11372. Moskaug J 0 , Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1988): Low pH-induced release of diphtheria toxin A-fragment in Vero cells. Biochemical evidence for transfer to the cytosol. J Biol Chern 263: 2518-2525. Moskaug J 0 , Stenmark H, Olsnes S (1991): Insertion of diphtheria toxin into the plasma membrane at low pH. Characterization and topology of inserted regions. J Biol Chern 266: 2652-2659. Moskaug J 0 , Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1987): Cell-mediated reduction of the interfragment disulfide in nicked diphtheria toxin. A new system to study toxin entry at low pH. J Biol Chern 262: 10339-10345. Naglich JG, Metherall JE, Russell DW, Eidels L (1992):Expression cloning of a diphtheria toxin receptor: Identity with a heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor precursor. Cell 69: 1051-1061. Neer EJ, Claphan DE (1988):Roles of G protein subunits in transmembrane signalling. Nature 333: 129-134. Ogata M, Chaudhary VK, Pastan I, FitzGerald DJ (1990):Processing of Pseudomonas exotoxin by a cellular protease results in the generation of a 37,000-Da toxin fragment that is translocated to the cytosol. J Biol Chem 265: 20678-20685. Olsnes S, Sandvig K (1985):Entry of polypeptidetoxins into animal cells. In Endocytosis (Pastan I, Willingham MC, eds), pp 195-234, Plenum pub1 corp, NY Olsnes S, Carvaial E, Sandvig K (1986):Interactions between diphtheria toxin entry and anion transport in Vero cells. 111. Effect on toxin binding and anion transport of tumor-promoting phorbol esters, vanadate, fluoride and salicylate. J Biol Chem 261 : 1562-1569. Omura F, Kohno K, Uchida T (1989):The histidine residue of codon 715 is essential for function of elongation factor 2. EurJ Biochem 180: 1-8. Papini E, Sandona D, Rappuoli R, Montecucco C (1988):On the membrane translocation of diphtheria toxin: at low pH the toxin induces ion channels on cells. EMBO J 7: 3353-3359. Pappenheimer AM Jr (1977):Diphtheria toxin. Ann Rev Biochem 46: 69-94. Pastan I, FitzGerald D (1989) Pseudomonas exotoxin: Chimeric toxins. J Biol Chern 264: 15157-15160. Popoff MR, Milward FW, Bancillon B, Boquet P (1989):Purificationof the Clostridium spiroforrne binary toxin and activity of the toxin on HEp-2 cells. Infect lrnrnun 57: 2462-2469. Prior TI, FitzGerald DJ, Pastan I (1992):Translocation mediated by domain II of Pseudornonas exotoxin A: Transport of barnase into the cytosol. Biochemistry 31 : 3555-3559. Prior TI, FitzGerald DJ, Pastan I (1991):Barnase toxin: A new chimeric toxin composed of Pseudomonas exotoxin A and barnase. Cell 64: 1017-1023. Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1981): Rapid entry of nicked diphtheria toxin into cells at low pH. Characterization of the entry process and effects of low pH on the toxin molecule. J Biol Chem 256: 9068-9076. Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1986):Interactions between diphtheria toxin and anion transport in Vero cells. IV. Evidence that entry of diphtheria toxin is dependent on efficient anion transport. J Biol Chem 261 : 1570-1575. Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1988): Diphtheria toxin-induced channels in Vero cells selective for monovalent cations. J Biol Chem 263: 12352-12359. Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1982): Entry of the toxic proteins abrin, modeccin, ricin and diphtheria toxin into cells. II. Effect of pH, metabolic inhibitors and ionophores and evidence for penetration from endocytotic vesicles. J Biol Chern 257: 7504-7513. Sandvig K, Garred 0, Prydz K, Kozlov JV, Hansen SH, Deurs B (1992):Retrograde transport of endocytosed Shiga toxin to the endoplasmic reticulum. Nature 358: 510-512.


Schiavo G, Rossetto 0, Catsicas S, de Laureto PP, DasGupta BR, Benfenati F, Montecucco C (1993):Identification of the nerve terminal targets of botulinum neurotoxin serotypes A, D, E. J Biol Chem 268: 23784-23787. Schiavo G, Benfenati F, Poulain B, Rossetto 0, de Laureto PP, DasGupta BR, Montecucco C (1992):Tetanus and botulinum-B neurotoxins block neutransmitter release by proteolytic cleavage of synaptobrevin. Nature 359: 832-835. Silverman JA, Mindell JA, Finkelstein A, Shen WH, Collier RJ (1994): Mutational analysis of the helical hairpin of diphtheria toxin transmembrane domain. J Biol Chem 269: 22524-22532. Singh Y, Chaudhary VK, Leppla SH (1989):A deleted variant of Bacillus anthracis protective antigen is non-toxic and blocks anthrax toxin action in vitro. J Biol Chem 264: 19103-19107. Stenmark H, Afanasiev BN, Ariansen SA, Olsnes S (1992):Reconstitution of active diphtheria toxin and its fusion proteins from separate A- and B-fragments. Biochem J 281 : 619-625. Stenmark H, McGill S, Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1989):Permeabilisationof the plasma membrane by deletion mutants of diphtheria toxin. EMBO, J 8: 2849-2853. Stenmark H, Moskaug J 0 , Madshus IH, Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1991):Peptides fused to the amino-terminal end of diphtheria toxin are translocated to the cytosol. J Cell Biolll3: 1025-1032. Sundan A, Olsnes S, Sandvig K, Pihl A (1982): Preparation and properties of chimaeric toxins prepared from the constituent polypeptides of diphtheria toxin and ricin. Evidence for the entry of ricin A-chain via the diphtheria toxin pathway. J Biol Chem 257: 9733-9739. Valdizan EM, Loukianov EV, Olsnes S (1995): Induction of toxin sensitivity in insect cells by infection with baculovirus encoding diphtheria toxin receptor. J 6\01 Chem 270: 16879-16885. van Deurs B, Petersen OW, Olsnes S, Sandvig K (1989):The ways of endocytosis. Int Rev Cytol 117: 131-177. Van Ness BG, Howard JB, Bodley JW (1980):ADP-ribosylation of elongation factor 2 by diphtheria toxin. NMR spectra and proposed structure of ribosyldiphthamide and its hydrolysis products. J Biol Chem 255: 10710-10716. Varshavsky A (1992):The N-end rule. Cell 69: 725-735. Wick MJ, Hamood AN, lglewski BH (1990):Analysis of the structure-function relationship of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin. A. Mol Microbiol4: 527-535. Wiedlocha A, Falnes PO, Madshus IH, Sandvig K, Olsnes S (1994): Dual mode of signal transduction by externally added acidic fibroblast growth factor. Cell, 76: 1039-1051. Wiedlocha A, Madshus IH, Mach H, Middaugh CR, Olsnes S (1992):Tight folding of acidic fibroblast growth factor prevents its translocation to the cytosol with diphtheria toxin as vector. EM60 J. 11 : 4835-4842. Wiedlocha A, Falnes PO, Rapak A, Klingenberg 0, Mutioz R, Olsnes S (1995): Translocation to cytosol of exogenous, CaaX-tagged acidic fibroblast growth factor. J Biol Chem 270: 30680-30685. Wiedlocha A, Falnes P 0 , Rapak A, Mufioz R, Klingenberg 0, Olsnes S (1996): Stimulation of proliferation of a human osteosarcoma cell line by exogenous acidic fibroblast growth factor requires both activation of receptor tyrosine kinase and growth factor internalization.Mol Cell Biol 16: 270-280. Zhao J-M, London E (1990): Conformation and model membrane interactions of diphtheria toxin fragment A. J Biol Chem 263: 15369-15377.

S. OLSNES etal.

Bacterial Toxins


CHAPTER 20

A Brief Guide to the Safe Handling of BioIogica I Toxins A. B. MAKSYMOWYCH and L. L. SIMPSON

20.1 Introduction Generally speaking, the use of toxins as research tools is technically straightforward. One merely adds activated toxin to the cells of interest, then waits an appropriate length of time for the toxin to exert its effects. However, the technical ease of using toxins should not divert attention from the fact that materials must be handled in a way that does not pose a hazard to laboratory workers or to others in the vicinity. Fortunately, the safeguards that are needed to ensure the health and welfare of everyone can be implemented in a way that poses relatively little burden on investigators. The most important element in reducing the risk of toxins - or sources of toxins, such as microbiological cultures - is strict adherence to standard policies and procedures.’ Persons working with toxins or infectious materials must be aware of potential hazards and be trained and proficient in the safe handling of these materials. This is ordinarily accomplished by: (a) identifying each real or potential hazard, (b) identifying the circumstances under which hazardous materials will be encountered, (c) developing or adopting procedures for handling hazardous materials, and (d) preparing written guidelines that stipulate the responses to accidents and/or contamination.

A

adherence to standard Policies and Procedures

20.2 Preventive Measures Policies and procedures that relate to safe handling of toxins and infectious material can be broken down into four maior categories: preventive measures, containment, disposal and decontamination. There are three maior steps that should be taken to safeguard the welfare of workers who handle toxins:

1. An institutional physician knowledgeable about human poisoning should be notified that the work is in progress, and this physician should be given the names of all persons who handle the toxin. Similarly, all laboratory persons should know the identity and whereabouts of the physician knowledgeable about poisoning.

A

physician

’ Many of the guidelines enumerated in this chapter are extracted from the Thomas Jefferson University Guide to Laboratory Safety.


A

material safety data sheets

protective equipment

2. Material Safety Data Sheets describing the toxin should be prepared and made available to all laboratory workers.

3. Laboratory workers should wear appropriate personal protective equipment. At a minimum, this includes a laboratory coat and gloves.

20.3 Containment

A

containment

20.3.1 Containment Procedures There are two broad dimensions to the concept of containment. Within the laboratory, one must use procedures that restrict exposure to the toxin and minimize the potential for causing immediate harm. Beyond the laboratory, one must adopt procedures that prevent spread of biologically active material. Both of these dimensions of containment must be viewed in the context of the type of laboratory that is used.

20.3.2 Containment Facilities The selection of an appropriate laboratory or biosafety level for a particular type of work hinges on a number of factors. Some of the more important of these factors are the potency and stability of the toxin being handled, the virulence and pathogenicity of the infectious agents being handled, and the availability of protective vaccines or therapeutic measures. The United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare has developed a system for classifying toxins and other etiological agents on the basis of hazard. Depending on the level of hazard, the etiological agent can be placed in one of four biosafety levels. A brief description of these biosafety levels is given in Table 1.

20.3.3 Containment within the laboratory and beyond the Laboratory The maior guidelines for minimizing risk within a laboratory are:

1. Doors to the laboratory should be clearly marked to indicate the presence of a biohazard. These doors should remain locked at all times, and only properly authorized personnel should have access.

2. The laboratory itself should conform to the requirements of a BL-2 or higher level facility, depending on the exact nature of the work. A detailed description of such facilities can be found in the CDC-NIH Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories booklet. A. B. MAKSYMOWYCH and L. L. SIMPSON

Table 1. Description of Biosafety Levels Biosafety level 1 represents a basic level of containment that relies on standard microbiological practices with no special primary or secondary barriers recommended, other than a sink for washing hands. Special containment equipment or facility design is not required nor is it generally used. Biosafety level 2 applies to facilities in which work is done with the broad spectrum of indigenous moderate-risk agents present in the community and associated with human disease of varying severity. This level of containment is appropriate when work is done with any humanderived blood, body fluids, or tissues where the presence of an infectious agent may be unknown. Personnel working with human-derived materials should refer to the Occupational Exposure to Bloodborne Pathogen Standard (OSHA) for specific, required precautions. Biosafety level 3 applies where work is done with indigenous or exotic agents with potential for respiratory transmission, and which may cause serious and potential lethal infection. Biosafety level 4 applicable to work with dangerous and exotic agents which pose a high individual risk of life-threateningdisease, which may be transmitted via the aerosol route, and for which there is no available vaccine or therapy.

The descriptions given above are summaries of the information found in the third edition of the Department of Health and Human Services Publication (CDC) 93-8395, Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories. This publication provides information relating to practices, facilities, and safety equipment, as well as recommendations for incorporating these items into four biosafety levels of laboratory operation.

3. Stock solutions of toxin should be stored in a refrigeratodfreezer that is marked to indicate the presence of a biohazard. Ideally, stock solutions should be diluted to create working solutions that have the lowest level of toxicity consistent with the scholarly work in progress.

4. Laboratory personnel should wear gloves and appropriate protective garments, as indicated above, and this personal protective equipment should be removed when leaving the laboratory. In addition, laboratory counters should be covered with absorbent material.

5. To the fullest extent practical, toxin should be transported, diluted and used in disposable pipettes and containers.

6. To the fullest extent practical, toxin should be handled by mechanical means (e.g., automatic pipettes). Care should be taken to avoid creation of aerosols, and the toxin must not be allowed to come into contact with the mouth or broken skin. The guidelines for ensuring that biologically active toxin does not go beyond the research laboratory are:

1. Toxin should be transported outside the research laboratory only when there is good justification (i.e., transport to another research facility). When toxin is shipped, it must be packaged and labeled according to government standards. A Brief Guide to the Safe Handling of Biological Toxins

2. Steps should be taken to ensure that toxin is contained within the research laboratory. The techniques for preventing escape are inherent in the design of BL-2 and BL-3 facilities (see above). For example, air from the laboratory should not be recirculated into non-laboratory areas.

3. As indicated above, no unauthorized persons should be allowed access to areas where they might accidentally come into contact with the toxin and inadvertently carry it out of the laboratory.

4. As indicated below, toxin and contaminated materials that are intended for disposal should be handled as a biohazard and, whenever practical, treated to abolish toxicity.

20.4 Disposal

A

safe disposal

Techniques that have been widely adopted for disposing of protein toxins are:

1. Solutions of toxin are inactivated in an autoclave. Questions about residual toxicity can be resolved by performing a bioassay.

2. Potentially infectious waste, such as material from tissue cultures, should be autoclaved and prepared for disposal by incineration.

3. Animal carcasses, bedding and absorbent material from bench tops should be wrapped in biohazard containers and prepared for disposal by incineration.

4. Disposable labware, such as pipettes, should be autoclaved and placed in biohazard containers. Non-disposable labware should be retained in the facility until it has been decontaminated.

20.5 Decontamination

A

decontamination

Decontamination typically occurs in two settings: as a general cleaning procedure that is part of good laboratory practice, and as an emergency intervention when there has been a significant spill or other accident. The decontamination procedures that are part of good laboratory practices can be enumerated as follows:

1. All biohazardous materials and items contaminated with infectious agents should be either decontaminated before being washed and stored, or discarded properly. (a) Whenever possible, contaminated items and biohazardous materials should be sterilized by autoclaving (saturated steam under pressure). (b) Each individual working with biohazardous material or contaminated items should be responsible for their decontamination or disinfection before disposal or reuse. A. B. MAKSYMOWYCHand L. L. SIMPSON

(c)When autoclaving, test tape or another suitable indicator must be used on each load placed in the autoclave. This will aid in determining which items have been sterilized.

2. All laboratories in which work with biohazardous materials is carried out must have labeled, leak-proof, covered containers for temporary holding of infectious materials awaiting disinfection or disposal.

3. All floors, laboratory benches, and other surfaces in areas where biohazardous materials are handled must be disinfected upon completion of operations involving plating, pipetting, centrifugation and similar procedures.

4. Floors should be wet mopped with disinfectant. Avoidance of dry sweeping and dusting will reduce the formation of aerosols. If sweeping is necessary, a push broom and floor sweeping compound should be used. Waxing and buffing should be done after mopping.

5. Floor drains must be flooded with water periodically in order to fill traps and prevent the backflow of sewer gases.

20.6 Emergency Intervention The following procedures should be followed in the event of a biohazard spill. The initial steps are the responsibility of the person(s) whose actions led to the spill.

1. Remove contaminated protective garments (including shoes)

A

emergencies

immediately at the door before leaving the contaminated area.

2. Warn others of the spill, and isolate the area. 3. Notify the laboratory supervisor. 4. Wash hands and face or, if facilities are available, shower. Use germicidal soap.

5. Notify the institutional health and safety officer. After the above immediate actions are accomplished, decontamination and cleanup will be directed by the laboratory supervisor and/or a person knowledgeable about biohazard decontamination. This subsequent phase of cleanup should include the following elements.

1. The affected area should not be re-entered for a minimum of 30 minutes if there is a danger of airborne particles. 2. Personnel responsible for the cleanup should wear all appropriate personal protective equipment.

3. An appropriate disinfection solution (e.g., 10 % Chlorox) should be used to treat the spill area. The disinfection solution should be A Brief Guide to the Safe Handling of Biological Toxins

poured gently rather than sprayed, thus minimizing the risk of creating aerosols.

4. Transfer all materials, such as absorbent cloth from the spill area, to an autoclave container.

5. Wash and mop the spill area and adjacent areas with disinfectantdetergent solution.

6. Gas sterilize equipment that requires decontamination but cannot be subjected to liquids.

7. Before leaving the immediate area, the decontamination team should remove shoe covers and wipe shoes on pads soaked with disinfectant solution. Other personal protective equipment should be removed for appropriate decontamination or autoclaving. Personnel should then shower using germicidal soap.

8. The laboratory supervisor should assure that all waste, equipment, clothing, and respirators are properly decontaminated or disinfected and disposed in appropriate containers.

20.7 Resources Expanding access to computers and networks represents a resource which should not be overlooked. There are two Universal Resource Locators that represent a sound starting point for obtaining safety related resources available on the internet. First, the full text version of the Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories, 3rd edition, March 1993 may be accessed at http://www.cdc.gov/od/ ohslbiosftylbmbl-l.htm. Another excellent starting point is the Occupational Safety and Health Administration home page at http:// www.osha.gov, which allows access to multiple sources of information, as well as a listing of Safety and Health Internet Sites.

20.8 Conclusion The various guidelines presented above should not be seen as allinclusive. They are general guidelines that are likely to apply to most research facilities. Additional precautionary steps may be needed, depending on the amount of toxin and type of work involved. However, all of the guidelines can be implemented in a way that safeguards personnel while still permitting vigorous and scholarly research.

Acknowledgements Supported in part by a grant (NS-22153) from NlNDS and a contract (DAMD17-95-C-5004) from USDOA. A. B. MAKSYMOWYCH and L. L. SIMPSON

Bacterial Toxins


Subject Index

Abrin 279 Acetylcholine - Inhibition of release by clostridial neurotoxins 169, 194 Acidic fibroblast growth factor, Fusion protein 284 Actin - ADP-ribosylation 95-96, 134-138,280 Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 94, 280 Effects on cytoskeleton 98-99 Microfilament network 98 Quantification 133-134 - ATPase activity 96 - Capping protein 96 - Complex with gelsolin 96-97 - Cytoskeleton Clostridium difficile toxins 144 Control by Rho GTPases 166 Depolymerization 167 Disruption by Clostridium difficile toxins 147 - Depolymerization Assay 131-132 C2 toxin 129 Cytochalasins 129 - F-actin 98 - Functions 95 - G-actin 98 - Identification by immunoprecipitation 133 - lsoforms 95 - Phalloidin labelling 77, 131 - Polymerization 95-96, 123, 125 - Purification 135 - Regulation C2 toxin (C2T) 123, 125 Rho proteins 62, 71, 159 - Stability 135 Actinomorphic response, Clostridium novyi alpha-toxin 150

Activation, Streptolysin 0 (SLO) 260 Active site - ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 62 - Diphtheria toxin 39 - E. coli heat-labile toxin 39 - Pertussis toxin 39 Adamalysin, Zinc endopeptidase 172 Adenylate cyclase 279 - Activation by cholera toxin 4 - Bordetella pertussis 280 ADP-ribosylation - Actin 95-96, 98-99, 134-138, 280 Effects on cytoskeleton 98-99 - Auto-ADP-ribosylation by cholera toxin 4 - Blockage by brefeldin A 37-38 - C2 toxin (C2T) 133-134 - Cholera toxin 279 - Effect on microfilament network 98-99 - Enhancement by ARFs 5 - G proteins 49-55,279, 284 E. coli heat-labile toxin 279 - Gasubunits 41 - Pertussis toxin 38,4751 -54 - Rho proteins 85,87-89, 165,284 ADP-ribosylation factors (ARFs) 15-16, 19-20, 22-25,27 - Activator of phospholipase D 5 - Activities 15-16 - Cellular locations 15-16 - Conservation 5 - Functions 5 - Properties 5 - Purification 17-18 - Sources 17 - Stimulation of ADP-ribosylation

5 ADP-ribosyltransferase - Clostridium difficile 280 - Mode of action 1-2 - Pertussis toxin 33-34, 38-41

- Pseudomonas aeruginosa 2 ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 61-62, 145 - Active site 62 - ADP-ribosylation 165 - ADP-ribosylation of G proteins 284 - ADP-ribosylation of Rho proteins 284 - Assay of activity 74 - Determination of protein concentration 74 - Effect on cells 77-80, 89 - Endocytosis 81, 164 - Enzyme activity 64 - Factors affecting ribosylation 65 - Fusion protein 66, 81 - Inactivation of Rho proteins 71 - Microinjection 75-76, 89 - Modification of Rho proteins 62-64 - production by Clostridium botulinum 61, 85 - Purification 71-74, 86 - Rho GTPase inhibitor 81 - Rho proteins, assay 89-91 - Storage 73-74 - Structure 61-62, 85 - Toxicity 65 - Uptake 81 Aerolysin from A. hydrophila 241 -245 aFGF see Acidic fibroblast growth factor Ag mat ine - ADP-ribosylation by cholera toxin 4 - Assay 18-19,22-23 Agrobacterium tumefaciens, virB operon 36 Alpha-toxin 150, 241 - Actinomorphic response 150 - Assay 261-263 - Binding 243-244


- Effect on interleukin converting enzyme (ICE) 246 - Induction of apoptosis 246 - Mutant 254 - Oligomerization 244-245 - Permeabilization 259-263 - Pore formation 242-243,245, 259 - Pore size 253 - Purification 249-250 - Storage 252,260 - Study of exocytosis 260-266 - Study of secretory processes 260-266 Anthrax toxin - Homology to iota toxin 94 - Permeabilization 243 - Pore formation 243 - Translocation 285 Antibiotic-associated pseudomembranous colitis, Clostridiurn difficile 141 Aplysia neurons, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 198 Apoptosis 246 Assay - Alpha-toxin 261-263 - Botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) 183-184 - C2 toxin (C2T) 103-105, 120 - Catecholamine uptake 266-267 - Cholera toxin 16-29 - Cleavage of synaptobrevin 235-237 - Clostridial neurotoxins 183-184, 197-198,204-206 - Exocytosis 228-232,263-266 - Glucosylation of Rho GTPases 164-166 - Glutamate uptake 267-270 - LD50 169, 197 - E. coli heat-labile toxin 16-29 - Permeability 262 - Permeabilization 222,263-266 - Pore-forming ability 261-263 - Rho proteins 87-91 - Streptolysin 0 261-263 - Tetanus neurotoxin 183-184 - ,,Time-to-death" 104 - Toxicity 183 - Translocation of fusion proteins 288 Assay systems - Aplysia neurons 198 - Autonomic nervous system 198 - Drosophila neurons 198 - Endocrine cells 199 - Invertebrate neurons 198 - Neuromuscular junction preparations 197- 198 Subject Index

- Primary cultures of CNS neurons 198 Astacin, Zinc endopeptidase 172 ATPase, Actin 96 Autonomic nervous system, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 198

Bacillus anthracis toxin 279-280 Bacillus cereus exoenzyme 61, (see also ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3) Bacillus sphaericus, Mosquitocidal toxin 39 Bacillus thuringiensis, Pore-forming toxins 241 Bacterial toxins, Transporting tools 273 Bacteriocins, Pore-forming toxins 242 Balanced pathogenicity 173-174 Barnase, Fusion protein 284-285 Binary toxins 117-118, 279-280 BoNT see Botulinum neurotoxin Bordetella pertussis - Adenylate cyclase 280 - Cause of whooping cough 33 - Culture 48 - Production of pertussis toxin 33 - Toxin 2 Botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) 120 - see also Clostridial neurotoxins - Action on neuromuscular junctions 169, 174-175, 194 - Action on peripheral nervous system 170 - Activation mechanism 170-171 - Assay 183-184 - Cleavage of SNAP-25 176-177, 181 - Cleavage of synaptobrevin 175-177 - Cleavage of syntaxin 175-178 - Different types 180, 193-194 - Formation of ion channels 175-176 - Inhibition of acetylcholine release 194 - Inhibition of neurotransmitter release 170, 193 - Insulin exocytosis 220 - Internalization 170, 175-176 - Mechanism of toxicity 170 - Mode of action 193-196 - Purification 182-183 - Receptor 175 - Recognition motifs in target proteins 180 - Serotypes 169 - Structure 170 - Therapeutic use 185

- Toxicity 169 Species differences 169 - Toxin channels 176 - Vaccine 182 - Zinc endopeptidase 172 Botulism 169-170, 185, 194 - Flaccid paralysis 169, 194 Brefeldin A, Blockage of ADPribosylation 37-38

C3 exoenzyme see ADPribosyltransferase C3 Ca2+,Insulin exocytosis 221 Catecholamine uptake - Assay 266-267 - Permeabilized cells 266-268 Cation channels, Formation by diphtheria toxin 277-278 Cdc42, Regulation of filopodia 71, 159 Cell adhesion, Rho proteins 71 Cell biology, Use of Clostridiurn difficile ToxB 166-167 Cell motility, Effect of Clostridium botulinurn C2 toxin 125 Cellubrevin - Cleavage by clostridial neurotoxins 196 - lsoform of synaptobrevin 178 Central nervous system, Action of tetanus neurotoxin 169-70, 194 Chickens, Tetanus resistance 169, 179 Chimeric toxins see Fusion proteins Cholera 1 - Fluid and electrolyte loss 4 - Vaccine 5-6 Cholera toxin - Action on G protein 279 - Activation 16-17 - Activation of adenylate cyclase 4 - Adjuvant 7 - ADP-ribosylation 279 agmatine 4 - ADP-ribosyltransferase 1-2 - Antigen delivery system 7 - Assay 15-29 - Auto-ADP-ribosylation 4 - Binding site for ganglioside GMl 2 - Catalytic action 15 - Catalytic His residue 41 - Cellular substrate 3-4 - Endocytosis 3 - Entry into cells 3 - Hydrolysis of NAD' 4, 15 - Immune response 6,7 - Increase of calcium flux 3 - Mode of action 1 - Molecular tool 7

- NAD+-glycohydrolysis 39 - Purification 16 - Releaseof 5-HT 4 - Structure 2-3, 15-16 - Targeting molecules 7 - Targeting to G ,, ganglioside 7 - Uses 5-8 - Vaccine development 5-7 - X-ray crystallography 3 Cholesterol-bindingtoxins 241 - Oligomerization 244 Classification, Pore-formingtoxins 241 Clathrin, Endocytosis 276 Clostridia, Ecology 173-174 Clostridial neurotoxins - Amino acid sequence 170-172 - Apo-neurotoxin 172 - Assay 183-184, 197, 199-200, 204-206 - Binding to cells 174 - Binding to neuromuscular junctions 169, 174-175, 194 - Decontamination 182,201 - Diseases 169 - Function 173 - Inhibition of acetylcholine release 169 - Inhibition of exocytosis 237 - Inhibition of neurotransmitter release 170, 181-182, 193 - Internalization 169, 175-176, 194 - LDSo 183 - Mobile genetic elements 173 - Mode of action 193-196 - Neurospecificity 169 - Origin 169 - Precursors 185-186 - Purification 182-183 - Recognition sequences 180 - Research tool 117, 184, 196 - Safety 182 - Sources 201 - Specificity 180, 195-196 - Structure 170, 173, 194 - Synaptobrevin cleavage 176 - Therapeutic use 117, 193 - Therrnolysin-like proteases 173 - Toxicity 169, 183, 201 - Zinc endopeptidases 172-174, 176, 185-186 Clostridiurn barati, Cause of botulism 169 Clostridiurn botulinum - C3 exoenzyme see ADPribosyltransferaseC3 - Production of neurotoxins 193 Clostridium botulinurn C2 toxin (C2T) 93, 103, 117-118

- Action on cytoskeleton 119, 123-125 - Action on G-actin 166-167 - Activation 104, 109 - ADP-ribosylation 133-134 - ADP-ribosylation of actin 94, 280 - Antibody preparation 111-112 - Assay 103-105, 120 - Autoregulation of actin synthesis 125 - Binary structure 129-130 - Binary toxin 117-118 - Cell motility 125 - Channel formation in membranes 122-123 - Chemical mediators Release 123-124 Storage 124 - Depolymerization of actin 129 - Detoxification 104 - Effect on cytoskeleton 119, 123-125, 131 - Effect on microfilaments 131 - Endocytosis 93, 110, 119 - lmmunofluorescence 110, 112-114 - Internalization 118, 122 - Mechanism of action 118-119 - Microinjection 119 - Purification 104-108, 120-121 - Purification of antibodies 112 - Research tool 121, 123-126, 129 - Sensitivity of cells 130 - Specificity 94-5 - Storage 108-109 - Structure 93-4, 103, 110 - Toxicity 117-118, 122, 130 - Translocation 93 Clostridiurn botulinurntype C 103 - see also Clostridiurn botulinurn C2 toxin Clostridium bufyricum, Cause of botulism 169 Clostridium difficile - ADP-ribosyltransferase 280 - Cytotoxic activity 141 - Glucosyltransferase activity 159 - Molecular toxicity 151 - Pathogenicity 151 - Pseudomembranouscolitis 141, 151 - Transferase 93 Clostridiurn difficile cytotoxin see Clostridium difficile, ToxB Clostridiurn difficile enterotoxin see Clostridium difficile, ToxA Clostridium difficile ToxA - Antibodies 143 - Breakdown of tight junctions 149 - Cytoskeletal breakdown 149 - Cytotoxic activity 160 - Effects on nuclei 147

-

Glucosylation of Rho proteins 149 Homologies 142 Intestinal effects 149, 152 lntracellular calcium release 148 Mechanism of action 149 Molecular size 142, 159 Purification 142, 160-161 Receptor 144 - Stability 160 - Storage 160 - Structure 142-143, 152, 159 - Toxicity 141, 149 Clostridiurn difficile ToxB 141 - Antibodies 143 - Cell biology tool 166-167 - Cytoskeletal breakdown 159 - Cytotoxicity 160, 164 - Glucosyltransferase activity 161 - Homologies 142 - Inhibition of DNA synthesis 148 - Lytic effects 152 - Mechanism of action 149 - Molecular size 142, 159 - Probe for Rho GTPases 159-160 - Purification 142, 160-161 - Receptor-mediatedendocytosis 164 - Storage 160 - Structure 142, 152, 159 - Toxicity 141, 143, 149 Clostridium difficile toxins - see also Clostridiurn difficile, ToxA; Clostridiurn difficile Tox B - Cytokine release 148 - Cytopathogenic effect 144 - Disruption of actin cytoskeleton 147 - Disruption of epithelial barrier 148-149 - Effect on tight junctions 148 - Effects on animals 148-149 - Endocytosis 144 - Glucosylation of Rho proteins 146-147, 162-163 - Glucosyltransferases 146-147 - Internalization 145 - lntracellular processing 144-145 - Modification of Rho proteins 145 - Research tool 153 - Structure 170-172 - Tumor therapv 153 - UDP-glucose glycohydrolase 161-162 - Vaccination 153 Clostridium Limosum exoenzyme 61, (see also ADPribosyltransferase C3) Clostridium novyi alpha toxin see Alpha-toxin -

Subject Index

Clostridium perfringens iota toxin 93 - Binding component 94 - Effect on actin cytoskeleton 129 - Homology 94 - Mode of action 280 - Specificity 95 - Structure 94, 280 - Toxicity 94 Clostridium sordelli toxins 150 Clostridium spiroforme toxin 93 - Binding component 94 - Mode of action 280 - Structure 94, 280 Clostridium tetani 169 - see also Tetanus neurotoxin (TeTx) - Production of tetanus neurotoxin 193 CNS neurons, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 198 Coated pits, Endocytosis 144 Colicins, Pore-formingtoxins 242 Collagenase, Zinc endopeptidase 172 Colon cancer therapy, Clostridium difficile toxins 153 Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Cause of diphtheria 2,273 Crotalus durissus phosphodiesterase 94 CTA (Cholera toxin subunit A) see Cholera toxin Culture - Bordetella pertussis 48 - Clostridium botulinum type C 106 - E. COI~ 72 - For immunofluorescence labelling 113 - Swiss 3T3 cells 74-75 - Vero cells 113 Cytochalasins - Actin depolymerization 129 - Cytopathogenic effect 144 Cytocidal action, Pore-forming toxins 248 Cytokine release, Clostridium difficile toxins 148 Cytopathogenic effect - Actinomorphic 144 - Clostridium difficile toxins 144 - Cytochalasins 144 Cytoskeleton - Action of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 119, 123-125 - Effect of ADP-ribosylationof actin 98-99 - Effect of Clostridium difficile ToxA 149 Subject Index

- Effect of Clostridium difficile ToxB 159 - Effect of pore-forming toxins 247 Decontamination 298-300 - Clostridial neurotoxins 182,201 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 104 - Tetanus neurotoxin 232,234 Diabetes mellitus 217 Dihydrofolate reductase, Fusion protein 284 Diphthamide, Acceptor substrate for toxins 39, 41, 274 Diphtheria, Symptoms 273 Diphtheria toxin - Active site 39 - ADP-ribosylation of elongation factor 274 - ADP-ribosyltransferase 2 - Cause of diphtheria 273 - Differences in cellular sensitivity 275 - Effect of phorbol esters 275 - Endocytosis 276 - Formation of cation channels 277-278 - Inhibition of protein synthesis 274 - NAD+-glycohydrolysis 39 - Receptor 275 - Resistant cells 275 - Resistant mutations 274 - Structure 37, 274 - Translocation 276-277, 281 DNA synthesis, Inhibition by ToxB 148 DNase inhibition, Actin depolymerization assay 131-132 Drosophila neurons, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 198 Dystonias, Treatment with botulinum neurotoxin 185-186

E. coli, Culture 72 E. coli heat-labile toxin (LT) 1 - Activation 16 - Active site 39 - ADP-ribosylation of G proteins 279 - ADP-ribosyltransferase 2 - Assay 15-29 - Purification 16 - Structure 2, 15 - Structure of holotoxin 3 - Subunits 15 - X-ray crystallography 3 E. coli hemolysin 241-42

- Binding 244 - Oligomerization 244-245 - Pore size 253 - Pore-forming toxin 241 EDlN 61 (see also ADPribosyltransferase C3) Elongation factor 2 (EF-2), ADPribosylation 2 Emergency procedures 299-300 Endocrine cells, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 199 Endocytosis - ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 81, 164 - Cholera toxin 3 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 93, 110 - Clostridium difficile toxins 144 - Coated pits 144,276 - Diphtheria toxin 276 Enterochromaffincells, Release of 5-HT by cholera toxin 4 Epithelial barrier, Disruption by Clostridium difficile toxins 148 Exocytosis - Assay 228-232,263-266 - Inhibition by clostridial neurotoxins 237 - SNARE hypothesis 219-221 - Study using clostridial neurotoxins 196 - Study using pore-forming toxins 260-266 - Transient cotransfection assay 228-232 Exotoxin A see Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A F-actin 98 Farnesylation, Recombinant proteins 289-290 Filopodia, Cdc42 71, 159 Fixation of cells 76, 131 Flaccid paralysis, Botulism 169, 194 Focal adhesions - Control by Rho proteins 80, 145, 159 - Effect of ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 80 - FAK 76 -Paxillin 76 - Talin 76-77 - Vinculin 76-77 Fusion proteins 280-281 - Acidic fibroblast growth factor 284 - ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 66,

81 - Barnase 284-285

-

Dihydrofolate reductase 284 Influenza A antigens 285 Limitations 285-286 Production 286-290 - Therapeutic potential 121 - Translocation 280-286 Fusion toxins see Fusion proteins

G proteins - Action of cholera toxin 279 - Action of pertussis toxin 38, 41, 47 - ADP-ribosylation 49-55, 279, 284 - Control of insulin secretion 218-219 - Effects of pore-forming toxins 247-248 - Removal of ADP-ribose 56 - Signal transduction cycle 42 Ga subunits, ADP-ribosylation 41 G-actin 98 - Effect of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 166-167 Ganglioside GM1, Binding to cholera toxin 2 Gelsolin, Complex with actin 96-97 Glucosylation - Recombinant GTPases 163-164 - Rho GTPase, assay 164-166 - Rho proteins 146-148, 161-63 Glucosyltransferases, Clostridium difficile toxins 146-147, 159, 161 Glutamate uptake, Assay 267-270 Glycophosphoinositol (GPI) anchor, Toxin receptor 275 GM1 ganglioside, Targeting by cholera toxin 7 Golgi apparatus, ARFs 16 GSCI - GTPase activity 4 - Structure 4 - Substrate for cholera toxin 3-4 GTPase - Activity of Gs, 4 - Recombinant, Glucosylation 163- 164 - Rho proteins 159 Hemorrhagic toxin, Clostridium sordelli 150 5-HT, Release by cholera toxin 4 lmmunolabelling 76-77 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 110, 112-114

- Focal adhesions 76 Inflammation, Effects of poreforming toxins 248-249 Influenza A antigens, Fusion protein 285 Inhibitory synapses, Blockade by tetanus neurotoxin 170 Insect cells - Permeabilization 241 - Resistance to diphtheria toxin 275 Insecticidal toxins 241 Insulin secretion - Botulinum neurotoxin 220 - Ca2' 221 - Control 217-219 - Effect of pertussis toxin 41 - Rab3A 221 - SNARE hypothesis 220-221 - Synaptotagmin 221 - Syntaxin 220 - Tetanus neurotoxin (TeTx) 220 Insulin-secretingcells, Permeabilization 222-228 Interleukin converting enzyme (ICE) 246 Internalization - Botulinum neurotoxin 170, 175-176 - Clostridial neurotoxins 169, 175-176, 194 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 118, 122 - Clostridium difficile toxins 145 - Tetanus neurotoxin 170, 175-176 Intestine, Effect of Clostridium difficile ToxA 149 Invertebrate neurons, Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 198 Ion channels, Formation by clostridial neurotoxins 175-176 Ion fluxes, Generation by poreforming toxins 246-247 Iota toxin see Clostridium perfringens iota toxin Islet-activating protein see Pertussis toxin Lamellipodia protrusion, Rac protein 71 Large clostridial cytotoxins 150-151 a-Latratoxin, Effect on synaptosomes 199 - Inhibition of botulinum neurotoxin/A 181 LD50 - Assay 197 - Botulinum neurotoxin 169 - Clostridial neurotoxins 183

- Tetanus neurotoxin 169 50 % lethal dose see LDW Lethal toxin, Clostridium sordelli 150 Lipid mediators, Generation by pore-forming toxins 247 Membrane protein shedding, Effect of pore-forming toxins 248 Membrane proteins, ADPribosylation 51-54 Membrane ruffling - Control by Rho proteins 145 - Rac protein 159 Metalloendoproteases see Zinc endopeptidases Methods - see also Assay; Culture; Purification - Actin labeling 131 - Activation of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 109 - Activation of pertussis toxin 50-51 - ADP-ribosylation Actin 134-138 G proteins 49-55 membrane proteins 51-54 Rho proteins 87-89 - ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3, expression 86-87 - ARFassay 20-28 - Assessing translocation 280-283 - Cell homogenates 51 - Cell permeabilization 222-228,235 - Cleavage of synaptobrevin (VAMP) by tetanus neurotoxin 233-237 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxincatalysed ADP-ribosylation

133-134 - Clostridium botulinum type C, culture 106 - Fixation of cells 76 - Fusion proteins 286-290 - Glucosylation of Rho proteins 162- 163 - lmmunolabelling 76-77 - Microinjection of ADPribosyltransferase C3 75-76 - Micropipettes 75 - Permeabilizationof insulinsecreting cells 222-228 - Phalloidin labelling of actin 131 - Preparation of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin antibodies 111-112 - Quantitative determination of actin depolymerization 131-132

Subject Index

- Recombinant ARFs 18 - Removal of ADP-ribose from G-proteins 56 - SDS-PAGE of G-proteins 55-57 - Subfractionation of synaptosomes 210-211 - Synaptosome poisoning 207-209 - Synaptosome preparation 202-204 - Toxicity testing 183 Microfilaments - Effect of ADP-ribosylation 98-99 - Effect of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 131 - Regulation by Rho proteins 166 Microinjection - ADP-ribosyltransferase C3 75-76 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 119 Micropipettes, Preparation 75 Mitogenicity, Pertussis toxin 41 Mobile genetic elements, Clostridial neurotoxins 173 Modeccin 279 Mosquitocidal toxin 39, 41 Mycotoxins, Depolymerization of actin 129 NAD+-glycohydrolysis - Cholera toxin 39 - Diphtheria toxin 39 - Exotoxin A 39 - Pertussis toxin 38-39 Neuromuscular junctions - Action of neurotoxins 169, 174-175, 194 - Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 197 - Assay system 197-198 Neurospecificity, Clostridial neurotoxins 169 Neurotransmitter release - Blockade by clostridial neurotoxins 181-182 - Monitoring 204-206 NO-synthase, Stimulation by poreforming toxins 247 Paxillin 76 Perfringolysin - Binding 243-244 - Pore-formingtoxin 241 Peripheral nervous system, Action of botulinum neurotoxin 170 Permeability, Assay 262 Permeabilization Subject index

-

Alpha-toxin 259-263 Anthrax toxin 243 Assay 222,263-266 Insect cells 241 - Insulin-secretingcells 222-228 - Membranes 241 -243,259-266 - Pore-formingtoxins 222 - Saponin 276 - Streptolysin 0 233, 259-263 - Synaptosomes 268-270 Permeabilized cells - Assay for exocytosis 263-266 - Catecholamine uptake 266-268 Pertussis, vaccine 33 Pertussis toxin - Accessory genes (ptl) 35-36 - Action on G proteins 38, 41, 47 - Activation 47-48, 50-51 - Active site 39 - ADP-ribosylation of G proteins 38,279 - ADP-ribosylation of membrane proteins 51-54 - ADP-ribosyltransferase 2, 33-34,38-41 - Binding properties 37 - Biogenesis 35 - Biological activity 41-42 - Catalytic His residue 41 - Cause of whooping cough 33 - Effect on insulin secretion 41 - Mechanism of action 33 - Mitogenicity 41 - NAD+-glycohydrolysis 38-39 - Pertussis toxin liberation genes (ptl) 35-36 - Physiological effects 33 - Purification 33 - Receptors 36-37 - Secretion 35 - Sources 48 - Structural genes (ptx) 34-35 - Structure 33-35,3747 - Translocation 36-3747 - Virulence genes 35 PFTs see Pore-forming toxins (PFTs) Phalloidin - Actin labeling 77 - Labelling of stress fibers 164 Phospholipase D - Activation by ARFs 5, 16 - Regulation by Rho proteins 63 Phosphoramidon - Inhibition of tetanus neurotoxin activity 176 - Inhibition of zinc endopeptidases 176 Phosphorimager, Analysis of radiolabeled gels 165 Pinocytosis see Endocytosis

Plant toxins 279 Pneumolysin, Pore-forming toxin 241 Pore-forming toxins (PFTs) - Aerolysin from A. hydrophila 241-245 - Alpha-toxin 241-243, 245,253, 259 - Applications 259 - Bacillus thuringiensis toxins 241 - Bacteriocins 242 - Binding 243-244 - Cell-biological effects 246-248 - Cholesterol-binding toxins 241 - Classification 241 - Colicins 242 - Cytocidal action 248 - E. coli hemolysin 241 -242 - Effects on G proteins 247-248 - Effects on signaling pathways 247-248 - Inflammation 248-249 - Mode of action 243-245 - Pathogenic aspects 248-249 - Perfringolysin 241 - Permeabilization 222 - Pneumolysin 241 - Pore formation 245 - Pore size 253 Alpha-toxin 253, 260 Streptolysin 0 254, 260 Tetanolysin 0 254 - Purification 249-252 - Research tools 252-254 - RTX family 241 - Staphylococcus aureus 241 - Streptolysin 0 222,241 -242,259, 262-263 - Tetanolysin 254 - Vibrio toxins 241 Protein synthesis, Inhibition by diphtheria toxin 274 Pseudomembranous colitis, Clostridium difficile 151 Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A - ADP-ribosylation 2 - Inactivation of elongation factor 278 - NAD+-glycohydrolysis 39 - Structure 37, 278 - Translocation 278-279 Purification - Actin 135 - ADP-ribosylation factors 17-18 - ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 71-74, 86 - Alpha-toxin 249-252 - Botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) 182-183 - Cholera toxin 16

- Clostridial neurotoxins 182-183 - Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 104-108, 120-121, 105-108, 112 - Clostridium difficile toxins 142, 160-161 - E. coli heat-labile toxin 16 - Pertussis toxin 33 - Pore-formingtoxins 249-252 - Recombinant proteins 288 - Streptolysin 0 251-252 - Synaptosomes 203-204 - Tetanus neurotoxin 182-183 Rac protein 63-64 Lamellipodia protrusion 71 - Membrane ruffling 159 Receptor-bindingregions - Botulinum neurotoxin 173 - Tetanus neurotoxin 173 Receptor-mediatedendocytosis, Clostridium botulinurn C2 toxin

-

110, 119 Receptors - Diphtheria toxin 275 - Pertussis toxin 35-36 Recognition motif - For clostridial neurotoxins 180 - SNAP-25 180 - Synaptobrevin (VAMP) 180 - Syntaxin 180 Recognition sequences - Botulinum neurotoxin 180 - Tetanus neurotoxin 180 Recombinant proteins - Cholera vaccine development 6 - Expression in bacteria 288 - Farnesylation 289-290 - In vitro farnesylation 289 Research tools, Pore-forming toxins 252-254 Retrograde axonal transport, Tetanus neurotoxin 194 Rho proteins (Rho GTPases) - Actin regulation 62, 71, 159 - Action of Clostridium difficile toxins 145 - Activation of transcription factors 159 - ADP-ribosylation 85,87-89, 165,284 - Assay 87-91 - Basal activity 77 - Control of focal adhesions 71, 80,89, 145, 159 - Control of membrane ruffling 145 - Control of stress fibers 145, 159 - Cytoskeleton regulation 166 - Enzyme regulation 62-63

- Function 89 - Glucosylation 146-148, 161-63 by Clostridium difficile toxins 162- 163 - Glucosylation assay 164-166 - GTPase activity 62, 159 - Inactivation by ADPribosyltransferaseC3 71 - Mammalian 85 - Phospholipase D regulation 63 - Regulation of tight junctions 148 - Regulation of transcription factors 166 - Stress fiber assembly 71, 89 - Structure 62, 85 - Substrate specificity 64 Ricin 279 RTX family, Pore-formingtoxins 241 Staphylococcus aureus, Pore-forming toxins 241 Safety 295-300 - Clostridial neurotoxins 182 - Containment 296-298 - Decontamination 298-300 - Disposal 298-300 - Emergencies 299-300 - Information resources 300 - Preventive measures 295-296 - Tetanus neurotoxin 201, 232-233 Saponin, Permeabilization 276 Shigella toxin 279 Sialoglycoproteins, Pertussis toxin receptors 36-37 Signal transduction cycle, G protein 42 Signaling pathways, Effects of pore-forming toxins 247-248 SLO see Streptolysin 0 SNAP-25 - Cleavage by botulinum neurotoxin 176-178, 195 - Cleavage by clostridial neurotoxins 181, 196 - Complex with syntaxin 181 - Conservation 196 - Function 179, 181 - Molecular size 179 - Recognition motif 180 - Structure 180 - t-SNARE 181 - Tissue distribution 179 SNARE complex 181-182 SNARE hypothesis - Exocytosis 219-221 - Insulin exocytosis 220-221 - Synaptobrevin (VAMP) 219

- Synaptotagmin 219 - Syntaxin 219 Staphylococcal alpha-toxin see Alpha-toxin Storage - Alpha-toxin 252, 260 - C2 toxin 108 - Streptolysin 0 252, 260 Strabismus, Treatment with botulinum neurotoxin 185 Streptococcal glucosyltransferases, Homology with Tox A and B 142 Streptolysin 0 (SLO) 242 - Activation 260 - Applications 252, 254 - Assay 261-263 - Binding 243-244 - Cell permeabilization 225-228, 233,259-263 - Fusion protein 260 - Large pore size 254, 260 - Pore formation 222, 241,259, 262-263 - Purification 251-252 - Storage 252,260 - Study of exocytosis 260-266 - Study of secretory processes 260-266 Stress fibers - Effect of Clostridium botulinum C2 toxin 131 - Effect of Rho proteins 71, 145, 159 - Phalloidin labelling 164 Structure - Botulinum neurotoxin 170 - Clostridial neurotoxins 170, 173, 194 - Clostridiurn botulinum C2 toxin 93. 103 - Diphtheria toxin 37 - Pertussis toxin 33,47 - Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A 37,278 - SNAP-25 180 - Synaptobrevin 178-180 - Syntaxin 180 - Tetanus neurotoxin 170, 233 Synaptobrevin (VAMP) - Action of tetanus neurotoxin 232 - Assay of cleavage 235-237 - Association with synaptophysin

178 - Association with VAP-33 178 - Cleavage by botulinum neurotoxin 175-178, 195 - Cleavage by clostridial neurotoxins 176-178, 196 - Cleavage by tetanus neurotoxin 195,233-237 Subject Index

- Conservation 196 - Function 181 - Recognition motif 180 - SNARE hypothesis 219 - Structure 178-180 - Vesicle receptor protein 181 Synaptophysin, Association with synaptobrevin 178 Synaptosomal-associatedprotein of 25 kDa see SNAP-25 Synaptosomes - Assay for clostridial neurotoxins 199-200 - Effect of a-latratoxin 199 - Permeabilization 268-270 - Poisoning 207-209 - Preparation 202-204 - Properties 199 - Purification 203-204 - Subfractionation 210-211 Synaptotagmin - Insulin exocytosis 221 - Receptor for botulinum neurotoxin 175 - SNARE hypothesis 219 Syntaxin - Cellular distribution 179 - Cleavage by botulinum neurotoxin 176-178, 195 - Cleavage by clostridial neurotoxins 196 - Complex with SNAP-25 181 - Conservation 196 - Function 181 - Insulin exocytosis 220 - lsoforms 179-180 - Recognition motif 180 - SNARE hypothesis 219 - Structure 180 - t-SNARE 181 t-SNARE 181 - SNAP-25 181 - Syntaxin 181 Talin 76-77 Tetanolysin, Pore-formingtoxins 254 Tetanus 169, 194 - Resistance of chickens 169, 179 - Resistance of rats 169, 179 Tetanus neurotoxin (TeTx) 169 - see also clostridial neurotoxins - Action on central nervous system 169-170, 194 - Activation mechanism 170-171 - Assay 183-184 - Binding to neuromuscular junction 169, 174-175

Subject Index

- Blockade of inhibitory synapses 170 - Blockade of neurotransmitter release 170, 176, 193 - Cellubrevin cleavage 232 - Decontamination 232, 234 - Formation of ion channels 175-176 - Insulin exocytosis 220 - Internalization 170, 175-176 - Mechanism of toxicity 170 - Migration to inhibitory interneurons 169 - Mode of action 193-196 - Purification 182-183 - Receptor-bindingregions 173 - Recognition sequences 180 - Retrograde axonal transport 169, 194 - Safety 201,232-233 - Specificity 232 - Structure 170, 233 - Synaptobrevin cleavage 176-178, 181-182, 232-7 - Syntaxin cleavage 175-176 - Toxicity 169 - Vaccine 182 - Zinc endopeptidase 172,232 TeTx see Tetanus neurotoxin Therapeutic use, Botulinum neurotoxin 185 Thermolysin-like proteases - Clostridial neurotoxins 173 - Zinc co-ordination 172 Tight junctions - Effect of Clostridiurn difficile toxins 148 - Regulation by Rho proteins 148 "Time-to-death" assay 104, 197 ToxA see Clostridiurn difficile, ToxA ToxB see Clostridium difficile, ToxB Toxicity - ADP-ribosyltransferaseC3 65 - Botulinum neurotoxin 169 - Clostridial neurotoxins 169, 183, 201 - Clostridium botulinurn C2 toxin 117-118, 122, 130 - Iota toxin 94 - Resistance 119 - Species differences 169 - Testing 183 - Tetanus neurotoxin 169 - Tox A from Clostridium difficile 141, 149 - Tox B from Clostridiurn difficile 141, 143, 149 Toxin channels see Ion channels Toxins, Chimeric see Fusion proteins

Transcription factors, Regulation by Rho proteins 159, 166 Transient cotransfection assay, Exocytosis 228-232 Translocation - Anthrax toxin 285 - Assay 288 - C2 toxin 93 - Diphtheria toxin 276-277, 281 - Fusion proteins 280-286 - Methods of assessment 280-283 - Pertussis toxin 36-37, 47 - Pseudornonas aeruginosa exotoxin A 278-279 Tumor therapy, Clostridiurn difficile toxins 153

UDP-gIucose g Iyco hyd rolase, Clostridiurn difficile toxins

161-162

V-SNARE see Vesicle receptor protein Vaccine - Botulinum neurotoxin 182 - Cholera 5-7 - Clostridium difficile 153 - Pertussis 33 - Tetanus neurotoxin 182 - Whooping cough 42 VAMP see Synaptobrevin VAP-33, Association with synaptobrevin 178 Vesicle receptor protein (v-SNARE) - Synaptobrevin (VAMP) 181 - Synaptotagmin 181 Vibrio cholerae - Cause of cholera 1 - Strains 6 Vibrio hemolysins, Oligomerization 244-245 Vibrio toxins, Pore-formingtoxins 241 Vinculin 76-77 Viscumin 279 Volkensin 279

Whooping cough - Caused by Bordetella pertussis 33 - Vaccine 42

Zinc endopeptidases 172 - Active site 172 - Clostridial neurotoxins 172-174, 176, 185-186 - Thermolysin-like enzymes 172

Bacterial Toxins: Tools in Cell Biology and Pharmacology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology)

Bacterial cell structure

Special Issue on Emerging Bacterial Toxins

The Comprehensive Sourcebook of Bacterial Protein Toxins

Networks in Cell Biology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Vol 145)

Histology and Cell Biology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Vol 145)

Bacterial Plant Pathology: Cell and Molecular Aspects

Bacterial Plant Pathology: Cell and Molecular Aspects

Seafood and Freshwater Toxins: Pharmacology, Physiology, and Detection, Second Edition

Bacterial Toxins, Methods and Protocols. Chapter 7 is absent

Hematopoietic Stem Cell Biology (Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine)

Bacterial Pathogenesis (Methods in Molecular Biology, v431)

Phase Transitions in Cell Biology

Seafood and freshwater toxins: pharmacology, physiology, and detection

Stem Cell Biology in Health and Disease

Trends in Stem Cell Biology and Technology

Trends in Stem Cell Biology and Technology

Advances in Molecular and Cell Biology Volume 26: Cell Polarity

Advances in Molecular and Cell Biology Volume 16: Cell Adhesion

Bacterial Adhesion: Chemistry, Biology and Physics

Cells and Cell Division (Biology)

Microbial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 739)

Bacterial Cell Wall (New Comprehensive Biochemistry)

Sertoli Cell Biology

Cell Biology Assays: Proteins

Plant Cell Biology

Molecular Cell Biology

Computational Cell Biology

Bacterial Toxins: Tools in Cell Biology and Pharmacology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology)

Bacterial cell structure

Special Issue on Emerging Bacterial Toxins

The Comprehensive Sourcebook of Bacterial Protein Toxins

Networks in Cell Biology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Vol 145)

Histology and Cell Biology

Bacterial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology Vol 145)

Bacterial Plant Pathology: Cell and Molecular Aspects

Bacterial Plant Pathology: Cell and Molecular Aspects

Seafood and Freshwater Toxins: Pharmacology, Physiology, and Detection, Second Edition

Bacterial Toxins, Methods and Protocols. Chapter 7 is absent

Hematopoietic Stem Cell Biology (Stem Cell Biology and Regenerative Medicine)

Bacterial Pathogenesis (Methods in Molecular Biology, v431)

Phase Transitions in Cell Biology

Seafood and freshwater toxins: pharmacology, physiology, and detection

Stem Cell Biology in Health and Disease

Trends in Stem Cell Biology and Technology

Trends in Stem Cell Biology and Technology

Advances in Molecular and Cell Biology Volume 26: Cell Polarity

Advances in Molecular and Cell Biology Volume 16: Cell Adhesion

Bacterial Adhesion: Chemistry, Biology and Physics

Cells and Cell Division (Biology)

Microbial Toxins: Methods and Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 739)

Bacterial Cell Wall (New Comprehensive Biochemistry)

Sertoli Cell Biology

Cell Biology Assays: Proteins

Plant Cell Biology

Molecular Cell Biology

Computational Cell Biology

Recommend Documents